SchemeofInstruction2014.pdf

Scheme of Instruction2014-15 Indian Institute of Science Bangalore - 560 012 Scheme of instruction 2014 Page 1 Contents A. Scheme of Instruction Course Prefix Preface I Page No. 6 Division of Biological Sciences DB BC EC MC MB RD NS 8 9 11 14 17 20 23 25 CD IP MR OC SS 27 28 32 25 38 40 IN MA PH AA HE ES 43 44 52 62 70 72 74 Preface Integrated Ph D Programme in Biological Sciences Biochemistry Ecological Sciences Microbiology and Cell Biology Molecular Biophysics Molecular Reproduction, Development and Genetics Neuroscience II Division of Chemical Sciences Preface Integrated Ph D Programme in Chemical Sciences Inorganic and Physical Chemistry Materials Research Organic Chemistry Solid State and Structural Chemistry III Division of Physical and Mathematical Sciences Preface Instrumentation and Applied Physics Mathematics Physics and Integrated Ph D in Physical Sciences Astronomy and Astrophysics High Energy Physics Earth Sciences IV Division of Electrical Sciences 79 Preface Core requirements for M E/M Tech Degree Programmes M E Degree - Computer Science and Engineering M E Degree - Telecommunications M E Degree – Signal Processing M E Degree – Microelectronics Systems M E Degree – Electrical Engineering M E Degree – Systems Science and Automation M Tech Degree – Electronics Design and Technology Scheme of instruction 2014 Page 2 Computer Science and Automation Intelligent Systems and Automation Communication Systems Electronic Devices, Circuits and Technology Power Energy Systems High Voltage and Insulation Systems Electronics and Power Drives Photonic Device Electromagnetics, Microwaves and Antennas Signal Processing, Acoustics and Bioengineering Dissertation Project V Division of Mechanical Sciences AE AS CE CH MS FL ME MT PD ST 140 141 158 162 175 182 192 193 205 213 219 SE 222 BE NE ER 228 231 136 Preface Aerospace Engineering Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences Civil Engineering Chemical Engineering Management Studies Foreign Languages Mechanical Engineering Materials Engineering Product Design and Manufacturing Sustainable Technologies VI Centre Super Computer Education and Research VII Inter-disciplinary programs Bio-Engineering Nanoscience and Nanoengineering Energy Research Scheme of instruction 2014 Page 3 SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION 2014-15 Scheme of instruction 2014 Page 4 While all the course based programmes have a specified set of core courses. according to the areas to which they belong. The 300 level courses are advanced courses which are primarily meant for research scholars but can also be taken by course students who have the appropriate background. A – 7. and are found in the corresponding sub-section. scholars in Engineering. From the second semester onwards. The course number indicates both the department and the level of the course. While grades S through D are passing grades. either in the August or in the January semester.). the RTP minimum requirement is 18 credits. Each lecture credit corresponds to one lecture hour per week. D .Sc. Such 200 level courses are either basic or second level graduate courses. The course listings are provided in conformance with the Divisional structure of the Institute.. Similar RTP requirements apply for Ph. the RTP requirement is a minimum of 6 credits. with continuous assessment. while those who have performed badly may be required to take one course less.Preface The “Scheme of Instruction and Student Information Handbook” contains of the courses and rules and regulations related to studnet life. 2:1 credits indicates that the course would have 2 lecture hours along with one 3-hour laboratory session each week. The Institute follows a grading system. For Ph. with the courses of each department of a Division being listed in a separate subsection within the pages allocated to the Division. For instance.Sc. and only the grade is announced. while each laboratory credit corresponds to a 3-hour laboratory class. who join with ME / M Tech / M. assignments and final examination scores. each course student is assigned to a Faculty Advisor. The course codes are given in the Table of Contents. these courses can be taken only with the consent of the instructor. research scholars are not bound to any specific courses. candidates who upgrade their registration or transfer from the ME/M Tech or M. These marks are then mapped to letter grades. For Scheme of instruction 2014 Page 5 .D. most of these courses are core courses. scholars in Science. For Ph. students who have done well may be permitted to take an extra course. In the first semester. although they have to take a minimum number of credits as part of their Research Training Program (RTP).D. Students are permitted to claim an exemption from core courses on the basis of having taken them earlier. For BE/B Tech/M. electives and a dissertation project. the RTP consists of 12 credits of course work. B – 6. For instance.D. A few courses are offered in the summer term.D. Details of how to claim such an exemption are given in the later part of this book. The listing of each course consists of the course number.4. the normal course load of 15-16 credits should be taken. Each course-based Master programme consists of core courses. Thus. (Engg. the title. where m indicates the number of lecture credits and n the number of laboratory credits.) programmes of the Institute. this student needs the approval of both the faculty advisor and the course instructor. The Institute offers research-based doctoral programmes as well as both course-based and research-based Master programmes. (Engg. MA 205 indicates that the course is offered by the Mathematics department and is at the 200 level. C – 5. In order to register for a course. all Computer Science and Automation courses of the Electrical Sciences Division have the prefix E0. Most courses are offered only once a year. The course instructor first aggregates the individual marks of each student from the class tests. and are listed in the Aerospace Engineering subsection within the Mechanical Sciences Division. The point values of grades are as follows: S – 8. F – 0. At the time of joining. For instance. while 3:0 credits indicates a course with 3 lecture hours and no laboratory.Sc. F is a failing grade. although the instructors come from all four departments of the division. who has the responsibility of helping him/her to select courses and to monitor progress through the academic program. graduates who join for Direct Ph. where the courses are organized under the sub-sections E0 through E9. the number of credits and the semester. The number of credits is given in the form m:n. The only exception to this pattern is the Electrical Sciences Division. Details of the requirements can be found under the course listing of the departments or divisions that offer them. all courses of the Aerospace Engineering department have the prefix AE. Sc. so that they are adequately informed. (Engg. July 2014 Bangalore-560012 Scheme of instruction 2014 Prof.) degree. Jaywant H Arakeri Chairman Senate Curriculum Committee Page 6 . Detailed information with regard to the regulations of the various programmes and the operation of different aspects of Institute activities are given in the second part of the Handbook. programme has 64 credits.the M.D. The Integrated Ph. Students are urged to read this material carefully. the RTP consists of 12-18 credits. ) qualification (c) BE / B Tech qualification and upgrades registration (d) After transfer of ME / M Tech students of the institute (e) BE/B Tech/M Sc qualifications 12 credits 6 credits 6 credits 18 credits 18 credits 18 credits However. the final decision regarding the additional credits to be taken with regard to (c) and (d) above rests with the committee responsible for the conversion. (iii) For M Sc (Engg. programme (2 years duration) Minimum number of credits for completion :64 Core courses Dissertation Project Electives * 15-30 at 200 level 19-32 15-24 Balance to make up the minimum of 64 (at 200 level and above) M Des programme (2 years duration) minimum number of credits for competion : 64 Core courses Electives* Dissertation Project 36 12 16 at 200 level at 200 level and above Research Traning Programme (i) Ph D Science (ii) Ph D in Engineering Faculty with (a) ME / M Tech qualification (b) M Sc (Engg.) 12-18 credits (with 3 credit maths course/s) Integrated Ph D Programme Minimum of 64 credits Scheme of instruction 2014 Page 7 .Information on the number of credits to be registered at various levels for Different programme ME / M Tech/ M Mgt. journal clubs and lab rotations. Students from a variety of disciplines such as biology. e. Development and Genetics include those on endocrinology. The research interests in the Centre for Neuroscience spans from molecules to behavior. Department of Molecular Reproduction. a state-of-theart bio-containment space to perform research with high infectious organisms. The students are expected to participate in seminars on recent advances in these fields. The Centre for Infectious Disease Research (CIDR) is involved in two primary activities: First. gene expression and development. The Department of Microbiology and Cell Biology offers courses in microbiology. eukaryotic genetics. conventionally bred animals for biochemical experiments and also has facilities for research involving non-human primates. The courses offered would enable the students to gain fundamental knowledge in molecular and cellular neuroscience. students will be expected to actively participate in seminars. and recent advances in molecular biology and genetic engineering. genetics. systems and cognitive neuroscience. The Central Animal Facility provides standardised pathogen free. providing the intellectual and infrastructural support for infectious disease research. The courses offered in the Department of Molecular Reproduction. and seminar assignments. the students are advised to approach the Departmental Curriculum Committee. physics and medicine are admitted into the Division for research work leading to a PhD degree. laboratory work. Prof D N Rao Chairman. The Department of Biochemistry offers a programme of study concentrating on a molecular approach towards understanding biological phenomena. Development and Genetics. Second.g. Molecular Biophysics Unit. The Molecular Biophysics Unit offers courses which cover recent developments in molecular biophysics. There are specific requirements for completing the Research Training Programme for students registering for research conferments at the Institute. chemistry. Centre for Ecological Sciences. For individual requirements. laboratory work. The programme of instruction consists of lectures. seminars and special assignments. The programme of instruction consists of lectures. students are required to participate in group seminars. Department of Microbiology and Cell Biology. Division of Biological Sciences Scheme of instruction 2014 Page 8 . enable researchers to perform studies in the Bio-safety Level-3 (BSL-3) facility. structure and interactions of biomolecules and biophysical techniques. In addition to formal course work. advances in immunology. departmental seminars and colloquia. Mycobacterium tuberculosis etc. Each Department/Centre/Unit offers courses on specialized topics designed to provide students with the necessary theoretical background and introduction to laboratory methods. Centre for Infectious Disease Research and the Central Animal Facility. plant and cell culture. The Center for Ecological Sciences has excellent facilities for theoretical as well as experimental research in plant and animal ecology and the social behavior of insects.Division of Biological Sciences Preface This Division includes the Department of Biochemistry. Centre for Neurosciences. biopolymer conformation. infectious diseases. reproduction signal transduction. In addition. Matter and life. Selected topics in plant and animal ecology. linear equations. Bonner. Molecular versus Organismal approaches to solving problems in Science. Supratim Ray. Bacteria and Protists. 1993. Insects.Integrated PhD (Biological Sciences) Course Work Core Courses: 19 credits DB 201 2:0 DB 202 2:0 MC 203 3:0 RD 201 2:0 BC 203 3:0 MB 201 2:0 DB 207 0:5 Mathematics and Statistics for Biologists General Biology Microbiology Genetics General Biochemistry Biophysical Chemistry Laboratory Projects: 16 Credits DB 212 0:4 DB 225 0:6 DB 327 0:6 Project . K. 1958. Origin of life. Games of Life. determinants. 1982. Linear Algebra: vectors. Animals without back-bones. confidence intervals. 2007. integration. Penguin Books (1993 edition). Seed bearing plants. Behavioral ecology and sociobiology. Cellular basis of life. J. transcendental functions.III Elective Courses: 29 Credits (For a total of 64 credits) DB201 (Jan 2:0) Mathematics and Statistics for Biologists Calculus: functions. The Theory of Evolution. Biological diversity on earth. measures of central tendency. Growth of biological thought. Oxford University Press. T. Introduction To Neurophysiology with Topics In General Physiology. K. discrete and continuous distributions. Scheme of instruction 2014 Page 9 . Mechanisms of Evolution. Complexity. limits and continuity.II Project . Joshi. Medawar. Sekar DB 202 (AUG) 2:0 General Biology Biology and the natural sciences.V. P. Why Size Matters: From Bacteria to Blue Whales. variability. Penguin Books. History of life on earth. Sigmund. RENEE BORGES.I Project . N. J. Fungi and other primitive plants. Vertebrates. matrices. formulation of statistical hypotheses. Selected topics in plant and animal physiology. Princeton University Press. Pluto's Republic (incorporating The Art of The Soluble and Induction and Intuition in Scientific Thought). differentiation. Chemical basis of life. VIDYANAND NANJUNDIAH. Phylogeny and Systematics. AND SHYAMALA MANI Maynard Smith. Statistics: elements of probability theory. tests of significance. Microbiology. Students will have to make a presentation. Faculty Scheme of instruction 2014 Page 10 .DB 207 (AUG) 0:5 Laboratory Basic techniques in Biochemistry. Faculty DB 212 (JAN) 0:4 Project – I Faculty DB 225 (AUG) 0:6 Project – II An independent research project to be conducted in the laboratory of a faculty member in the Division of Biology.III An independent research project to be conducted in the laboratory of a faculty member in the Division of Biology. providing an overview of earlier information available in their research area. preferably in the laboratory where the PhD research will be carried out. Faculty DB 327 (JAN) 0:6 Project. Ecological Science. It is desirable that the project be carried out in the laboratory where Project II was conducted. and present the proposed objectives and preliminary experiments that have been carried out. Neuroscience and genetics. Biophysics. . 1999. I.Freeman. oxidative phosphorylation. integration and regulation of metabolism. kinetics of interactions of ligands. Wiley. Garland Publ. H. Carl. Artherosclorosis. 2004. protein engineering. Clotting of blood and anti thrombotic agents. Molecular Cell Biology. Introduction to protein structure. Sathees C. Patrick D’ Silva. fatty-acid metabolism. Photosynthesis. alkaloids. dynamic molecular events during mitosis. Metabolism: basic concepts and design.. 1995. 1995. Ganesh and P. W. Fundamentals of Enzyme Kinetics.Savithri. Transcription. 2000.. pentose phosphate pathways and gluconeogenesis. regulation of gene expression in prokaryotes and eukaryotes. Molecular Biology of the Cell. Biogenesis of proteins in eucaryotes: targeting to intracellular organelles. Proteins. 1976. Freeman and Company.. Nuclear organization and function. cellular redox. Rajyaguru Stryer L. BC 202 (AUG) 2:0 Proteins: Structure and Function Purification and characterization of enzymes/proteins. W. Secondary metabolites : Terpenes. Recombinant DNA technology. chromosome structure. BC 203(AUG) 3:0 General Biochemistry Biochemistry of carbohydrates and lipids. U Tatu. Antibiotics. plant and Scheme of instruction 2014 Page 11 . Determination of primary/secondary/tertiary/quaternary structures... Biotic and abiotic stress physiology and strategies for enhanced production of plant and fungal secondary metabolites. Inc. Biochemistry (4th Edn). J. Segel. N. Shikha Laloraya and Patrick D’Silva Alberts et al. Darnell et al. Branden. hypertension and heart attack and treatment. function and inheritance. enzyme mechanisms. signal transduction.. Annual Reviews of Cell Biology.and solid state-germentation. Annual Reviews of Biochemistry. cancer and apoptosis. Intracellular protein degradation: lysosomal and non-lysosomal. Biochemical Calculations. 1993. tissue and organ structure-function. cell-cell communication.H. D Nandi. Worth Publishers. Biotechnology : Metabolic engineering of terpenes. Enzyme catalysis – steady state kinetics.S. post-translational modifications. Methods in cell biology. cellular protein transport and protein turnover. Inc. replication and repair.H. Portland Press. T. Raghavan. BC 204 (AUG) 2:0 Functional Biochemistry and Biotechnology in Health and Disease Serious diseases : Overview of cancer. 3rd Edn. Cell membrane: structure and function. Mechanism of Protein folding.G.Biochemistry BC 201 (AUG) 2:0 Cell Biology Cell. vanillin sugarcane products and sulfur compounds. importance of plant secondary metabolites to man. Protein translation and regulation. glycolysis and citric acid cycle. Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry. Fermentation technology : submerged. Third edition.. medicinal mushrooms. 1994. vitamic C. Athel Cornish-Bowden. phenolic and nitrogen-containing compounds. conformational properties of polypeptide chains. DNA structure. chemotherapy. Scientific American Books. seed oil. bioenergetics.. down stream processing. D N Rao and U Tatu Creighton. biosynthesis and catabolism of amino acids and nucleotides. David L Nelson and Michael M Cox. Regulation of the Cell cycle. and Tooze. Garland Publishing. allosteric enzymes. H. Proteomics : Tools for the New Biology by Daniel C Liebler. Paul. Third Edition. antigen processing and presentation. radiotherapy. Practicals : Two dimensional gel electrophoresis and mass spectrometry (Nano-LC-MS/MS technique) Utpal Tatu Reiner Westermeier.18) chromosomal translocation follicular lymphoma. and fungal transcription factors and their applications in C Jayabaskaran E. the complement system.Gooday The fungi (Fungi and Biotechnology) Academic Press – 2001 BC 206 (AUG) 2:0 Essentials in Immunology Adaptive and innate immunity. B. Study of post translational modifications. Watkindson.antibody interaction. G. transcription factors. 1994.Carlile. Genomic instability in cancer development. duplications. A. T. Kindt.J. and Kuby. R.C. B cell activation. 1994. BC 208 (JAN) 2:0 Human Molecular Genetics Introduction. Fourth edition. immunotherapy and hormonal therapy. W.Verpoorte. DNA repair defects and cancer. Plant biotechnology. mass spectrometry principles and applications in proteomics. S. 2005. Swiss-prot and MSDB) and their uses. Immunology. autoimmunity. antigen . Third Edition. Cancer therapeutics: surgery. T cell activation. mutations and chromosomal translocations. hypersensitivity. 2000. chemotherapy. DNA damage. 2D gel electrophoresis techniques for resolution of proteins. Introduction to quantitative proteomics and techniques (i-TRAQ and SILAC). software (protein pilot.. Databases (NCBI. lymphokines. Sathees Raghavan and Arun Kumar Erich A Nigg. mechanism of lymphoid translocation in T-cell leukemia. I. cells and organs of the immune system. DNA double-strand break repair. cascot and gpm) uses for proteomic analysis. Fundamental Immunology. Freeman and Company. Genetic alterations in cancer: deletions. antibody structure and function. DNA structure and genetic diseases. major histocompatibility complex.J. mechanism of t(14. DNA repair: excision repair.H.A. Newsholme and T. J. Nature Reviews Cancer Scheme of instruction 2014 Page 12 . T cell receptors.. immunological techniques. Alfermann Applications of plant metabolic engineering..W. Tom Nave. molecular farming. D Nandi.W.A. Osborne. Anjali A Karande and R Manjunath Goldsby. BC 207 (Jan) 2:0 Proteomics in Practice : Course offers introduction to proteomics. W. Leech Functional Biochemistry in health and disease. Cancer: classification and epidemiology. Blackwell Scientific Publications. Essential immunology. molecular basis of antibody diversity. immunoglobulin genes. Roitt. Raven Press.. 2002.fungal culture.. Springer. Springer – 2007 M.. Wiley Blackwell-2010 R. pharmacokinetics & pharmacodynamics. Scheme of instruction 2014 Page 13 . dose-response relationships. 2010.BC 209 (JAN) 2:0 Dissertation Project (only for BC students) The dissertation project is aimed at training students to review recent literature in specialized areas of research. Use of genomics and proteomics for understanding diseases at the molecular level. Wiley. bioavailability. Principles of drug action. examples from current literature. Hans Georg Vogel. Lead optimization and design. docking and clustering. proteomics and bioinformatics for target and lead identification. Lead Identification. Strategies for target discovery. QSAR. Pharmacophore-based approaches. Druggability. Thomas Lengauer. drug absorption. Introduction to the process of Drug discovery. high throughput screening using genomics. Brief introduction to Systems biology. 2002. Molecular recognition. proteinligand interactions. distribution. Springer. Nagasuma Chandra Bioinformatics: From Genomes to Drugs. Bioinformatics: Sequence and Genome Analysis. Biochemical pharmacology. David Mount. Drug Discovery and Evaluation: Methods in Clinical Pharmacology. 2001. metabolism and elimination. Binding site characterization. Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press. Jochen Maas. Drug receptors and their interactions. Second Edition. drug and target structures and chemoinformatics. Pharmacogenomics & Variability in Drug Response. biochemical mechanisms of drug resistance. Alexander Gebauer. structure-based ligand design. elements of theoretical ecology. D. Sinauer Associates. May. stochastic and spatial models.E. Pianka. Eric R. 1998. Ecology: From Individuals to Ecosystems. Population Biology: Concepts and Models. Biogeography (Second Edition). population genetics. J. Strogatz. D. evolution and biogeography. population dynamics.. estimating nucleotide substitutions. and J.L. 1998. Game theory. trophic interactions and trophic cascades. quantitative tools (ecological modeling and an introduction to statistics) Sumanta Bagchi Begon. plant–herbivore interactions. Oxford University Press. Townsend. e. Scheme of instruction 2014 Page 14 . ecological and evolutionary processes (dispersal and diversification). units of selection. 1997. drift and the neutral theory. EC 204/ DB 209 (JAN) 2:1 Evolutionary Biology Natural selection. W. 1991. Hardy-weinberg equilibrium. basic population biology. Biology. island biogeography. predator–prey interactions. climate). distribution of species and communities.. and Engineering. Fundamentals of Molecular Evolution. ecological applications. homologous sequences. adaptation. M. Springer. J. Vishwesha Guttal Hastings. random walks. ecological niche. Evolutionary Ecology. Sinauer Associates.. geography. discrete and continuous population models.book. Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos: with Applications to Physics. molecular phylogenetics. applications of molecular phylogenetics Praveen Karanth Futuyma. interactions between organisms and the environment. macroecology Kartik Shanker A. Magurran. random walks in ecology and evolution.R. natural selection and sexual selection.. EC 202 (AUG) 2:1 Evolutionary Ecology: Pattern and Process History of ecology.V. Brown and M.-H. building and analyzing mathematical models of ecological systems. evolutionary underpinnings to the ecology of organisms. biogeochemical cycles. Evolutionary Biology (Third Edition). Li. biogeographic patterns across space and time. global change. molecular evolution. building and analyzing mathematical models of ecological systems. community assembly. generating new ecological insights and hypotheses. Pianka. speciation. Chemistry. Theoretical Ecology. A. diversity. quantitative genetics.. 2004. diffusion and stochastic models in ecology and evolution. species trees. R and McLean. Drift. Price equation. Darwinian selection at the molecular level. EC 203 (JAN) 2:0 Ecology: Principles and Applications Earth (geology. ecology and society.. ecosystems. 2007.H. (Fourth Edition) WileyBlackwell. competition and coexistence. Harper. interspecific interactions. biodiversity and conservation. Sinauer Associates. Blackwell Publishing.ECOLOGICAL SCIENCES EC 201 (JAN) 2:1 Theoretical and Mathematical Ecology (formerly Population theory) Basic theoretical ecology. gene trees vs. 2011. richness and abundance. gene families. meta-population biology. 1994. 2005. A. S. Eric R. C. and Graur. Westview. etc. succession. Measuring Biological Diversity. discrete and continuous population models. Lomolino. Norton and Company. 2011. Springer Evolutionary dynamics: Martik Nowak. 2012. and Pellmyr.W. their animal mutualists and parasites: vision. 1984. hormones and behavior. Herrera.. Rohini Balakrishnan Alcock. Princeton University Press. Cognitive Ecology of Pollination — Animal Behaviour and Floral Evolution.. EC 303 (AUG) 2:1 Spatial Dynamics in Biology Role of spatial scales in biology. C.B. David O’Sullivan George L. (Eds. Camhi. 2010. animal groups using individual/agent based models and (4) Evolutionary dynamics (neutral evolution and frequency-dependent selection) in space. Sinauer Associates. L. Okubo and Levin. H. EC 301 (AUG) 2:1 Animal Behaviour: Mechanisms and Evolution History and approaches. using optimality approaches and evolutionary models to understand behavioural strategies. local dispersal (diffusion) vs long-distance dispersal (fat-tailed kernels and integrodifference equations). energetics of plant–animal interactions. Perry. Behaviour and Evolution) The sensory biology of the interaction between plants. An introduction to Behavioural Ecology (Fourth Edition)..). neuroethology: sensory processing and neural maps.. phenotypic plasticity and inducible defenses in plants. theoretical. Pattern and Process: Spatial Simulation: Exploring Pattern and Process. Plant Communication from an Ecological Perspective. L. 1997. co-evolutionary dynamics of symbiosis. and Ninkovic. Vishwesha Guttal Prerequisites: EC 201 and/or consent from the instructor. EC 302 (AUG) 2:1 Plant–Animal Interactions (Ecology. mutualisms and arms races Renee M Borges Chittka. J. Sinauer Associates. Springer. 2 nd Edition.Hartl. 2009. (Eds). Baluska. (Eds. V..D. Principles of Animal Behaviour (Second Edition). mate choice in plants. Wiley Publications. spatial patterns and self-organization (reaction diffusion and ceullar automata models). Neuroethology. F. Plant– Animal Interactions: An Evolutionary Approach. L.). and Stuart.M. D. and Thompson. floral and vegetative scents and pollen chemistry. Biofilms). J. Oxford University Press. Krebs. Scheme of instruction 2014 Page 15 . sensory ecology. D. A.Wiley-Blackwell. N. Schaeffer.. (Eds. 2002. evolution of floral and fruit traits. behavioural and physiological processes in generalist and specialist herbivores. Dugatkin. and Ruxton. learning and memory. J.A. Plant–Animal Communication. and Clark. W. W. ontogeny of behaviour. M. Principles of Population Genetics. phylogenetic approaches to the study of behaviour. G. G. A. Cambridge University Press. Animal Behaviour — An Evolutionary Approach (Sixth Edition).M. integrative and computational approaches to studying animal behaviour. Spatial ecology. J. Tilman The Role of Space in Population Dynamics and Interspecific Interactions. Edited by David Tilman & Peter Kareiva. chemoreception. Davies. Sinauer Associates. O. classical ethology. (2) Multiple-species: metacommunities. stable isotopes in the study of plant–animal interactions. pollinators and seed dispersers.. Blackwell Publishing. behaviour genetics. (3) Self-organization in multicellular organisms (eg. olfaction and multimodal signalling. nectar. sociobiology.W. 1998. Diffusion and ecological problems: Modern perspectives. 2001.R. Metapopulation dynamics.). (1) Single species: Fisher-Kolmogorov reaction diffusion equation and application to spread of genes and invasive species. Princeton University Press. historical biogeography. C. The Ecological Detective: Confronting Models with Data. (Eds. model validation Kavita Isvaran Hilborn. maximum likelihood. elements of study design. D. Hillis. 2007 EC 307 (AUG) 1:0 Advanced methods in molecular phylogenetics Fundamentals of molecular phylogenetics. Molecular Systematics. Sinauer Associates. phylogeography.J. framing ecological questions. 1996. Princeton. 1997. Molecular Evolution: A Phylogenetic Approach. Moritz. S. 1998.. Praveen Karanth Prerequisite: EC204 Ne. This course is a combination of theory. and Mangel. maximum parsimony and Bayesian approaches to tree building. and Bayesian frameworks for statistical inference. M. D. various tree building methods including distance. K. E.. paper writing and seminars. Chichester. B.. Page. molecular clock and time trees. M. Princeton University Press. likelihood. Bolker. Oxford University Press. Wiley. and Mable. DNA networks.. and Holmes. Molecular Evolution and Phylogenetics. confronting ecological models with data. frequentist. M. statistical modeling strategies.EC 305 (AUG) 2:1 Quantitative Ecology: Research Design and Inference The scientific process in ecology. and Kumar. 2000. C. M. R. Blackwell Science. 2009 Crawley. Ecological Models and Data in R. character evolution.). Princeton... The R Book. model selection and multimodel inference. R. M. Scheme of instruction 2014 Page 16 . understanding the nature of data. B. Fifth Edition. evolution and genomics. and Amit Singh Stanier. J. vaccines and drugs.L. Macmillan Press Second Edition... Kindt T.mechanisms of drug resistance and mode of action. G.. Overview of ABC exporters and importers. UshaVijayraghavan. Principles of microscopy. IV. Ecological Developmental Biology by Gilbert and Epel MC 203 (AUG) 3:0 Essentials in Microbiology Fascinating world of microbes.A and Ingraham J. Bacterial physiology and nutrition. A. Antibiotics. H. Kuby J. Osborne B. K. inhibition of serine proteases of the host antigen presenting cells to suppress antigen presentation.. prevention of phagosome acidification. Mechanisms in Plant Development by Leyser and Day. TH subsets and modulation by pathogens.. Immunobiology. Secretion systems of bacteria: Type I. Viral vectors. Microbes as model systems of development. V. General Microbiology. Macmillan Press. New York.Bacteria. antigenic variation and suppression of TH1 responses by protozoan pathogens. R. Diagnostics and vaccine development. inhibition of NF-қB and apoptosis. Microbiology: FundamentalsandApplications. Microbes as bioreactors and sensors. Freeman & Company. Understanding and combating bacterial pathogenesis. signaling by bacterial and viral components. Balaji. Mechanisms of horizontal gene transfer including genome transplantation. W. III. Garland Science publishing. UtpalNath. and Lechmann M. Principles of Development by Wolpert and co-authors. Pathogen persistence. Bacteriophages. bioremediation. Vijaya and DipshikaChakravortty Scheme of instruction 2014 Page 17 . New York. bacterial cell structure and function. Some examples are regulation of cell cycle. Host-pathogen interactions and mechanisms of immune surveillance. inhibition of MHC class I presentation of viral antigens. genetic and epigenetic mechanisms of cell fate determination. inhibition of host secretory pathway.M. Quorum sensing and biofilms. Travers. intracellular pathogenesis.. Shlomchik. Microbial taxonomy. Macmillan Press.Microbiology and Cell Biology MC 202 /RD 202 (JAN) 2:0 Eukaryotic Developmental Genetics Logic and techniques of molecular genetic analysis. Viruses and Protozoan Parasites. Microbiology. Westriech. DipshikaChakravortty. and UpendraNongthomba Current Opinion in Genetics and Development/ Cell Biology/ Plant Biology. Innate and adaptive immunity to bacterial pathogens. Immunology. virulence gene expression. and its role in pathogenesis. Viral immune evasion mechanisms such as functional mimicry of host complement proteins. and signaling pathways in development. Illustrating the application of genetic analysis to specific developmental pathways in model eukaryotic organisms. Trends in Genetics / Cell Biology / Biochemistry. R. II. ds-RNA and non-capped 5’ end mediated recognition of pathogens by the host. PRR and their role in pathogenesis. Plasmids and Transposons. Plant Physiology by Taiz and Zeiger.. W. S. MC 205 (AUG) 2:0 Host-Pathogen interactions .. J.V. Goldsby. Microbial diversity. Quorum sensing. Atlas R. role of host TRIM5 family proteins in controlling HIV by mutation of viral RNA. secretion of chemokine and cytokine-like molecules. N. Adelberg E. Fourth edition. A.D. plant pathogen interactions. biofilm formation.A.. Understanding interaction networks using genetics and genomics.. F..Geneand cDNA cloning methods. transcription and translation. transcription mechanisms. & Atkins J. Fourth Edn. New York.Methods for protein analysis. regulation of cell cycle and cell death. RNA. protein turnover. Fundamental Virology. Fifth edition. ribozymes. 3 rdEdn.Detection and characterisationmethods for genes and chromosomes. Concepts and regulation of replication. Non-coding RNAs: structure and function. RNA-protein recognition and interactions. evolution of RNA sequences.DNA and Protein microarrays. vesicular transport and organelle biogenesis. Ravi Sundaresan Scheme of instruction 2014 Page 18 .. DNA repair and recombination. Radioactive and nonradioactive labelling of nucleic acids and proteins. and gene targeting in bacterial. 2001. B. chromatin remodeling.. Durga Rao Gestland.G. Polymerase chain reaction (qualitative and quantitative). ribonucleoprotein – complexes and functions. Types of RNA. RNA viruses: regulation of gene expression. RNA binding proteins. T. MC 207 (AUG) 3:0 Molecular and Cellular Biology DNA structure and genome organisation. RNA editing.Vectors used in molecular cloning and expression of genes.. inter and intra cellular communications. R. coupled transcription and post transcriptional processing. Subba Rao. and Walter. S. splicing and polyadenylation. Roberts. and protein isolation. epigenetic control of gene expression. M. (Eds). ASM Press.. RNA in pathogenesis: its potential use as a drug and as a drug target. J. Concept of RNA world. human..E. MC 206 (AUG) 2:0 RNA Biology Biology of RNA. Russell and Siamon Gordon. Cold Spring Harbor Press. internal organisation of the cell. Methods to generate transgenic animals. Genome engineering methods. translational control of gene expression. Krebs.. Nucleic acids hybridisationmethods. Cech. Molecular Biology of The Cell.In vitro genome packaging systems and construction of genomic DNA and cDNA libraries. P. J.Antisense technology and RNA silencing techniques.S. Phagocyte-Pathogen Interactions: Macrophages and the Host Response to Infection. K.Random mutagenesis methods in vitro and in vivo. Goldstein. Applications of Genetic Engineering Methods in Medicine and Agriculture. The RNA World. Saumitra Das and C. mammalian. A. Johnson. topological interconversions. RNA editing and splicing.Enzymes used in genetic engineering.David G. MC 208 (AUG) 3:0 Principles of Genetic Engineering Growth and maintenance of bacterio-phages and bacterial strains containing plasmids. Lewis. methods. nucleic acid-protein interactions and regulation of gene expression..Modern approaches to study cell biology.Nucleic acidssequencing methods. and fractionation methods. Raff. role of RNA in protein biosynthesis. protein-nucleic acid. small RNA mediated gene regulation. and plant systems. Knipe. promoter analyses. Techniquesin RNA research. Alberts. M. Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 2009. purification. Ajitkumar and N. and Kilpatrick. RNA structure and prediction. with primary emphasis on eukaryotic systems. posttranscriptional control mechanisms and mRNA stability. E. 2006.and proteinprotein interactions. UmeshVarshney. R.M. and detection.T. and applications. RNA interference: siRNA and miRNAs.DNA. B. and Saibal Chatterjee Lewin’s GenesX. P. Transformation and transfection methods. Lewin. D. and Howley.Site-specific mutagenesisin vitro and in vivo. chemical aspects of RNAses and their specificities. F. optical diffraction and image processing. and metastasis. aneuploidy. Fred Ausubel and Others. growth factors. transmission electron microscope and scanning electron microscope. Indi Michael Dykstra and Laura E Reuss. CDK inhibitors – p16.J. Scheme of instruction 2014 Page 19 . M. G2 and M checkpoint. Primrose and R. RB. apoptosis and cancer. KumaravelSomasundaram and AnnapoorniRangarajan Robert A Weinberg. binding of proteins and nucleic acids. Rao.Electron Microscopy MC 210 (JAN) 2:0 Molecular Oncology Immortalization. resolution. Sambrook and D. J. BRCA2. tyrosine and serine/threonine kinases and transcription factors. J. Processing of biological tissue for microscopy: fixation. Twyman. 7thEdn. scanning tunneling microscope and high voltage electron microscope and their use in biology. Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual. Greene and V. New York. Tranformation by RNA and DNA tumor viruses (adenovirus. Tumor suppressor genes: p53.. CRC Press. Blackwell Publishing. I. MC 209 (JAN) 2:0 Biological Electron Microscopy Microscopy. telomerase. protein phosphorylation/dephosphorylation and degradation events. EM studies of DNA. Wiley. Shadow casting and replica techniques. cell cycle checkpoints – G1 and S checkpoint. Onco-gene . growth factor receptors. immune-electron microscopy. B. W. ultramicrotomy and staining. image recording and interpretation. Russell. Recombinant DNA Principles and Methodologies. Biological electron microscopy John J Bozzola and Lonnie Dee Russell. Garland Science Publishing. APC and WT1. The Biology of Cancer. DNA methylation. 3rdEdn: Vol. Oncogenes. S.Principles of Gene Manipulation and Genomics. basic principle and design of electron microscope. B. simian virus 40 and human papilloma virus). Original papers describing the principles and methods. Genetic instability. insertion. different types of light microscopes. BRCA1. G protein/signal transduction. S. negative stain technique. deletion. chromo-some translocation and gene amplification. Mismatch repair. image formation.tumor suppressor interactions. various types of electron microscopes. Current Protocols in Molecular Biology. p21 and p27. Cryo-electron microscopy. II. cyclins and cyclin dependent kinases. Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press. Cell cycle and cancer. mutation. embedding. & III. transformation. Cancer gene therapy. S. Molecular Biophysics Scheme of instruction 2014 Page 20 . 1968. ligand binding and co-operativity in biological systems.. V. inducers and repressors. Leach. Methods to follow nanobiology. Basic ideas of structure determination. reciprocal lattice. structures of organic. Concept of charge in macromolecules.. Claridge. Principles of Protein Structure.. symmetry in DNA-protein recognition. 2001. Raghavan Varadarajan Tinoco. Single molecular paradigm.. vibrational and circular dichroism spectroscopy.. Symmetry elements and symmetry operations. inorganic compounds and minerals. Academic Press. Higher order structural organization of proteins and nucleic acid. co-operativity. promoter-RNA polymerase interaction.. Regulation of gene expression. I. specific and non-specific recognition. An Introduction to X-ray Crystallography. diffraction of X-rays by crystals. Siddhartha P Sarma and Mahavir Singh Horst Friebolin. Macmillian. M Bansal and N Srinivasan Ramachandran.R. powder diffraction.C. Molecular Modelling: Principles and Applications. P. Bragg’s Law. Physical Chemistry. Wiley-VCH. I-III. fluorescence. rotating crystals and moving film methods. X-ray Structure Determination.. Stout. NJ. aspects of biomolecular forces. Vol. kinetics. K Suguna Buerger. J. Fourier transformation and structure factor. Woolfson. 1968. lattice space groups. specific examples. structural ensembles. p 283. restriction enzyme recognition. Advances in Protein Chemistry. Second Edition (Tetrahedron Organic Chemistry) (Paperback – Dec 5.H. Wang. G. 2008).M..MB 201 (AUG) 2:0 Introduction to Biophysical Chemistry Basic thermodynamics.D. MB 206 (AUG) 3:0 Conformational and Structural aspects of biopolymers Basic ideas on structure and conformation of simple molecules – structural features of proteins and nucleic acids. W H Freeman and Co. San Francisco. Vols. Dipankar Chatterji and Rahul Roy Scheme of Instruction Page 21 . MB 205 (AUG) 2:0 Introduction to X-ray Crystallography. A. Prentice Hall. and Jenson. Cantor.. DNAprotein recognition at the level of single molecules. T..N. and Schimmel. MB 207 (AUG) 2:0 DNA-Protein interaction. 1979. story of lambda. 1980. chemical crystallography. K. C. H. t-RNA synthetase recognition. Elementary Crystallography. Basic One-and Two-Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy (Fourth Edition). High Resolution NMR Techniques in Organic Chemistry. M. W.and two-dimensional NMR spectroscopy with applications to peptide and protein structure determination. point groups. action at a distance. Production and properties of X-rays. M. Nanobiology Basic concepts on structural basis for macromolecular recognition. Laue equations..J.. 1978. MB 204 (AUG) 3:0 Molecular Spectroscopy and its Biological Applications Principles and biological applications of UV-Vis. Volume 27.R.. diffusion and sedimentation. 23. Springer Verlag. Mass spectrometry and basics of one. Principles and Applications in Biological Sciences. and Sasisekharan. Biophysical Chemistry. Sauer.R. Crystal morphology and symmetry. Schulz and Schirmer. Prentice Hall.. L. experimental techniques. Patterson and Fourier methods. C. 207.. Sinauer Associates. and some programming knowledge. Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory. Pouget. Transcriptional Regulations I and II. Cold Spring Harbor. excitatory and inhibitory postsynaptic potentials. recording and analysis of electrophysiological data. L. 2005. and Segev.. The MIT press. McWright and Yamamoto.... various scales of modelling.W. B. T. application of confocal microscopy. dendritic spikes and backpropogating action potentials. E. Second Edn. network and multi-scale models. quantifying ionic hypothesis by voltage-clamp technique. oscillators as nonlinear dynamical systems.M. Intrinsic plasticity. (Eds).N. probability.. Computational modeling methods for neuroscientists. single neuron models. S.F. (Eds). Theoretical Neuroscience: Computational and Mathematical Modeling of Neural Systems. hierarchy and organization of sensory systems. Prentice Hall International. receptive field and map modelling. MB 209 (AUG) 3:1 Cellular Neurophysiology Membrane components and structures.P. Hausser M Dendrities. First edition. B. (Eds).. The MIT press.Lewin. Methods in Neuronal Modeling: From Ions to Networks. Doya. P. mechanisms underlying intrinsic plasticity. C...C. structure-function aspects of voltage and chemically gated ionic channels. statistics and ordinary differential equations. information representation. MB 208 (Jan) 3:1 Theoretical and computational neuroscience Need for and role of theory and computation in neuroscience. Essentials of Neural Science and Behaviour.P.R. membrane transport. Case studies. Second Edin.. The MIT press. Ionic channels of excitable membranes. dendritic structure. M. and Jessel.mechanisms underlying synaptic plasticity. Kandel. short term and long term potentiation and depression. passive and active electrical properties of the membrane-ionic mechanisms of membrane and action potential. I. J. 2009. Sudhof. M. S K Sikdar and Rishikesh Narayanan Hille. Rishikesh Narayanan and S. and Abbott. 2003 Stuart G. Schwartz. L. Bayesian Brain: Probabilistic Approaches to Neural Coding. cell membrane capacitance and exocytosis. The MIT press. Scheme of Instruction Page 22 . Rudy. Massachussets. Oxford. Koch. Ptaschne and Gann. Genes X. T. Second Edition. measurement of Ca concentrations in single cells..Arun Prerequisites: MB209. K. Dynamical systems in neuroscience: The geometry of excitability and bursting. Methods in Enzymology. 2006. Synapses. models of neural plasticity. 1998. R. neural encoding and decoding.H. single neuron oscillators.. computational laboratory and projects. Selected papers. dendritic ion channels. A Genetic Switch. Hodgkin Huxley formalism. Stevens. ion channel models. and Iverson... 2007.E. Dayan. The John Hopkins University Press. Spruston N. Eugene Izhikevich. Genes and Signals. Cowan.F. Eric De Schutter (ed. The MIT press. A. Synaptic plasticity.B. 1995. Rao. patch-clamp technique. central pattern generators. population codes.). Ishii. 2008. Oscillations in neural systems. Ptashne. 1992. basic knowledge of linear algebra. active properties of dendrites.. Cell Press. Oxford University Press. . Multidimensional NMR spectroscopy. Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. Research papers and reviews. molecular replacement. Quality assessment. synthesis and properties of cell-penetrating peptides. multi wavelength methods. beta and gamma amino acids. Second Edition. Palmer.J. Levitt.MB 210 (JAN) 2:0 Peptides and Drug-Design Organic reaction mechanisms. isomorphous replacement. Biophysical Chemistry. McRee. Experimental aspects of homo-nuclear NMR spectroscopy: data acquisition. Product operator formalism for description of multi-pulse homo-nuclear and hetero-nuclear NMR experiments. Elsevier.. Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. 276. chemical genetics screening.. data processing. and Skelton. Analysis of 3D and 4D hetero-nuclear isotope edited NMR pulse sequences. 2000. M. NMR of Proteins & Nucleic Acids.. analysis and documentation. C. Vol. MB 302 (JAN) 3:0 Macromolecular Crystallography Review of crystallographic concepts. Peptide Drug Discovery and Development: Translational Research in Academia and Industry. Practical protein crystallography. MB 305 (JAN) 3:0 Biomolecular NMR Spectroscopy Basic theory of NMR spectroscopy.. Spin Dynamics. model building. David Blow. KGaA. refinement. Miguel Castanho and Nuno C. Scheme of Instruction Page 23 . M R N Murthy Denth. P. I-III. Principles of Protein X-ray Crystallography. Outline of crystallography for Biologists. Methods in Enzymology. Gale Rhodes.2009.. E. Fairbrother. 1980. Jayanta Chatterjee Norbert Sewald and Hans-Dieter Jakubke. Press MB 303 (JAN) 3:0 Elements of Structural Biology Methods for determining conformations and three dimensional structures of biological macromolecules. Principles of hetero-nuclear NMR spectroscopy. Oxford Univ. Oscillation photography.J. K. Wuthrich. anomalous dispersion. Wiley.. B Gopal Kensal. Pearson Education Intl. Protein NMR Spectroscopy – Principles and Practice.G. W. W H Freeman and Co.R. International Tables for Crystallography.. Siddhartha P Sarma Cavanaugh. and Schimmel. acids and bases. Cantor. Crystallography made crystal clear. J. description of basic homo-nuclear 2D NMR experiments useful for structure determination of biological macro-molecules. Van Holde et al. processing and interpretation of 2D homo-nuclear spectra.. Academic Press. design of peptide mimics for drug-discovery. Vol.. III. J. Second Edn.2009 Selected review articles.. F. Springer. Introduction to relaxation and dynamic processes (chemical and conformational processes) that affect NMR experiments. protein crystallization. 1995. John Wiley. John Wiley. Biophysical and biochemical methods to understand structures of proteins and protein-DNA complexes. KGaA. conventional and contemporary ways of peptide and protein synthesis. San Francisco. synthesis and properties of alpha. Classical and theoretical descriptions of NMR spectroscopy. Peptides: Chemistry and Biology. 1986. Santos (Eds). A.. Principles of Physical Biochemistry.R. Vols. Duncan E. N. et al. J.J. India RD 202 (JAN) 2:0 EUKARYOTIC GENE EXPRESSION Logic and techniques of molecular genetic analysis. Genetics. Hormones and growth factors in reproduction.. J. Sensory transduction and gene regulation in Dictyostellium. organization of human genome. Prentice – Hall. polymorphism and mutation. Upendra Nongthomba. Deepak K Saini RD 205 (JAN) 2:0 Human Molecular Genetics Human chromosomes. genetic variation. dominance relations and multiple alleles. hormones in contraception and infertility.W. 6th Edition 2010 Hall.. structure and function. yeast. P Kondaiah and R Medhamurthy Jameson. second messenger generating systems and ion channels. receptors. Development and Genetics RD 201 (AUG) 2:0 Genetics Transmission and distribution of genetic materials. genomic imprinting. Ecological Developmental Biology by Gilbert and Epel RD 203 (AUG) 2:0 Concepts in Endocrinology and Reproduction Introduction to endocrine principles. Understanding interaction networks using genetics and genomics. 12th Edition 2011 RD 204 (AUG) 2:0 Principles of Signal Transduction in Biological Systems Principles of signal transduction. Suzuki. Gyton and Hall Text Book of Medical Physiology.Usha Vijayraghavan and Utpal Nath Current Opinion in Genetics and Development/ Cell Biology/ Plant Biology. Signal transduction during fertilization.L. gene mapping and Scheme of Instruction Page 24 . Mahadevan S and Arun Kumar Strickberger.. Elsevier. clinical cytogenetics. Some examples are regulation of cell cycle. Mammalian signalling mechanisms through protein kinases. Signal transduction in bacterial chemotaxis and osmoregulation. P B Seshagiri. uniparental disomy and human genetic disorders. Principles of Development by Wolpert and co-authors. maternal effects and cytoplasmic heredity. receptors and signaling. Trends in Genetics / Cell Biology / Biochemistry.Molecular Reproduction. Molecular regulation of reproduction. Polypeptide and steroid hormones: their biosynthesis.. cytogenetics and quantitative inheritance. Dictyostelium and mammals. Illustrating the application of genetic analysis to specific developmental pathways in model eukaryotic organisms. Sex linkage. tools of human molecular genetics. De Groot. second messengers and ion channels in bacteria. M. Elsevier. An Introduction to Genetic Analysis. pattern of Mendelian inheritance. gene interaction and lethality. L. X-inactivation. Mechanisms in Plant Development by Leyser and Day Plant Physiology by Taiz and Zeiger. genetic and epigenetic mechanisms of cell fate determination and signaling pathways in development.E.. Elements of developmental and population genetics. physiology of mammalian reproduction from gametogenesis to embryogenesis. Endocrinology. Signalling mechanisms during sexual differentiation in yeast. Genetic alterations in cancer. simian virus 40 and human papilloma virus. Causes of cancer. genetics of cancer. tyrosine and serine/threonine kinases and transcription factors. RD 206 (JAN) 2:0 Molecular Oncology Introduction to cancer biology. telomerase. Garland Science. Cancer and stem cells. Mismatch repair. 2004. biochemical basis of genetic diseases. Cancer as a tissue: angiogenesis. Transformation by RNA and DNA tumor viruses: adenovirus. initiators and promoters. tumor viruses. prenatal diagnosis. Arun Kumar and Sathees Raghavan Strachan and Read. London. Cell cycle and cancer: cell cycle checkpoints. metastasis. role of stroma. Apoptosis and cancer. G protein/signal transduction. growth factor receptors. Oncogenes: growth factors. CDK inhibitors. cyclins and cyclin dependent kinases. genetic counseling.linkage analysis. oncogene-tumor suppressor interactions. Tumor suppressor genes. Annapoorni Rangarajan and Kumar Somasundaram RD 207(AUG) 0:2 Research Course: Laboratory techniques & Analysis Faculty RD 208 (JAN) 0:2 Research Course II: Laboratory techniques & Analysis Faculty NEUROSCIENCE NS201 (AUG) 3:0 Fundamentals of Systems and Cognitive Neuroscience Scheme of Instruction Page 25 . Human Molecular Genetics. sporadic and familial cancer. transformation. DNA methylation. Immortalization. carcinogens. Molecular mechanisms of carcinogenesis: cell culture and animal models. protein phosphorylation/dephosphorylation and degradation events. Basic Concepts and Instrumentation. Third Edition. Origin of Spontaneous emission. Mc-Graw Hill. perception and object recognition. BalajiJayaprakash. The Cognitive Neurosciences. Third Edition. Shyamala Mani. NS 202 (JAN) 3:0 Fundamentals of Molecular and Cellular Neuroscience Molecular basis of neuronal development. principles of laser scanning microscopes. Deepak Nair andNarenRamanan (CNS) Prerequisites: None References:Kandel ER. Academic Press. characteristics of stimulated emission. MIT Press. Bloom F.Biophysics of action potentials. Sascha L. insect and animal behavior SP Arun. learning and memory and neurological disorders. BalajiJayaprakash Prerequisites: none Wolfgang Demtroder (2002) Laser Spectroscopy . attention. Supratim Ray/Aditya Murthy(CNS) Prerequisites: None References:Kandel ER. SP Arun and Aditya Murthy(CNS) Prerequisites: NS 201 References:Gazzaniga MS (2009). Springer AmnonYariv (1989) Quantum Electronics. Deepak Nair and NarenRamanan (CNS) Prerequisites: NS 202 Squire LR. NS 203 (JAN) 3:0 Optical Spectroscopy and Microscopy Transition probabilities. BalajiJayaprakash. synaptic organisation and its relationship to synaptic physiology. Movement planning. 2000. Non-linear optics . signaling in the nervous system. small animal behavior. Interaction with strong fields. motor systems and executive control. Time dependent perturbation theory. Absorption and emission. Multi photon excitation. axonal path-finding. Pulsed and CW lasers. Energy transfer and other such methods from the above principles. Fourth Edition. Second Quantization. Scheme of Instruction Page 26 . attention. Emergence of biophysical methods such as CD. Fundamental Neuroscience. Third Edition. 2008. optical microscopy. Fourth Edition. sensation and perception. Shyamala Mani. NS 302 (JAN) 2:0 Topics in Molecular and Cellular Neuroscience Cell fate specification. Berg D. Fluorescence spectroscopy. neuronal transmission. Fourth Edition. Lasers. First Edition. Ghosh A. cognitive control. brain imaging. learning and memory and neurobiology of psychiatric and neurological disorders. Supratim Ray. Principles of Neural Science. decision making. Mc-Graw Hill. 2000. Schwartz JH and Jessell TM. photo detection. Principles of Neural Science. synaptic transmission. University Science Books NS 301 (JAN) 2:0 Topics in Systems and Cognitive Neuroscience Sensory encoding. Schwartz JH and Jessell TM. optical microscope in bits and pieces. diffraction limit. Wiley Anthony Siegman (1986) Lasers. Division of Chemical Sciences Preface The division of Chemical Sciences comprises of the departments of Inorganic and Physical Chemistry. it provides research facilities in this area to scientists from all over the country. Materials Research Centre. In additions. The Department of Inorganic and Physical Chemistry gives training in theoretical as well as experimental work to acquaint students with modern developments in a variety of fields in Inorganic and Physical Chemistry. The Centre offers courses in various aspects of Material Science concepts and materials characterization. the division also admits B. Prof S Ramakrishnan. seminars and special assignments. The Materials Research Centre provides sophisticated instrumental facilities. There are specific requirements for completing the research training programme for students registering for research conferments at the Institute. The courses offered by the different departments have been grouped as follows: IP MR OC SS CD Inorganic and Physical Chemistry Materials Research Centre Organic Chemistry Solid State and Structural Chemistry Integrated Ph D Each department/centre/unit offers courses on specialized topics designed to provide students with the necessary theoretical background and introduction to laboratory methods. Chairman Division of Chemical Sciences Scheme of Instruction Page 27 . In addition. In addition. The NMR Research Centre offers courses and organizes workshops and symposia in the area of Nuclear Magnetic Resonance. the students are advised to approach the Departmental Curriculum Committee. The programme of instruction consists of lectures. The Department of Organic Chemistry gives courses at both the fundamental and advanced levels in Organic Chemistry. graduates to the Integrated PhD program. The students also undergo training in advanced laboratory techniques and give seminars on topics chosen from the current literature. courses offered to the Integrated PhD students are listed separately with another code. The Solid State and Structural Chemistry unit offers several courses in frontier areas of Solid State Chemistry and Surface Sciences besides basic and advanced courses in Chemical Physics. laboratory work. Students with advanced degree in Chemistry. the first digit of which refers to the course level. Physics and some branches of engineering are admitted to the division’s doctoral program. NMR Research Centre. which are essential for the fundamental and diagnostic studies of materials.Sc. Organic Chemistry and Solid State and Structural Chemistry Unit. For individual requirements. The courses offered by various departments carry a two-letter departmental code that is followed by a three digit number. CD 204 (AUG) 3:0 Chemistry of materials Aspects of crystal chemistry (lattices. F. Cotton. packing. Harbola I. Smart and E. symmetry. D. magnetism. Hartree-Fock Variational Method for atoms. West. Huckel model. Symmetry and Group theory. Many electron Atoms.F. Solid state chemistry : An introduction CD 211 (AUG) 3:0 Physical Chemistry – I Quantum Chemistry and Group Theory Postulates of Quantum Mechanics and introduction to operators. defects in solids. Reducible and Irreducible Representations (IR). Point Groups. unit cells. Pauling rules. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics. crystallographic methods.R.Integrated PhD (Chemical Sciences) Course Work Core Courses I Semester CD 204 3:0 CD 211 3:0 CD 212 3:0 OC 213 3:0 CD 214 3:0 CD 215 0:4 II Semester CD 221 3:0 CD 222 3:0 CD 223 3:0 CD 224 2:1 CD 225 0:4 Chemistry of Materials Physical Chemistry-I Inorganic Chemistry Organic Chemistry Basic Mathematics General Chemistry Lab. Solid State Chemistry and its applications A. Supervisor. Exactly solvable problems Perturbational and Variational Methods. (Organic & Inorganic) Physical Chemistry II Material Chemistry Organic Synthesis Computers in Chemistry Physical and Analytical Chemistry Lab III Semester (optional) 16 Credits of optional courses to be taken from any of the five Departments in consultation with the Ph.R. IV Semester CD 241 0:10 Research Project Six credits of optional courses in consultation with Ph. Natarajan/ Vasudevan C. Molecular Quantum Mechanics. A. phase transitions. Slater determinants. Wells. Great Orthogonality theorem.N. Gopalakrishnan. Moore. Quantum Chemistry D. electronic structure. Chemical Applications of Group Theory Scheme of Instruction Page 28 . Projection operators. Structural Inorganic Chemistry L. Griffiths. Applications to molecular orbitals and normal modes of vibration and selection rules in spectroscopy U. D. point groups and space groups etc). New directions in solid state chemistry A. bonding and description of crystal structures. Rao and J. Supervisor. Levine. ionic solids and synthesis of solids. S. framework solids. . Freeman. R. Chandrasekhar Carey. Maitra and S. and metallic hydrides. Harper International. Prism Indian Edition. dash and curl and their physical significance. numerical integration. and cage compounds.. 1984. Differential equations: differential equations of quantum chemistry and chemical kinetics. 1983. S. John Wiley & Sons. Finney. oxidation-reduction. and Weber. NY. Isolation and purification of products by chromatographic techniques. (2007) Lowry. redox reactions. Wiley Eastern Limited. CD 213 (AUG) 3:0 Organic Chemistry – Structure and Reactivity Kinetics and reaction mechanism. stereochemistry and conformation. J. 5th Ed. Inorganic Chemistry. Cauchy’s theorem. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. And Dougherty. Arfken. E. and Structure. N. Inorganic Chemistry. and March. S. hydrogen bonding. Modern Physical Organic Chemistry. Matrices: eigen values and eigen vectors. orthonormal functions. A. Springer.. Mechanism and Theory in Organic Chemistry. 1990. B. (2005) CD 214 (AUG) 3:0 Basic Mathematics Differentiation and integration: different methods of evaluating integrals. CD 215 (AUG) 0:4 Organic & Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory Common organic transformations such as esterification. mixed valence systems. Natarajan Scheme of Instruction Page 29 . Narosa Publishing.. 3rd edition. (2007) Anslyn. 1987. Nucleo-philic substitution. K. NY.CD 212 (AUG) 3:0 Inorganic Chemistry – Main group and coordination chemistry Main group: hydrogen and its compounds – ionic. Calculus and Analytical Geometry.. preparation of compounds of main group elements. Fourier series. S. Advanced Organic Chemistry. Cauchy’s integral formula. isomerization reactions. oxygen and halogen groups. V. D. Vectors: gradient. Complex variables: Cauchy-Reimann conditions. N. Jayaraman. E.. multi-dimensional integrals. Physico-chemical characterization of these compounds by analytical and spectroscopic techniques.. F. characterization of purified products by IR and NMR spectroscopy. and Sundberg. Suryaprakash and H.L. John Wiley. Samuelson and P Thilagar Shriver D. divergence. Mathematical Methods for Physicists.. nitrogen. synthesis of organo-metallic complexes. rings. substitution reactions transeffect.J. 3rd Ed. T. Addison-Wesley. and Langford C. R. Thilagar. G. P. Huheey J. and Richardson. metal-metal bonding and clusters.W. Atreya Thomas. Synthesis of coordination complexes. beryllium. Cotton F. G. Advanced Engineering Mathematics. Function spaces. fast Fourier transforms. March's Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions.H.. covalent. The Dirac delta function. University Science Books. M. primary and secondary isotope effects. Diels-Alder reaction. Mechanisms. chemistry of lithium. Part B. A.A. Atkins P. 1983. B. M. B. Fourier and Laplace transforms. 1995. G.. (1987) Smith. numerical solutions of differential equations. Grignard reaction. chemistry of lanthanides and actinide elements A. K R Prabhu. chains. spectral and magnetic properties.E.. U. the gamma and error function. and Wilkinson G. etc. Coordination chemistry: bonding theories (revision and extension). 5th edition.F. boron.. H. inorganic reactions and mechanisms: hydrolysis reactions. J. Keryszig. Principles of Structure and Reactivity. F. West. J.. Chandler Introduction to Modern Statistical Mechanics. 1978 Carruthers W. 1988.F. polymers. Modern Synthetic Reactions. N Jayaraman Warren S.B.. 1986. 1984. integration.CD 221 (JAN) 3:0 Physical Chemistry II: Statistical Mechanics Review of thermodynamics. IR Scheme of Instruction Page 30 . Visualization. synthons.. indistinguishability. distributions. electrical. Parallelization. decimal. thermal and mechanical properties of solids.Callen. curve fitting. Carery. Canal. hexadecimal. Some Modern Methods of Organic Synthesis 3rd edition.R. linear and convergent synthesis. Parallel Computers . 1972.Architecture and Programming. Crystal defects and non-stoichiometry. Classical and quantum statistics. Numerical Methods for Engineers Errol G. phase transitions. partition functions. dynamics: kinetics and relaxation.. Kinetics of phase transformations. Verlog Chemie 1983. Starting Materials. S. machine language. ordinary differential equations and matrix eigen value problems. A. Basics of magnetic. Methods. Organic Synthesis . Cambridge University Press.C. CD 222 (JAN) 3:0 Material Chemistry Structure of solids. MacMillan. central limit theorem. antithetic analysis. Simulations: configuration averages. Langmuir adsorption. CD 225 (JAN) 0: 4 Physical and Analytical Chemistry Laboratory Chemical kinetics. Fuhrhop J. Solid State Chemistry and its Applications John Wiley and Sons. J. cyclic voltametry. octal. Advanced organic chemistry. assembly language programming. 2nd ed. CD 224 (JAN) 2:1 Computers in Chemistry Number systems: binary. Rajaraman and C. Siva Ram Murthy. Plenum. non-equilibrium thermodynamics. 1984 House. V. simulations of different ensembles. Lewars. glasses. optical. Chapra and R. Designing Organic Synthesis. ensembles. K K Nanda / Arun M Umarji / Bikramjit Basu A. Computer architecture. A.P. Computer Programming in FORTRAN 90 and 95. electronic states by UV-Visible spectroscopy. averages. flame photometry. symmetry concepts. and Sundberg. Fortran 90 and HPF with programming examples from chemistry and other areas. phase transitions. chemical analysis by potentiometric and conductometric methods. Planning a synthesis. crystal structure. reduction and bond forming reaction. structure property correlations in ceramics. Interpretation of phase diagrams. Introduction to Materials Science for Engineers. light scattering. specific heats of solids. Thermodynamics and Introduction to Thermostatistics D.. Numerical methods: interpolation. Composites and nano-materials. Govardhan Reddy H. Rajaraman.Concepts. Preparative methods and characterization of inorganic solids. Part B. Sai G Ramesh V. algorithms. Computational Chemistry: Introduction to the Theory and Applications of Molecular Quantum Mechanics. molecular dynamics. linear algebraic systems. metropolis method. MacQuarrie Statistical Mechanics D. Shackelford. S. CD 223 (JAN) 3:0 Organic synthesis Principles of selectivity and reactivity in the use of reagents for oxidation. diffusion equation. application to rotational and vibrational problems. and Penzilin G. R. CD 301 (JAN) 3:0 Two-dimensional NMR Spectroscopy Basic principles of two-dimensional (2D) NMR spectroscopy. product operator formalism. phases and filtering. etc. Applications of two and three-dimensional NMR experiments for structure determination of large molecules. Vacuum techniques in preparative chemistry. Carl W. Introduction to coherence level diagram. Correlated 2D experiments (COSY. Carlson.I. Resolved 2D spectroscopy. VCH.) involving homo-nuclear and hetero-nuclear correlations. solid state chemistry – synthesis of solids and chemical analysis. Thermogravimetry. NMR imaging. M. N Suryaprakash. Vogel’s text book of quantitative chemical analysis Longman 1989.spectroscopy. HMQC. 2D line shapes. ROESY). Xray diffraction. Croasmun and R. 1989. Two-dimensional NMR of solids.W. McGraw-Hill International Edition. 2D relaxation experiments (NOESY. Experiments in Physical Chemistry. S Sampath. A.. R. electrical and magnetic properties of solids. 2D multiple-quantum spectroscopy. Multinuclear 2D and 3D experiments such as HSQC. Garland and Nibler J.Applications for Chemists and Biochemists. TOCSY. HNCA and HNCA (CO) etc. Aninda Bhattacharya and C Shivakumar Vogel. David R Shoemaker. phase cycling and gradient-enhanced spectroscopy. K. 1987. Scheme of Instruction Page 31 . S Raghothama and H S Atreya W. Two -Dimensional NMR Spectroscopy . Time-dependent perturbation theory: Basic derivations. M Nethaji Taylor C. copper proteins. Viva Books Pvt. Zeeman effect. hydrogen bonding. Experimental aspects. A nonmathematical introduction to X-ray diffraction.Spectra of atoms and molecules (2nd Ed. iron transport. symmetry-adapted basis functions.H. biological roles of Scheme of Instruction Page 32 . Rotation. principles of coordination chemistry. Kinetics and Electrochemistry Intermolecular forces: van der Waal’s interactions.. activated complex theory. free energies and chemical potentials. Generation and properties of X-rays. Weissenberg precession and diffractometer techniques. brief treatment of electronic structure of diatoms. amino acids and other bioligands. linear Stark effect. solid state reactions.. Introduction to direct methods.) F. light-matter interaction. Electron density studies. Lennard-Jones potentials. Ltd. IP 311 (AUG) 3:0 Bio & Medicinal Inorganic Chemistry Principles of biochemistry and molecular biology. (matrix) representation theory. subgroups. proteins – secondary and tertiary structure. reciprocal lattice. Polyatoms: Euler rotations. Thermodynamics: the three laws. Chemical reaction dynamics: rate processes in chemistry. molecular interactions. iron proteins. shapes and widths of spectral lines. the great orthogonality theorem and its applications. connection to group theory.A. thermodynamic properties of liquids and solids. changes of phase. elementary treatment of spin-orbit coupling: L-S and J-J. X-ray structures determination.Fundamentals of molecular spectroscopy Peter F. electronic structure including the Franck-Condon principle (brief). concepts in Raman spectroscopy.Inorganic and Physical Chemistry IP 203 (AUG) 3:0 Group Theory and Molecular Spectroscopy Group theory: Symmetry elements and operations. anharmonic effects. Refinement. redox reactions involving manganese. Mcquarrie and J. reducibility and irreducibility. biological importance of nickel. Physical Chemistry: A Molecular Approach. Diffraction theory. selection rules. and Jensen L.Chemical applications of group theory IP 211 (AUG) 3:0 Physical Chemistry – I Thermodynamics. applications to electrochemistry. fundamental spectroscopic definitions. selection rules for rovibrational spectra. Struve -. Electron density function. Experiments on structure solution related problems. angular momenta and selection rules of transitions. Vibrational normal modes and their symmetry properties. One. rotational spectra of various tops. classes. Chemical reaction paths. selection rules. Buerger M. photochemical reactions.D.J. Molecular Spectroscopy Walter S. multi-electon atoms. Diatoms: Rotations and vibrations of diatoms. Phase problem. term symbols. role of metal ions in biology.A. Sai G Ramesh Ira Levine. Structure factor equation. role of zinc in biology – zinc enzymes. Stockmayer potential. Femtochemistry N Munichandraiah and Atanu Bhattacharya D. Stout G. Albert Cotton -. homo.and multi-electron atoms: Spectroscopy of hydrogen-like atoms. Structure solution. principal axes and moments of inertia. nucleic acids. Simon. build-up of groups. Absolute configuration. New Delhi 1998 IP 214 (AUG) 2:1 Crystallography for Chemists Crystal symmetry.and isomorphisms. multiplication rules.. Bernath -. X-ray Crystallography. Characteristics and mechanisms of various chain polymerizations – radical. Butterworth-Heinemann 1997. University Science Books. Modern Batteries. R. J. Major reaction types – oxidative addition. Metallotherapeutic Drugs and Metal-Based Diagnostic Agents: The Use of Metals in Medicine. Gupta. Copolymerization – random. 2005. 1994. Living polymerizations – criteria for livingness. Paul C Hiemenz and Timothy P Lodge. sequence distribution in copolymers etc. B. Fundamentals and applied aspects. Organometallics.vanadium. 1991 Gielen.J. IP 313 (JAN) 3:0 Electrochemical Energy Conversion and Storage Electrochemical energy systems. allylic activation. Kinetics of chain polymerization process.J. Ziegler-Natta and ring opening metathesis polymerizations. newer methods for living polymerizations – GTP.. Kaim. W. Springer. hydrogenation. A. T. Syntheses and Applications (Second Edition). Elsevier. Principles of Bioinorganic Chemistry. and mechanisms for stereoregulation. Wiley. cationic. C-X coupling etc. metal carbonyls. N Munichandraiah. 2000. Micro-structural analysis of polymers by NMR – estimation of regio. Battery Reference Book. solid oxide fuel cells etc. Elias. Principles of Polymerization. G Mugesh Lippard S. Principles of Polymer Chemistry. carbenes and NHC complexes. metals and health . Eds. Batteries. fuel cells and electrochemical capacitors.and stereoregularity in polymers. 3rd edition. IP 322 (JAN) 3:0 Polymer Chemistry Concepts and terminology. Odian G. Principles of polymerization – chain versus step growth process. basic concepts in drug design. ATRP and TEMPO-mediated radical polymerizations. insertion. and Berg. Catalytic reactions: metathesis. Electrochemical Supercapacitors: Fundamentals and Applications..Solution properties and chain dimension. Basic Organometallic Chemistry: Concepts.capacitors. 2013. Primary and secondary batteries. Sammes Nigel. metallocenes. D. Polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cells. J. S Sampath and P..and pseudo. Bioinorganic Chemistry: Inorganic Elements in the Chemistry of Life. 2005 IP 312 (JAN) 3:0 Advanced Organometallic Chemistry Structure and bonding in organometallic compounds – isolobal analogies. B. Barpanda B E Conway. California. Determination of molecular weight of polymers and their distribution. Weinheim. anionic.. Fuel Cell Technology. T J Crompton. Double layer. Wiley-VCH. Schwederski.. M. Integration of electrochemical energy storage systems with other devices. Wiley. metalloproteins as drug targets. isomerization and rearrangement reactions. C A Vincent and B Scrosati. 1999. Kluwer.M. estimation of various rate constants. Tiekink. Polymer Chemistry Scheme of Instruction Page 33 . alkyls and allyl complexes. S Ramakrishnan Flory P. alternating and block copolymers and kinetic schemes for analysis of copolymerization. olefin and acetylene complexes.metal-based drugs and mechanism of their action. cobalt and molybdenum. 2006.. reductive elimination. C-C coupling reactions. Ch.. E. B R Jagirdar Elschenbroich. time dependent processes (milli seconds to femtoseconds). Excited State Lifetime Measurements Scheme of Instruction Page 34 . Peter L.R. Applied topics: fundamentals of batteries: primary. Steady state and potential step techniques. cyclic voltammetry. Gileadi E.. fuel cells.M.. Instrumental Methods in Electrochemistry. UK 1984. 1985.A.. Nozik A. solid state and molten solvent-batteries. Edward Arnold. Electrochemical methods: Principles and Applications. Peat R. convective diffusion systems: rotating disc and ring disc electrodes.. VCH 1993. activation phenomena. mechanistic criteria. excited states.. Modern Batteries. Photo-electrochemical solar cells and conversion of solar energy. (Southampton Electrochemistry Group). over potential.J.N.Demas. symmetry factor and transfer coefficient. examples with applications in chemistry and biology. IP 324 (JAN) 3:0 Photophysics and Photochemistry: Fundamentals and Applications Fundamental concepts in Photophysics and photochemistry. time resolved experimental methods such as absorption. methods of measurement of kinetic parameters. current-potential relationship. Wiley 1990. Ellis Harwood Ltd.. and Faulkner L. Electrode Kinetics for Chemists.methods. Corrosion – fundamentals and applications.J. Modern Molecular Photochemsitry J. secondary. relaxation phenomena. and Robinson J. ACS. infrared and Raman. microelectrodes.IP 323 (JAN) 3:0 Topics in Basic and Applied Electrochemistry Electrode kinetics and electrochemical techniques: polarizable and non-polarizable interfaces. S Umapathy N. diffusion.. fluorescence. energy transfer. Washington 1981. S Sampath Bard A. chrono.J. Pletcher D.Turro. AC impedance techniques concepts and applications. Vincent C. Greef R. polarography. reserve batteries. Photoeffects at semiconductor-electrolyte interfaces. Chemical Engineers and Material Scientists.. etc. Size-dependent properties of nanomaterials.. 1D & 2D). Academic Press..Introduction to Materials Science and Engineering . Quantum Mechanics (2 vol. 1975 Cao G. heat capacity. optical and thermal properties of materials. Thermoelectric effects and materials for thermal energy harvesting.J. slip systems..MATERIALS RESEARCH MR 301 (AUG) 3:0 Quantum Mechanical Principles in Materials Basics of quantum mechanics (atoms to materials). Y-M. Introduction to Solid State Physics. photodetection and white light emission.. Anthony R. Fundamentals of Nucleation. 2002 Surface Physics. John Wiley & Sons. Scheme of Instruction Page 35 . thermal expansion. planar defects. John Wiley and Sons Neil W..D. Bernard Diu. Introduction to Materials Science and Engineering MR 303 (AUG) 3:0 Nanomaterials Synthesis and Devices Introduction to nanoscience and nanotechnology. Courtney T. FET. Frank Laloe. Thermal shock resistant materials.P and Kingery W. Surfaces. 1998.F. gas sensing. superconductors. D and Bacon. Wiley. Ashcroft. point defects in ionic crystals. Milton Ohring. Wiley. V. foundations of magnetism.. Solid State Chemistry and its Applications. Oxford. 2001. Crystal Growth and Epiaxy.. rectifier. interfaces and characterization techniques. Synthesis Properties and Applications. The Picture Book of Quantum Mechanics Stephen Elliott. Quantum mechanical treatment of electrical. perfect and partial dislocations. Shakelford J. World Scientific. Physical Ceramics – Principles for Ceramic Science and Engineering.. defect reactions and Kroger-Vink diagrams. Rallis K. Thermal energy. Thompson tetrahedron and dislocation reactions. set). Introduction to dislocations. Chemical and physical methods of synthesizing nanomaterials (0D. West.H and Wulff J. Birnie IIi. 2004. and David Mermin N. Crystal Growth for Beginners. Semiconductors.M. Prutton. thermal conductivity. Charles Kittel. thermodynamics of point defects. 1998. surfaces and interfaces. M. Classification of materials based on quantum mechanical principles.. Negative expansion effects in solids. Bikramjit Basu and A M Umarji Chiang. Clarendon Press. Brooks/Cole Brandt and Dahmen. Applications in Devices such as linear. Classical and quantum mechanical treatment of lattice vibrations.. slip. Butterworth-Heinemann. Imperial College Press. direct observation of defects on material. Balaram Sahoo and Karuna Kar Nanda Markov I. Materials Science of Thin Films. Nanostructures and Nanomaterials. D. Hull. Introduction to Dislocations. 1996. D. Pauling’s rules. Applications in catalysis. Solid State Physics. Abhishek Kumar Singh Claude Cohen-Tannoudji.. The Physics and Chemistry of Solids MR 302 (AUG) 3:0 Crystal Defects and Properties Descriptive crystal chemistry for ionic crystals. Growth mechanisms and growth kinetics.. magnetic phenomena and their interpretation (classical and quantum mechanical approach). sensors and actuators and photo-voltaics. W. imaging modes and detectors.. R. S. Principles and Applications of Ferroelectrics and related Materials. interaction volume.. Kikuchi lines. imaging defects and strain fields. MIT. Electronic processes in Materials. convergent beam electron diffraction.C. modes of operation.E.dependent properties (electronic. X-ray diffraction. and Peters W. Oxford Amnon Yariv . probe diameter and probe current. Newbury D. primary and secondary ferroics. bio-catalytic synthesis. ISBN 3540663878 (2000).M. growth of single crystals and thin films. Birefringence and crystal structure. Fresnel fringes and high-resolution imaging. beam lithography. Clarendon Press.D. electrical and dielectric measurements. Scott J. and Lifshin E. MA: MIT Press. Conductivity and loss. electro-optic materials and light modulators. Materials Scientists and Geologists Williams David B and Barry Carter C.. thermal analysis. diffraction contrast imaging – Howie-Whelan dynamical theory.MR 304 (AUG/JAN) 3:0 Characterization Techniques in Materials Science Preparation of fine particles. Von Hippel Arthur R. The unique size. Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH. McGraw-Hill.I . B.. Cambridge Lines M. New York 1963. Faculty Coordinators: K. Romig A. Nano Materials and Devices: Science and Engineering Thin films of functional materials including non-linear dielectrics. Reciprocal space and Ewald sphere construction. Varma Azaroff and Brophy. Quantum Electronics MR 306 (AUG/JAN) 3:0 Electron Microscopy in Materials Characterization Resolution and Rayleigh criterion. R. 2005.. Ferroic materials.E. description of atomic interaction. W. J.assembly. J. Golay M. Ravishankar Goldstein J. Cambridge.E. M. structure. Fiori C. magnetic measurement. B. Sustainable Energy . phase contrast imaging – Moire fringes. pyroelectric and ferroelectric concepts. K. diffraction theory. Joy D. polarization in static/alternating electric fields. electron guns and lenses. and properties of materials at the nanometer length scale.B. 2003 Rainer Waser. self. Ferroelectric Memories. Bragg’s law and Laue conditions. and scanning probe lithography. Weinheim (2003) Tester. Springer.. weak-beam dark field microscopy. III-V and Nitride semiconductors. tight binding Scheme of Instruction Page 36 .. Thickness and bend contours. Driscoll M. edited by Morkoc H. Dielectric Materials and Applications. Structure – property correlations with reference to computation.. Transmission electron microscopy – elastic and inelastic scattering.F. atom optics. electron-specimen interactions. Processing. Echlin P. Specific nanofabrication topics include epitaxy. Optical materials. piezoelectric.. Drake E.. Transmission Electron Microscopy – A Textbook for Materials Science MR 307 (JAN) 3:0 Thin Films. Lyman C. and Glass A. magnetic and ferroelectric storage. MR 308 (JAN) 2:1 Computational Modeling of Materials Introduction to computational modeling of materials.. Nanoelectronics and Information Technology. Varma and Balram Sahoo MR 305 (JAN) 3:0 Functional Dielectrics Physical and mathematical basis of dielectric polarization. SEM and TEM analyses.Choosing Among Options. Editor.. Krupanidhi "Advanced Semiconductors and Organic Nano-Techniques". N. Scanning Electron Microscopy and X-Ray Microanalysis: A Textbook for Biologists. Academic Press. Principles of scanning electron microscopy. electron optics. ferroelectric and magnetic) and charge carrier transport in insulating and semiconducting materials and semi-conductor devices. A.. An introduction to Materials in Medicine. 2009. structure and properties of cells. density functional theory. Abhishek Kumar Singh Richard Martin. optical.approximation. John Wiley & Sons.. Processing and Applications. concept of biocompatibility. USA and American Ceramic Society. Scheme of Instruction Page 37 . Hoffman. host response. 2011. Salient properties of important material classes. cell-material interaction.. : Advanced Biomaterials: Fundamentals. MR 203 (JAN) 3:0 Introduction to Biomaterials Basic concepts in biomaterials science. Applications of these methods in modeling of mechanical. structure-property of biological cell. electronic. Katti D and Kumar A . Biomaterials Science (Ratner. Schoet and Lemons). Hartree-Fock. and dielectric properties of materials. magnetic. Basu B and Balani K Advanced Structural Ceramics. Inc. design principles of novel materials. Electronic Structure: Basic Theory and Practical Methods Cambridge. various cell fate processes. Second Edition: Elsevier Academic Press. Assessment of biocompatibility of biomaterials. Structure and properties of bone as well as in vivo testing and histocompatibility assessment. John Wiley & Sons. 2004. Inc.. molecular orbital method. examples of some important metallic biomaterials. protein and cellular adaptation process. USA. bioceramics and bio-composites Bikramjit Basu Basu B. NY. Reactive intermediates. classical and nonclassical carbocations. Ramachandran plot.. 4th ed.M. OC 231 (AUG) 3:0 Chemistry of Proteins and Peptides Amino acids. Organic transformations and molecular rearrangements. isosteres.Organic Chemistry OC 203 / CD 213(AUG) 3:0 Organic Chemistry-I Electronic effects in organic compounds. molecular recognition.G. Non-covalent interactions. Current literature. Hammond postulate. Santanu Mukherjee/K. steric effects. Foldamers. geometry and oligopeptide conformations. protein stability. Protein architecture. Protein solubility.. carbenes. unfolded proteins. Curtin-Hammett principle. peptide synthesis. WH. Methods of deducing organic reaction mechanisms. Biochemistry 4th Edition . free radicals. stereochemistry. Stryer L. 2007. 6th Edn. membrane proteins. concerted reactions. M. March’s Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions. dynamism in peptides. Peptidomimetics. This course will be treated as a departmental requirement for all students registered at the Department of Organic Chemistry during the first year. B.. carbanions. Lowry T.S. 1995. 2001. aromaticity. arynes. Contemporary literature.A. Mechanism and Theory in Organic Chemistry. March J. enzyme inhibitors. 1998.. frontier orbital theory.R. Addison-Wesley-Longman. Carey F. protein-protein interactions. Advanced Organic Chemistry. nitrenes. folding peptides. diradicals.. E N Prabhakaran Voet D and Voet J. Part A. Wiley. Freeman & Co. isofolding. Enzymes: mechanisms of selected enzymes. Hammett and Taft equations. Biochemistry 2nd Edition John Wiley Cysons NY. Plenum. Important developments in current literature. conformational analysis. pKa.J. Peptide conformational analysis. and Richardson K. Mechanisms and Structure. and Sundberg R. Woodward-Hoffman rules. protein aggregates.. radical ions. S Chandrasekhar and Uday Maitra Smith. Prabhu Scheme of Instruction Page 38 . OC 232 (JAN) 2:0 Graduate Colloquium Students will present a short seminar on a selected contemporary topic which would be extremely useful for educating the students beyond their immediate area of interest. linear free energy relationships. Third Edn. OC 301 (AUG) 3:0 Advanced Organic Synthesis Planning and synthesis, retrosynthetic analysis-disconnection approach, convergent synthesis, linear synthesis, protecting groups, ring forming strategy, umpolung synthesis, synthesis of natural products. Kavirayani R Prasad Wyatt P. and Warren S, Organic Synthesis, Strategy and Control,; Wiley 2007. Nicolaou, K.C., Sorensen, E.J., Classics in Total Synthesis, Wiley VCH, NY 1996. Warren S. Organic Synthesis: The Disconnection Approach, Wiley, NY, 1982. Apsimon, Total Synthesis of Natural Products, Vol. I-IX Wiley Interscience Currrent literature Scheme of Instruction Page 39 Solid State and Structural Chemistry SS 201 (AUG) 3:0 Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics Formal principles; conditions for equilibrium, Legendre transformation, Maxwell relations. Phase transitions; classification, Landau theory, universality. Irreversible thermodynamics; thermodynamic forces and fluxes. Onsager relations; illustrative applications to electrochemistry; thermo-electric and thermo-magnetic effects. Introduction to far from equilibrium systems. Basic formulations of statistical mechanics; ensembles, partition functions, relations to thermodynamic functions. Ideal systems; quantum statistics, non-ideal gases, Einstein and Debye Solids. Introduction to statistical mechanics of liquids. Computer simulations; basics of Monte Carlo and molecular dynamics techniques. B Bagchi and S Yashonath H.B. Callen, Thermodynamics and an Introduction to Thermo Statistics D.A. Mcquarrie, Introduction to Statistical Mechanics D. Chandler, Introduction to Statistical Mechanics SS 202 (AUG) 3:0 Quantum Chemistry Basic postulates of quantum mechanics. Exact solutions: harmonic oscillator (ladder operator approach), particle on a ring and a sphere. Linear operators and matrices. Angular momentum, raising and lowering operators and matrices for spin angular momentum. Hydrogenic atoms (without explicit solution of radial equation), many electron atoms and Slater determinants. Approximate methods - perturbation methods, application to many-electron atoms and term symbols. Variational method - Hartree-Fock method for atoms. Hartree-Fock-Roothan method for molecules. Timedependent perturbation method - absorption and emission. S Ramasesha Ira Levine, Quantum Chemistry P.W. Atkins, Molecular Quantum Mechanics A. Szabo and N. Ostlund, Modern Quantum Chemistry SS 205 (AUG) 3:0 Symmetry and Structure in the Solid State Concepts of symmetry, point groups and space groups, crystal lattices. Elements of scattering theory, diffraction principles, reciprocal lattice. powder diffraction. Single crystal methods. Data collection and processing strategies, image plate and CCD detectors, synchrotron radiation usage, intensity statistics, phase problem in crystallography. Patterson and direct methods, refinement techniques, Rietveld refinement in powder diffraction. Molecular structure and crystal structure, intermolecular interactions and applications in solid state. Basics of electron density analysis from X-ray diffraction. Basics of neutron diffraction, electron diffraction, elements of electron microscopy. T N Guru Row C. Giacavazzo (Ed.) Fundamentals of crystallography J. D. Dunitz, X-ray analysis and the structure of organic molecules, G.H. Stout and L.H. Jensen, X-ray structure determination: A practical guide, Scheme of Instruction Page 40 SS 206 (JAN) 3:0 Statistical Mechanics of Liquids & Simple Systems Microscopic aspects of liquid structure dynamics with applications to phase transitions, electrochemistry, chemical dyna7mics and biological processes. Biman Bagchi Chandler, Hill, McQuarrie, Widom, Material will be drawn from books on Statistical Mechanics. SS 207 (AUG) 3:0 Non-equilibrium Statistical Mechanics: Applications to Biological Systems Liouville equation, projection operator technique, mode coupling theory, chemical reaction dynamics, protein folding, enzyme kinetics. Biman BagchiSS R. Zwanzig, Non Equilbrium Statistical Mechanics, Mcquarrie, Papers and notes. SS 301 (JAN) 2:1 Topics in Solid State Chemistry Crystal chemistry, band theory and electronic structure of solids. Solid state spectroscopy, unified understanding of electronic, magnetic and related properties of complex materials like oxides, chalcogenides, etc. Amorphous materials, theory and practice in the preparation and characterization of solids. Preparation of solids, X-ray diffraction, Rietveld refinements, electrical conductivity, DC and AC susceptibility, differential calorimetry, XPS, IR and Raman spectra of solids. Faculty SS 303 (JAN) 3:0 Functional Molecular Materials: Theory and Applications Basic concepts in conducting polymers, synthesis of conducting polymers (PANI, PTh, PPV, etc.), characterization methods of polymers: spectroscopic (NMR, PL, UV-VIS, etc.) and electrical (including impedance spectroscopy) techniques. Co-polymers, blends and composites, illustrative examples using useful polymer. Physical and chemical properties of polymers: structural correlations with glass transition temperature, crystallinity, viscoelasticity of polymers. Electronic and ionic conductivity in polymers, factors affecting conductivity, mechanisms of electronic and ionic transport (including ion association). Polymer electrochemistry; applications Aninda J Bhattacharya and Satish A Patil H. S. Nalwa Handbook of Organic Conductive Molecules and Polymers, John Wiley & Sons, 2nd Ed, 1997 T. A. Skotheim,Handbook of Conducting Polymers, 2nd Ed, Marcel Dekker, New York, 1998 Solid State Electrochemistry ed. P.G. Bruce (Cambridge University Press) R.J. Young & P.A. Lovell, Introduction to Polymers, 2nd Ed, Chapman and Hall, London, 1991. P.W. Atkins, A textbook of Physical Chemistry, Review Papers SS 304 (AUG) 2:0 Solar Photovoltaics: Materials and Devices Introduction to various solar PV technologies, suitable materials for photo-voltaics, P-N junction solar cells, design of solar cells and limitation of solar cells efficiency, thin film solar cell (amorphous Silicon, CIGS and CdTe), cell structures and issues with thin film technologies. Important parameters in solar cells, current-voltage characteristic, dye sensitized solar cells, organic cells, general mechanism in organic photo-voltaic cells, critical interface and photo-physics of conjugated polymers, colloidal nanocrystal based solar cells, influence of shape and morphology engineering on solar cell efficiency. Satish Patil Scheme of Instruction Page 41 Jenny Nelson, The Physics of Solar Cell, Imperial College Press Niyazi Serdar Sariciftci, Organic Photovoltiacs Mechanism, Materials and Devices - CD 204 (AUG) 3:0 Chemistry of materials Solid State Aspects of crystal chemistry (lattices, unit cells, symmetry, point groups and space groups etc), packing, bonding and description of crystal structures, Pauling rules, crystallographic methods, defects in solids, electronic structure, magnetism, phase transitions, framework solids, ionic solids and synthesis of solids. S. Natarajan, S. Vasudevan C.N.R. Rao and J. Gopalakrishnan, New directions in solid state chemistry A.R. West, Solid State Chemistry and its applications A.F. Wells, Structural Inorganic Chemistry L. Smart and E. Moore, Solid state chemistry : An introduction Scheme of Instruction Page 42 The courses offered in the Division have been grouped into six broad areas. the students are advised to approach the Departmental Curriculum Committee. Department of Instrumentation and Applied Physics. courses offered in other Divisions may also be chosen. The Joint Astronomy and Astrophysics Programme also comes under its purview. For specific individual requirements. Centre for High Energy Physics (formerly Theoretical Studies) and Centre for Earth Sciences. The first digit indicates the level of the course. The Integrated PhD programme in the Mathematical Sciences is offered by the Department of Mathematics to which BSc graduates with an adequate knowledge of Mathematics are admitted. These areas have been identified by code letters as follows: IN MA PH AA HE ES Instrumentation and Applied Physics Mathematics Physics Astronomy & Astrophysics High Energy Physics Earth Sciences The course numbers have the prefix of the code letter followed by the numbers. An M Tech programme in Instrument Technology is offered in the Department of Instrumentation and Applied Physics. most of the courses are offered by the faculty members of the Division. For all these programmes. but in certain special areas. Centre for Cryogenic Technology. Prof Rahul Pandit Chairman Division of Physical & Mathematical Sciences Scheme of Instruction Page 43 . There are specific requirements for completing a Research Training Programme for students registering for research conferments at the Institute. Department of Physics. The Department of Physics and the Centre for High Energy Physics offer an Integrated PhD Programme to which BSc graduates with an adequate background of Physics and Mathematics are admitted. Centre for Contemporary Studies.Division of Physical and Mathematical Sciences Preface The Division of Physical and Mathematical Sciences is comprises of the Department of Mathematics. A. John Wiley and Sons... S Asokan Willard. J. instrumentation. photo-thermal deflection and photopyro-electric methods. mass spectrometry. D. Thermal wave spectroscopic techniques such as photo-acoustic.L. IN 228 3:0 Automatic System Control Engineering IN 232 2:1 Thin Film Deposition and Characterization IN 234 3:0 High Vacuum Technology and Applications IN 252 3:0 Instrumentation for Energy Conservation and Management IN 266 3:0 Differential Geometry and Engineering Applications IN 269 3:0 Variational Methods in Engineering IN 301 3:0 Advanced Topics in Fluorescence Imaging Dissertation Project IN 299 0:19 Dissertation Project IN 201 (JAN) 3:0 Analytical Instrumentation Principles. X Ray Methods. 1998. Holler. 1992.. DSC and TGA. thermal analysis including DTA.Instrumentation and Applied Physics M Tech Programme in Instrumentation Duration: 2 Years 64 credits Departmental Core: 27 credits Hard Core: 21 credits IN 212 3:0 Advanced Nano/Micro Systems IN 214 2:1 Semiconductor Devices and Circuits IN 225 3:0 Digital Signal Processing IN 227 3:0 Control System Design IN 244 2:1 Optical Metrology IN 267 3:0 Bioinstrumentation and Imaging and Any Mathematics Course approved by DCC Soft core: 6 credits to be chosen from the following courses: IN 201 3:0 Analytical Instrumentation IN 222 3:0 Microcontrollers and Applications IN 224 3:0 Microelectronic Devices.W. F. 1991. IN 271 3:0 Cryogenic Instrumentation and Applications Electives: The balance of 15 credits required to make up a minimum of 64 credits for completing the M Tech Programme. visible and IR spectroscopy. ESCA and AUGer techniques. C. Fabrication & Applications IN 247 3:0 Principles of Tomographic Imaging IN 251 3:0 Process Instrumentation and Control IN 268 2:1 Microfluidic Devices and Applications.A. and Settle.) Saunders. Apar Wiston. Principles of Instrumental Analysis (Fifth Edn. H..J.. photo electron spectroscopic methods. East West Publishers. L. Strong. Scheme of Instruction Page 44 . and Nieman. Mossbauer and NMR spectroscopy.. Chromatography. Merritt. X-ray methods of analysis including powder diffraction. design and application of UV. scanning tunneling and atomic force microscopy. wavelength and energy dispersive x-ray fluorescence. Instrument Methods of Analysis Sixth Edn. Electron microscopy and microprobe. Dean. F.A.A. IN 210 3:0 Wave propagation in periodic media IN 221 3:0 Sensors and Measurement Techniques IN 223 3:0 Plasma Processes IN 226 3:0 Probability and Statistical Methods in Engineering.. T.. Single Stage Amplifiers Basics. pressure and force sensors. advanced lithography techniques. IN 221 (JAN) 3:0 Sensors and Measurement Techniques Sensor fundamentals. radiation sensors. W. large area electronic sensors. H. BJT. Continuity Equation. P. IN 214 (AUG) 3:0 Semiconductor Devices and Circuits Quantum Mechanics Fundamentals. M. characteristics impedance. amorphous silicon. transducers. device applications. Winger Seitz Cell. touch sensors. flow sensors. John Wiley & Sons 1953. electrons and ions optics. CRC Press 1997. energy velocity. P. Small Signal Models. metal oxides. Norton & company 1971.IN 210 (AUG) 3:0 Wave propagation in periodic media Theory of one. Fundamentals of microfabrication.A. electronic and photonic band gap crystals. pressure sensors. J. MESFET. J. Transmission and reflection of electromagnetic waves on an interface. Carrier Concentrations and Mass Action Law. R. Physics of Semiconductor Devices. Wiley. Kronig Penny Model. PN Junctions. Photonic Structures Inspired by NatureSpringer 2011. Fermi Function. P. Hurst. Artech House Publishers. Wave Propagation in Periodic Structures. strain gauges. Lattice Waves and Phonons. J. energy flow. Particle ina Box. Bhushan.. S. MOS Capacitor. Springer. Hand book of Nanotechnology. SPIE 2004. 1989. Sanjiv Sambandan Prinaciples of the Theory od Solidds.1994. French. Prentice Hall. Micro electro mechanical systems (MEMS): micro-fabrication and micro machining. H.Density of States. MOSFETs. signal conditioning circuits for sensors. vacuum sensors. De Los Santos. biological sensors. JFET. acoustic sensors. Wiley Analysis and Design of Analog Integrated Circuits.Gardner. (ed. materials and techniques of fabrication. Gray. Physical properties of MEMS and NEMS devices. Sze. Schrodinger Equation. Bragg’s Law. CRC Press 1997. Introduction to Solid State Physics. Metals. pattern generation. Springer 2008. Madou. single electrom tunneling. actuators. Levinson. W. two and three dimensional lattices. Scheme of Instruction Page 45 .. gyroscope. electrostatic. John Wiley. control units etc. Abha Misra M. Organic Semiconductors. general sensor characteristics. 2nd edition 2007.B. chemical sensors. Micro sensors and actuators. Abha Misra C.Ristic. S.J. wave propagation in nonlinearstructures. grating theory. fabrication of advanced sensingsystems such as image sensors used in various cameras. nature inspired periodic structures. accelerometer. Handbook of Transducers.. K Rajanna and S Sanjiv Norton. Principles and Applications of Nano MEMS Physics. Metal Semiconductor Junctions. J. thermal sensors. sensors for biomedical applications. Vibrations and WavesW. Electronic interfaces & signal capture and modulation.M. Microsensors: Principles and Applications. optical sensors. Cambridge Univeriasty Press. load cells. Principles of lithography. Sensor Technology and Devices. doping. 2nd Edition. Harmonic Oscillator. Reciprocal Lattice Brillouin Zones. J. Lewis. L. classification of sensors. Formation of Energy Bands. Leon Brillouin. Crystals. Doping. IN 212 (JAN) 3:0 Advanced Nano/Micro Systems Fundamentals of MEMS & NEMS fabrication. H. strain sensors. Semiconductors. multi-dimensional phononic and photonic crystals. H.N.M. image sensors. Recombination andGeneration. Kolle. diffusion & ion implantation and related aspects. tools for nanoscale characterizations. quantization of electrical conduction. thermal sensor. piezoelectric piezoreristive sensors. CMOS based devices. Ziman. Kittel. tactile sensors. P.). Bonding. Kronig-Penny and tight binding models of crystals. 1994. . discrete case.. (Eds). S. Introduction. 1975. discrete Fourier transforms.L. Rossnagel.G. R M Vasu and P C Mathias Proakis. Physics of Semiconductor Devices. Prentice Hall. 1989. Case studies of applications controlled via local keyboard or by using serial Interfaces.. G Mohan Rao Sze. and Kern. microelectronic devices. W. S Ramgopal Ayala.. S. Spectrum analysis and estimation techniques. IN 223 (AUG) 3:0 Plasma Processes Glow discharge plasmas. ion surface interactions. J.M. A/D – D/A interfaces. Springer. Algorithms and Applications. R. PVD and CVD techniques. Noyes Publications. ion implantation and rapid thermal annealing. normal distribution. thin film phenomena. Introduction to sampling theorem. Oxford University Press.. and Schafer.G. escriptive properties of distribution. Statistical inference-estimation. The 8-51 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems using Assembly and C.R.N.A. counting rules and probabilities. elements of probability theory.D. B.1999. Algorithms and instrumentation applications. Introduction to Integrated development environment for application software development. Markovchains. packaging techniques. ion beam mixing and ion implantation. continuous distributions. Pearson Education. A.W. ion sources. H. Thomson.V. glow discharge mass spectrometry and optical emission spectrometry. Introduction to DSP hardware. lithography and ion beam etching. J. G Mohan Rao Chapman. plasma surface modification. windowing techniques. random processes and sequences. Technology and Applications of Amorphous Silicon. Thin Film Processes. Glow Discharge Processes. and Monolokis. A.Second Edn.. Wiley Eastern. John Wiely and Sons. glasses and plastics in microelectronics. S. Third Edn.. DSP system concept and design. Digital Signal Processing. J.. 2007.J. Mazidi. Stepper and DC Motor controls. Mazidi. Z-transforms. Oppenheim.M. R. DC. Vossen. Cuomo.G. Use of I2C bus in applications. Monte Carlo method. quantization and rounding problems in digital filters... RF and ECR plasmas. 1995. convolution and correlation-signal detection techniques – digital filters. ceramics. IN 224 (JAN) 3:0 Microelectronic Devices Fabrication and Applications Semiconductors. Current Literature on Sensors and Actuators IN 222 (JAN) 3:0 Microcontrollers and Applications Architecture of Microcontrollers and hardware interfacing techniques. Campbell.. magnetron discharges. and Mckinlay. plasma diagnostics. Finite state Machine Models for applications. growth techniques and properties.. ion beam etching for microelectronic devices. Scheme of Instruction Page 46 .Àpar Street. M. IN 225 (AUG) 3:0 Digital Signal Processing Signal theory. 1979. moving average filter. The 8051 Microcontroller.. IN 226 (AUG) 3:0 Probability and Statistical Methods in Engineering. 1993. Digital Signal Processing Principles. FIR and IIR filters. 1979. 1996. The Science and Engineering of Microelectronic Fabrication. surface modification using ion sources. J. and Kauffman. Prentice Hall. R. Handbook of Ion beam Processing Techniques. Academic Press. (Eds). random variables. D. Langmuir probe.A. fast Fourier transforms and its applications. transformation of variables. . E. lead-lag ompensation. role of PC in instrumentation. Measurement and characterization of noice. C. Terano. Applied Fuzzy Systems. ion beam Scheme of Instruction Page 47 . system calibration. CMOS.. T K Mondal Hall. Mcgraw Hill. Prentice Hall Intl. 2001. programmable analog circuits. McGraw Hill. 1974. Low voltage logic. Networks. Kriegar. ECL. compensation. marcel. Synthesis of Feedback Systems. IN 228 (JAN) 3:0 Automatic System Control Engineering Digital interfacing. W. switched capacitor circuits. D. M.L. 12C. F-distribution. 1994).. lines and Fields. T. G R Jayanth Horowitz I. Graebe S. analysis of feedback control systems using Nyquist plots. design of control systems in single-degree of-freedom configuration using direct design. CVD.. Second Edn. John Van De Vegte. Microprocessors and interfacing. 12 bit and 16 bit. Amerind Publishing Co. serial RS232. Logic family characteristics: TTL 12L. and Halkias. t-distribution.. Control System Design. Advantages of microcomputer based industrial process control systems. Integrated Electronics. resistive. (Translated by Charles Aschmann).D. IN 232 (AUG) 2:1 Thin Film Deposition and Characterization Deposition techniques: electroplating. Auckland. 1955.. A/D conversion by 8 bit.. RF circuits: basic transmission line theory. 1980.. Feedback control system. analog filter design. Introduction of fuzzy logic and Application.. stability of RF amplifiers. DC and RF diode. E. Chao. case studies. C. data conversion (ADC/DAC) circuits. SPI. chi-distribution. VCOs. Boston. mixers. Atanu K Mohanty Horowitz. waveform generators. electron beam.. India. Ion plating. factorial design. Linux infrared remote control. PLLS.. Academic Press. Saville. design of control systems in two-degree of-freedom configuration to achieve robustness. prentice Hall of Millman. Solgel.V. PHI Learning. Remote control methods. PC fundamentals. Laplace transforms. Press. Ryder. RC timers. Second Edn. proportional-integral-derivative control. Statistics – Methods and Analysis. Digital circuits: interfacing. J. P. mixer design. use of discribing functions to analyze and compensate nonlinearities. Art of Electronics. McGraw Hill. J. Application of proportional control and PID control to systems and comparison. (Eds). Bode plots and Root Locus. Sugeno. simple regression and correlation DOE-geometric approach. 1972. 1986.C. 1975. K.. IN 227 (JAN) 3:0 Control Systems Design Dynamics of linear systems.. ntitative feedback theory control of non-minimum phase systems. Cambridge Univ. Salgado M.L. Bode sensitivity integrals. Introductory Probability and Statistical Applications. CAD for analog circuits. IN 229 (AUG) 3:0 Advanced Instrumentation Electronics Instrumentation building blocks: operational amplifiers. Sidi. L. 2001. design of Robust Control Systems.. Goodwin G.M. Basic introduction to microcontrollers and programmabel logic. statistical Methods : The geometric approach Springer. M Chandran David J. impedance matching smith chart.. Professional. P. 1963. 1991 Meyer. protocols. triode and magnetron sputtering. CAN. Asai. Inc. parallel port. and Hill.hypothesis testing. Stability analysis and performance modeling. flash and laser evaporation. Polarization. Thin Film Phenomena. Speckle. and Glong. OTF and MTF for Imaging Systems.Refraction. Optical tomography.ATF. Film characterization techniques: X-rays and electron beam techniques for structure and composition. 2-D and 3-Dmeasurements. 4-f System.A.. materials for vacuum environment.. Coherence.. 2003. digital holography. I. Optical Sectioning.L. 1970..E.R. L. Saleh and M. leak detection.. 2011. Diffraction correction in optical tomography. R M Vasu Deans.Various Interferometric Techniques such as Michelson. Applications of high vacuum in thin film technology. 1978. instrumentation for measuring electrical. data gathering for optical tomography. NY. J. Intereference. Roberts and Company. Concepts of ultra high vacuum techniques. Thin Film Process. Vacuum technology. This course also aims at providing hands-on experience for importantrepresentative experimental techniques such as MichelsonInterferometry.C. Diffraction. W.2005 Fundamentals of Photonics by B. Refraction correction strategies. McGraw Hill. Metrology with Optical Microscopy: Basics of Microscopy.deposition. Phase Unwrapping. Wiley-Interscience. The Radon Transform and some of its Applications. Academic Press. wave-front estimation techniques.C. 1993. ion sources. metallurgy and space technology. Wave Propagation. G Mohan Rao Roth. Lafferty. S. FringeAnalysis. Mach-Zehnder. K Rajanna Chopra. Sai Siva Gorthi Introduction to Fourier Optics by Joseph W. optical and electromechanical properties of films. Super-resolution. Deposition systems and accessories – design and fabrication details of electron beam guns. A. John Wiley and Sons. John Wiley. R. London. Scheme of Instruction Page 48 . 1998. Experimental aspects and applications. System Calibration Techniques. K. vacuum system design and fabrication. Fabry-Pérot. Fourier Optics. Structured Illumination Techniques. Dimensional Metrology: Pinhole Camera Model. Foundations of Vacuum Science and Technology. IN 244 (JAN) 2:1 Optical Metrology Fundamentals of Optics: Ray Optics. Àpar Vassen.Laser Triangulation. IN 247 (JAN) 3:0 Principles of Tomographic Imaging Radon transform and its properties.Graw Hill Professional 1st edition.. production and measurement of high vacuum.Wily 3rd edition. VISAR and Common PathInterferometry.plasma CVD and MBE.. 1979.. Camera Calibration. A User Guide to Vacuum Technology.. Film thickness measurement and monitoring techniques.Wily 2nd edition. Holographic. Krieger Publishing. J. phase unwrapping. Hand Book of Thin Film Technology. fringe projection profilometry and quantitative phase imaging in microscopy. Maissel. 1996. NY. ART and its variations for both parallel and fan beam illumination.L.Teich. Elsevier Science.Gasvik. IN 234 (AUG) 3:0 High Vacuum Technology and Applications Kinetic theory of gases in closed systems.2013 Optical Metrolog by Kjell J. and Kem. Moiré. O’Hanlon.M. 3rd edition. 2002 Quantitative Phase Imaging of Cells and Tissues by Gabriel Popescue. Surface Profilingand Quantitative Phase Imaging.Goodman. Rober G. inversion methods using FBP.M. D.. analog and digital controllers. M Chandran Anton. Gauss. Kak A. Stokes theorem. Paraxial ray Optics and System Designing. Tensors. J Nagaraju Johnson.. Liptak.. emission spectra. aperture engineering techniques. Principles of Fluorescence Spectroscopy. point spread function. 1994. Handbook of Biological Confocal Microscopy. Ogata. Hodge. Elementary Linear Algebra. G. linear forms. Digital Image Processing. discrete state process control. Instrument Engineers Handbook. 3rd Edition. electromechanical devices.O. and Slaney.R. K. Green. fluorescence lifetime and quantum yield. C.1980.. Image Reconstructions from Projection: The Fundamentals of Computerized Tomography. 1996. Scheme of Instruction Page 49 . 2010.A. smart sensors. photovoltaic and wind energy). thermal. 1982. J. Instrumentation for renewable energy systems (solar thermal. evaluation and measurement techniques. Measurement Systems – Application and Design.Herrman. Cambridge University Press. 2006. micro controller based systems. 1994.T. Prerequisites: Knowledge of C and MATLAB Programming.G. John Wiley and Sons. mechanical and optical sensors. bilinear forms. Modern Control Engineering. actuators. relays. Prentice Hall of India. Gonzalez and R. J.K. Wendell Flaming. Some application in FEM. change of variables. Wave Optics. C. McGraw Hall. 1988. R. E. E. Functions of Several variables. switches and valves. Woods. IN 266 (JAN) 3:0 Differential Geometry and Engineering Applications Fundamentals of linear algebra. Academic Press. energy conservation methods. electromagnetic theory.. Monochromators. Pergamon Press. M. and Rorres. heat flux meters. advanced super resolution microscopy... Principles of Optics. 1988. Energy management devices. Alberto Diaspro. differential forms. Lie derivative. Springer. Addison Wesley. parametric representation. H. Application version. linear structure.C. – Springer 1977. Lakowicz. PLCs in process control... C. process tuning. B. photo-physics and Stern-Volmer equation. electric field effects. single-and multi-photon fluorescence microscopy. Doeblin. 1st Edition. analog and digital signal conditioning. Partha P. Analysis on manifolds. fluorescence correlation spectroscopy. distributed control systems. Mondal. Beer-Lambart Law. (ed. IN 267 (AUG) 3:0 Fluorescence Microscopy and Imaging Light Sources. 7th Edition. Optical Filters. BTU meters suitable for heat exchangers andgaseous fuels calorimeters. Industrial Energy Conservation. time-domain lifetime measurements. IN 252 (AUG) 3:0 Instrumentation for Energy Conservation and Management Principles and techniques of energy audit and management. 1975.. Process Control Instrumentation Technology. 1977. Principles of Computerized Tomographic Imaging. differential geometry. CRC. Chinton Book Company. control hardware. 2006. and some case studies. Prentice Hall of India. 3D image reconstruction. Wolf. molecular physics. Springer. Markov random field. M. Springer Science + Business Media. J Nagaraju Reay.. maximum likelihood algorithm. B. principles of automatic control. total internal reflection fluorescence microscopy.). IN 251 (JAN) 3:0 Process Instrumentation and Control Measurement of process and system variables. Nanoscopy and Multidimensional Optical Fluorescence Microscopy. Analysis and Design of Energy Systems. Jablonski diagram. Application of MEMS in process industry. fluorescence microscopy systems. 3rd Edition. Bayes theorem. control loop characteristics and analysis. 2001. James Pawley. Munkres. polarizers. 1991. Prentice Hall. Photomultiplier tubes. IEEE Press. 3rd Edition. Born and E. chemical and optical sensing applications. Reviews. Oxford University Press. Marcel Dekker Inc. components of microfluidic devices (micro-pump. opto-fluidics. Applications of cryogenics. PDE. some case studies. fabrication and characterization of Lab-on-achips or point-of care testing devices. microfluidics based-flow cytometry. Galerkin method. Multidimensional Image reconstruction for Fluorescence Microscopy. 1997.. sensors. Cryogenic fluid storage and transfer systems. flow and liquid level. M Chandran and G R Jayanth Prerequisite: MATLAB and MAPLE (Laptop is essential) Donald R Smith. research articles and conference proceedings. Partha P Mondal Prerequisites: Optics. mixers. lenses. Bioimaging. Upendra Behera and N. Handbook of Cryogenic Engineering. 1985. Photophysics. pressure. G. IN 301 (JAN) 3:0 Advanced Topics in Fluorescence Imaging. etc. Prentice Hall. 1998. (2005) Fundamentals and Applications of Micro-fluidicsBy Nam-Trung nguyen and Stev(2008) Wereley (2006) Biological Applications of Microfluidics edited by Frank A. steepest descent. 1974. PSF Engineering for super-resolution microscopy. application of variational methods in ODE. J. Gateux variations. Least square method. linear quadratic regulator. heaters. Electric field at the geometrical focus of a fluorescence imaging system. This course also provides hands onexperience in the design. inequality constraints. fundamentals of real analysis. Second Edition. valves. Ritz method. Reidel Publishing Co. fluorescencecorrelation spectroscopy. Weisend II. Shivaprakash Randall F. Scheme of Instruction Page 50 . Cryogenic Systems. Variational methods in Mathematics. Thomas M. Flynn. (such as optical lithography and soft lithography). Sai Siva Gorthi Introduction to Microfluidics by Patric tabeling. Gomez Theoretical Microfluidics byHenrik Bruus (2007) IN 269 (AUG) 3:0 Variational Methods in Engineering Fundamentals of linear algebra. Measurement of temperature. droplet-microfluidics. D. Science and Engineering. Cryocoolers. device fabricationProcedures. C and MATLAB programming. Inertial-microfluidics. Properties of materials at low temperatures. Design of cryostats and cryogenic systems.) utility of microfluidic devices in various biological. Optimal control theory. Properties of cryogenic fluids. Cryogenic Engineering. Cryogenic refrigeration systems and gas liquefaction systems. C. Molecular Physics.IN 268 (AUG) 2:1 Microfluidic Devices and Applications Basic principles in microfluidics. Superresolution Fluorescence Imaging.Variational Methods in Optimization. functional. design principles for microfluidic devices. Cryogenic safety. IN 271 (JAN) 3:0 Cryogenic Instrumentation and Applications Introduction and fundamentals of cryogenic technology. Taylor & Francis. Bioinstrumentation. Barron. Karel Rektorys. Lagrange multiplier and applications. 1975. IN 299 0:19 Dissertation Project The dissertation project aims at providing the candidates with an opportunity to design and build complete systems or sub-systems in an area where they would like to acquire specialized skills. The project will be evaluated on the basis of (i) physical inspection of the project (ii) project report and (iii) oral examination. A report is to be submitted at the culmination of the project. Faculty Scheme of Instruction Page 51 . Topics in Algebra. 1995.N. D.W. John Wiley & Sons. Homomorphisms.. Unique factorization domains. Abstract Algebra. John Wiley & Sons. Subgroups. Free modules. Normal subgroups. Euclidean domains. Probability Models 3:0 3:0 Galois Theory Probability Theory 7. 2004. Structure theorem for modules over PIDs. Isomorphism theorems. Free groups. Hom and tensor products. Structure of finitely generated abelian groups. R. Quotient groups. I.. Credits Course title Core Courses (these are compulsory) MA 212 MA 213 MA 219 MA 221 MA 222 MA 223 MA 224 MA 229 MA 231 MA 232 MA 241 MA 242 MA 261 3:0 3:0 3:0 3:0 3:0 3:0 3:0 3:0 3:0 3:0 3:0 3:0 3:0 Algebra Representation Theory of Finite Groups Linear Algebra Real Analysis Measure Theory Functional Analysis Complex Analysis Calculus on Manifolds Topology Introduction to Algebraic Topology Ordinary Diff. T. Factorization in polynomial rings..0 Project Soft Core MA 315 MA 361 Project : MA 201 Elective Courses MA 210 3:0 MA 226 3:0 MA 312 3:0 MA 316 3:0 MA 317 3:0 MA 318 3:0 MA 325 3:0 MA 327 3:0 MA 329 3:0 MA 338 3:0 MA 347 3:0 Logic.. Prime ideals and maximal ideals. Principal ideal domains. Rings : Review of rings. Hungerford. Ideals and isomorphism theorems. Algebra.S. Prentice-Hall of India. Modules : Modules. Algebra. M. 2001. and Foote. 1994. Homomorphisms. Homomorphisms and exact sequences. Group actions and its applications.MATHEMATICS Course No. Equations Partial Diff.M. Herstein. Scheme of Instruction Page 52 . Types and Spaces Complex Analysis II Commutative Algebra Homological Algebra Number Theory Combinatorics Operator Theory II Topics in Analysis Topics in Several Complex Variables Differentiable Manifolds and Lie Groups PDE and Finite Element Method MA 212 (AUG) 3:0 Algebra Groups : Review of Groups. Eqns. Dummit. Chinese remainder theorem. Springer (India). ABHISHEK BANERJEE Artin. Sylow theorems. M. and Narici. R. Prentice Hall of India. 1966. Hahn Banach Theorem. Continuity and differentiability. Implicit function theorem. Taylor. K. closed graph theorem. Bounded operators on a Hilbert space upto the spectral theorem for compact. covering spaces and the monodromy theorem. 4th Edition. Strang. 1985. Cayley-Hamilton theorem. Sylvester’s law of inertia. Picard's theorem. P. A Course in Functional Analysis. Prentice-Hall of India. J. METHODS IN REAL ANALYSIS. 1958. B. 1974. MA 226 (AUG) 3:0 Complex Analysis II Harmonic and subharmonic functions. M. Linear Algebra and its Applications. Algebra.MA 219 (AUG) 3:0 Linear Algebra Vector spaces : Basis and dimension. Banach spaces. Third Edition. L. Tata McGraw-Hill. Discrete groups of motion.steinhaus theorem. S. 2006. POOJA SINGLA Artin. Wiley International Edition. MA 221 (AUG) 3:0 Real Analysis Review of Real and Complex numbers systems. Prentice Hall. and Kunze. Hoffman. Introduction to Functional Analysis. Normed linear spaces. Intermediate value theorem. Vikas Publications. G. 1972. Orthonormal sets. Symmetry: Group of motions of the plane. 1995.. MCGRAW -HILL. Inverse function theorem. Bounded linear operators. G. I. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors.. 2nd Edition. Jordan canonical Form. Functional Analysis. Linear groups: Classical linear groups. 1994. 1988.. 2nd Edition. 1987. Topics in Algebra. Bachman... Herstein. Functional Analysis. Metric spaces. R... Bilinear forms: Symmetric. Direct sums. Academic Press. Linear operators. Yosida. Linear transformations: Rank-nullity theorem. Finite groups of SO(3). 1990. MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS. Spectral theorem for the Hermitian and normal operators on finite dimensional vector spaces. G. K. Finite dimensioinal Vector spaces. Riesz representation theorem. the Riemann mapping theorem (revisited) and characterizing simple onnectedness in the plane. Springer-Verlag (UTM)... T. Algebra of linear transformations. and the Dirichlet problem for the Laplacian. Functional Analysis. Determinants: Theory of determinants.N. / GAUTAM BHARALI Scheme of Instruction Page 53 . the inhomogeneous Cauchy–Riemann equations and applications. Rudin. Saunders. NAROSA. Characteristic polynomial. Springer. SU2 and SL 2(R). THIRUPATHI GUDI RUDIN. GOLDBERG..... Topology of R. Mean value theorem. W. Diagonalization. C. Halmos. PRINCIPLES OF MATHEMATICAL ANALYSIS. Riemann-Stieltjes integral. Orthogonal complements. Uniform convergence. Green's function. First Course in Functional Analysis. 1970. 1987. Open mappingtheorem. THANGAVELU Goffman. Minimal polynomial. Narosa Publishing House. Sequence and series of functions.. JAIKRISHNAN J. Conway. Linear Algebra. self – adjoint operators. OXFORD & IBH. A. E. Cramer’s rule. and Pedrick. Dual spaces. Bounded linear functionals and dual spaces. MA 223 (AUG) 3:0 Functional Analysis Basic topological concepts. W. APOSTOL.R.. Hilbert spaces. Banach. skew symmetric and Hermitian forms. Algebraic and geometric multiplicities. . induced homomorphisms. Algebraic Topology. moments and moment generating function. M. Continuous functions. Basic Topology. AMS. Orbit spaces. events. Academic Press. 2011) MA 231 (AUG) 3:0 Topology Point Set Topology : Open and closed sets. Countability axioms. Basic Topology. Hatcher. O. A. Netsvetaev. M. M. Springer (International Students Edition). V. Homotopy type. MA 316 (AUG) 3:0 Introduction to Homological Algebra Scheme of Instruction Page 54 . Poisson processes. Simplicial and Singular-homology – Definitions. 2002. Prentice Hall of India. Separation of the plane. A.. GHOSH Ross. Fundamental group of circle.. 2004. 2008.. characteristic function. M. 2009. Press. Kosniowski. Cauchy problem and classification of second order equations. Properties and Applications. is available in Indian reprint. (with Y. Complex Analysis in One Variable.. K. MA 261 (AUG) 3:0 Probability Models Sample spaces. 1st ed. applications. Cambridge Univ. Evans.. 2nd ed. Brouwer fixed-point theorem. MA 242 (AUG) 3:0 Partial Differential Equations First order partial differential equation and Hamilton-Jacobi equations . Taylor. K.. Elementary Topology Problem Textbook. Springer-Verlag (UTM).. Partial Differential Equations. S. Press. Diffusion equation . GHOSH John. Munkres. 1971. C. K. the fundamental group.M.G.. Springer (India). multiplication of paths. 1998. K. Separation axioms. discrete and continuous random variables. and Krantz. Some methods of solutions. 1984. Complete metric spaces. Nievergelt). laws of large numbers. Bayes’ formula. A.. Quotient topology. Laplace equation. Cambridge Univ. Seifert-Van Kampen theorem. Introduction to Probability Models. Wave equation. Connectedness. BASUDEB DATTA Armstrong. Conditioning and independence. the fundamental group of the circle. A. Path Connectedness. Springer (India). AMS 2002 (available in Indian reprint. Ya.Narasimhan. Fundamental group : Homotopic maps. lifting theorems. Simplicial Complexes. Ivanov. Topological groups.. R.. Construction of the fundamental group. and Karlin. or 2nd ed. and Khariamov. Metric topology.. 1994.M. L. Markov chains.. N. C. S. Janich. 1980. Topology (a first course).. F. Compactness. Birkhauser (2nd ed.E. SIDDHARTHA GADGIL Armstrong. A First Course in Algebraic Topology. MA 232 (AUG) 3:0 Introduction to Algebraic Topology The fundamental group : Homotopy of maps. An Introduction to Stochastic Modelling.. M. Variable separable method. Academic Press 1993. central limit theorem. 1983. Partial Differential Equations. O. R. Product topology. Topology.. the universal covering space. 2004) Greene. covering spaces. Holmgren’s uniqueness theorem. AMS. Functions Theory of One Complex Variable. R. Viro. probability. H. S. 2004. SOUMYA DAS Hardy. Completely positive and completely bounded maps.S. derived functor. Summation formulas. Weyl's equidistribution theorem on the circle... Introduction to the Riemann zeta function. additive category.-Nagy. Quadratic residues.M. Introduction to Homological Algebra. flat modules. John Wiley and Sons. adjoint functors. Grothendieck spectral sequence. Ando?s theorem: simultaneous dilation of a pair of commuting contractions. We intend to cover a subset of the following theorems: isoperimetric inequality. MA 327 (AUG) 3:0 Topics in Analysis In this course we begin by stating many wonderful theorems in analysis and proceed to prove them one by one. Shannon's source coding theorem. Algebraic and Transcendental numbers. Parrott?s example of a triple of contractions which cannot be dilated simultaneously. Continued fractions. infinitude of primes in arithmetic progressions. UTM. MA 317 (AUG) 3:0 Introduction to Number Theory Part I: Factorization and prime numbers. Primitive roots. Projective modules. Part II: Arithmetical functions. Homological Algebra. UMESH V. Completely Bounded Maps and Dilations. MA 325 (AUG) 3:0 Operator Theory II Sz. An Introduction to the Theory of Numbers (6th ed. local cohomology. (1976). Congruences. Creation operators on the full Fock space and the symmetric Fock space. (1991). Irrational numbers. GADADHAR MISRA Conway. Paulson. Pitman Research Notes. E. Operators spaces.). Endomorphisms. H.. Scheme of Instruction Page 55 . Wigner's law for eigenvalues of a random matrix. Springer. exact functor. minimal isometric dilation. Inc. A Classical Introduction to Modern Number Theory. unitary dilation. dimension. and Wright. (co)limits. we take a somewhat experimental approach in stating the results and then exploring the techniques to prove them. Introduction to Analytic number theory. In contrast to usual courses (where we learn techniques and see results as `applications' of those techniques).group (co)homology. Introduction to Homological Algebra.. Leray spectral sequence. Foias theory : Dilation of contractions on a Hilbert space. Distribution of primes-I (elementary estimates). J. Unbounded operators: Basic theory of unbounded self-adjoint operators. Dirichlet series and Euler products. snake lemma.. M. category of complexes. Niven I.Polynomial ring. Oxford University Press. sheaf cohomology. abelian category. resolutions. Some Diophantine equations.M. K. principal component analysis to reduce dimensionality of data. Averages of Arithmetical functions. DUBEY Cartan and Eilenberg. Weibel.H.. and Montgomery.. injective modules. and Rosen. An introduction to the theory of Numbers (Fifth ed. Springer.. Ireland. V. (2008). T. GTM 84. Picard's theorem on the range of an entire function. Approximation of irrationals by rationals. Apostol. H. 1986. Von Neumann ?s inequality. A course in Functional Analysis. The theorems themselves have the common feature that the statements are easy to understand but the proofs are non-trivial and instructive. Rotman.. (1990). G. And the techniques involve analysis..B. Springer. 1985. Tor and Ext. uncertainty principles including Heisenberg's. Cech cohomology. Towards dilation of completely positive maps.L. Zuckerman. the dynamics of the iterations holomorphic map in several variables ‒ using the tools developed. Riemannian Geometry : Riemannian metrics. Cambridge University Press. MA 338 (AUG) 3:0 Differentiable Manifolds and Lie Groups Differentiable manifolds : Differentiable manifolds.. MANJUNATH KRISHNAPUR Korner. An Introduction to the Uncertainty Principle. It would help to know or to concurrently take a course in measure theory and/or functional analysis. dependent types. An Introduction to Complex Analysis in Several Variables (3rd ed. Thus. S... the Levi−Civita connection. Springer-Verlag. 1983 MA 210 (JAN) 3:0 Logic. S. complex analysis. inductive types. Fourier Analysis. First order logic: First order languages. Tata McGraw Hill Education. 1988 Rudin. the exponential map. Types and Spaces This course is an introduction to logic and foundations from both a modern point of view (based on type theory and its relations to topology) as well as in the traditional formulation based on firstorder logic. regular values and Sard’s theorem. 2007 Thangavelu. North-Holland Publishing Co. F. 22. GAUTAM BHARALI Hormander. Finally.. orientable manifolds. Graduate Texts in Mathematics.. Godel’s completeness and compactness theorems. groups. curvature and parallel transport. W. linear algebra. 94. of a Prerequisites : MA 224 (i. we would like to try out the notion of approaching the essential concepts in several complex variables with the eventual aim of studying some topics in multi-variable complex dynamics. Students who have not taken MA 324 but are highly interested in this course are encouraged to speak to the instructor. T. the Lie derivative. basic probability. L. A Course in Arithmetic.. I.. 2003 Serre. 1990. This will pave the way to motivating and studying the concept of plurisubharmonicity. Amsterdam.e.). Frobenius’s Theorem. 2002 Warner. A Course in Differential Geometry and Lie Groups. Real and Complex Analysis. Models. 2008 MA 329 (AUG) 3:0 Topics in Several Complex Variables In this topics course. Texts and Readings in Mathematics.Prerequisites: Real analysis.. J. 1973 Robert Ash. Topics : Basic type theory : terms and types. 1 ed.. submersions and immersions. function types. MA 324 (Topics in Complex Analysis in One Variable). the first course in Complex Analysis) and... deduction and truth. Information Theory. preferably. Dover Special Priced Titles. HARISH SESHADRI Kumaresan. Lie algebras and the exponential map. Hindustan book Agency. we shall study some complex dynamics ‒ i. 3rd ed. vector fields and flows. Birkhauser. the course will begin with a complete and rigorous introduction to holomorphic functions in several variables and their properties. P. Foundations of Differentiable Manifolds and Lie Groups.. W. tensors and differential forms. differentiable maps and tangent spaces. Springer-Verlag. homogeneous spaces. Godel’s incompleteness theorem Scheme of Instruction Page 56 .e. Lie groups. integration on manifolds and Stokes’s Theorem. MA 222 (JAN) 3:0 Measure Theory Construction of Lebesgue measure. Complex Analysis. the identity type family. Measurable functions. topological view of the identity type. Institute for Adv. integral formula. regular representations and induced representations. Analytic functions. Sections of measurable functions. available at http://homotopypetheory. G. Prentice Hall of India. M.. SIDDHARTHA GADGIL Prerequisites : No prior knowledge of logic is assumed. J. Riesz representation theorem. Universitext. Schur’s lemma. Schwarz lemma. Princeton 2013. Springer. Product sigma algebras. THANGAVELU Ahlfors.. Hewitt. P. L. HARISH SESHADRI Royden. The Riemann mapping theorem. E. Srivastava. the group algebra. orthogonality. Fatou’s lemma. Springer-Verlag. Cauchy’s integral theorem. Functions of a Complex Variable. J. Real Analysis: Modern Techniques and their Applications... Conway. Springer-Verlag. irreducible representations. Change of variables. Contour integration. Scheme of Instruction Page 57 .... Fubini’s theorem. Wiley. 1978. complete reducibility. SpringerVerlag. Conformal mappings. and Stromberg. MA 224 (JAN) 3:0 Complex Analysis Complex numbers. Springer-Verlag.. Some background in algebra and topology will be assumed.B. second Edition. Complex measures. Schwartz reflection principle. and Harris. 1969. Yu. K. Product measures. Homotopy Type Theory: Univalent Foundations of Mathematics. 1991. I. Linear groups: Representations of the group SU2..org/book/ Manin. A Course in Mathematical Logic for Mathematicians. Algebra. It will be useful to have some familiarity with programming . L. Analytic continuation. Studies. Mean-value and maximum-modulus theorem. Springer-Verlag. Isolated singularities.Homotopy Type Theory : Propositions as types. Morera’s theorem. POOJA SINGLA Artin. S. 2008. Liouville’s theorem. S. 1977. A Course on Mathematical Logic. Lp spaces. H. Möbius transformations. Monotone convergence theorem. MA 213 (JAN) 3:0 Representation Theory of Finite Groups Representation theory: Representations of finite groups. class functions. Dominated convergence theorem. J. 1979. 2010. Fulton W. Representation Theory. Folland. Signed measures and Radon-Nikodym theorem. M. Linear Representations of Finite Groups. 1994. Lebesgue integration.B. 1988. 2nd edition. Most of the material will be developed using the dependently typed language / proof assistant Agda. Macmillan. Graduate Texts in Mathematics.. Serre. McGraw-Hill. characters..V. Power series. Residue theorem. foundations of homotopy type theory. Real Analysis. Connections with programming in functional language will be explored. Real and Abstract Analysis. Comparison of Riemann integration and Lebesgue integration. characterization of continuous linear functionals on Lp spaces. Abstract measure and abstract integration.. Dedekind domains. Direct sums and direct products. Narosa Pub. submodules and quotient modules. Coddington. Linear Systems : Fundamental matrix. 1982. N. The Going-down Theorem. Chain conditions on Modules : Ascending and descending chain conditions on modules. 1991. Concepts of general and particular solutions.MA 229 (JAN) 3:0 Calculus on Manifolds Functions of several variables. Uniqueness of isolated primary components. Existence and Uniqueness Theorems : Peano’s and Picard’s theorems. 1972.A. Simmons. Operations on submodules. A. Benjamin Co. Ordinary Differential Equations.. Birkhaeuser. PATIL Scheme of Instruction Page 58 ... Nonlinear systems and their stability : Lyapunov method. Springer-Verlag. McGraw Hill. Sard’s theorem. Stability of equilibrium points. Indian Ed. G. Dependence on initial conditions and associated flows.M. G. Stokes’ theorem. K. Analysis on Manifolds. Differential Equations with Applications and Historical Notes. Fubini’s theorem. Primary decomposition for modules. MA 241 (JAN) 3:0 Ordinary Differential Equations Basic concepts: Introduction and examples through physical models. extreme of functions of several variables and Lagrange multipliers. L.. Quotient rings. F. Discrete valuation rings and Dedekind domains : Discrete valuation rings. Directional derivatives and continuity. and Levinson. Taylor’s formula.. Mathematical Analysis. Ideals. operations on ideals. 1965. House. Artinian rings. Nilradical and Jacobson radical. 1991. Grownwall’s inequality. J. Extended and contracted ideals in rings of fractions. W. the change of variables formula and partitions of unity. Finitely generated modules. E. Periodic solutions and Poincare. Algebras. Associated primes. The inverse function and implicit function theorems. Noether’s normalization lemma. Integral Dependence : Integral dependence. RANGARAJAN Hartman. Apostol. Mc-Graw their International Ed. Integrally-closed domains. Rings and Modules of Fractions : Local properties. Manifolds : definitions and examples. Tata McGraw-Hill. linear and nonlinear systems. Fractionary ideals.. The Going-up Theorem. MA 312 (JAN) 3:0 Commutative Algebra Rings and Ideals : Rings and ring homorphisms. A. W. Principles of Mathematical Analysis. Noetherian rings and modules. independence and some methods. mean value theorem for differentiable functions. Non-linear Perturbation of linear systems.. Rudin. P. Munkres. Theory of Ordinary Differential Equations. total derivative. Exact sequences. P. M. Primary Decomposition : Primary submodules. Integration on Euclidean spaces. T. Calculus on Manifolds. Phase plane analysis.Bendixson theorem. Prime and maximal ideals. Perko. Vector fields and differential forms on manifolds. Tensor product of modules and its properties. Modules : Modules and module homomorphisms. D. Tensor product of algebras. Sturm-Liouville theory. First and second order equations.. NANDAKUMARAN Spivak.. Differential Equations and Dynamical Systems. Commutative Algebra. P. N..T. Local Algebra (translated from French). the exponential formula.. Solvable groups. Benjamin Co. Maximum Principle. Principal ideal domains and Factorial rings. multisets. B and Sridharan. Review of Rings : Polynomial rings. R. A. 211. 1899. H. Braunschweug 1898. Zariski. Singh.. Serre. D. Inc. Cambridge University Press.. Proof of Fundamental Theorem of Algebra. G. 1994. H.. combinatorial identities and the WZ method. F. P. 1986. Princeton. permutations. J. partitions. ARVIND AYYER Stanley. I. Peters/CRC Press. H. Vol.. W. I. posets and principle of inclusion-exclusion.. Fourier Transform. trees. Separable polynomials and Separable extensions. 2002 Weber. Finite Element Method (FEM) : Introduction to FEM. Generating Functionology. S. Weak Solutions : Variational formuation of Elliptic Boundary Value Problems.J.. Euclidean rings. II. Springer-Verlag. J. Regularity results. John Wiley & Sons (1989). 1. Galois Theory. ABHISHEK BANERJEE Artin.. New Jersey. Galois extensions. Band I. Galois group of a polynomial. Second edition. D and White.. TIFR Mathematical Pamphlet Number 5. O. bijections. Introduction to Combinatorics. Finite element solution of Elliptic boundary value problems.. A. Resultants and Discriminants. Polya theory. Lectures in Abstract Algebra.G. M.. ordinary and exponential generating functions. 1966. Sobolev Spaces : Definitions. Graduate Texts in Mathematics. Zeros of polynomials. Finite and Algebraic extensions. 1958 and 1960. tableaux. P. Algebraically closed fields. Lehrbuch der Algebra. Algebra. Jordan Holder theorem. Trace results. TIFR Lecture Notes Series. 2011. Lang. Oxford University Press. Topology of Test functions. Kesavan. Computation of Galois groups. Algebraic closure. Tempered Distributions. New York. Schwartz Space. 2000. (1966). MA 347 (JAN) 3:0 Advanced PDE and Finite Element Method Distribution Theory : Introduction. Academic Press (1986). Matsumura. Extension Operators. Field theory : Finite Fields. 1969. Springer-Verlag. Fundamental Theorem of Galois theory. 1908. Springer. Addison-Wesley. Enumerative Combinatorics. Commutative Algebra... the transfer matrix method. R. University of Notre Dame Press. Stanton.Atiyah. Convolutions. MA 318 (JAN) 3:0 Combinatorics Counting problems in sets. THIRUPATHI GUDI Schwartz.. Weak solutions. Scheme of Instruction Page 59 . Springer Monographs in Mathematics. Jacobson. Clarlet. and Macdonald.. MA 315 (JAN) 3:0 Galois Theory Review of Groups : Groups actions. Vol. Prentice-Hall. III. Solvability by radicals.. Theories des Distributions. Marti. S. Erickson. Hermann. D. M. 1977. Algebra.. Composition series. Raghavan. S. Introduction to Finite Element Method and Finite Element Solution of Elliptic Boundary Value Problems. Van Nostrand Co. Introduction to Algebra. 2005.. Splitting fields. Elementary symmetric functions and Fundamental Theorem on Symmetric Functions. II & III. M. Factorization in polynomial rings. Normal extensions. Wilf. Radical extensions. Topics in Functional Analysis and Applications.. Vols I & II. K. E. Van Nostrand. Homological Methods in Commutative Algebra. Vols. Constructive Combinatorics. 1970. Continuous and Compact Imbeddings. Bombay (1975). third edition. 1944 Artin. L. Lectures on Finite Element Method. and Samuel.. infinitely divisible laws and stable laws. MANJUNATH KRISHNAPUR Durrett. expectation. characteristic function. 4th Edition. Scheme of Instruction Page 60 .MA 361 (JAN) 3:0 Probability Theory Probability measures and random variables. Wiley India.. 3rd Edition. conditional contribution and expectation. P. Killenberg. laws of large numbers. moment generating function.. Foundations of Modern Probability. 2nd Edition. pi and lambda systems. limit theorems. Probability and Measure. Billingsley. martingales. Springer-Verlag. 2010. Probability Theory and Examples. Cambridge University Press. R.. O. Scheme of Instruction Page 61 . Rana. 1989. New Delhi. N. Hamilton’s equations. Hamilton Jacobi theory. H.. Small oscillations including systems with many degrees of freedom. 1976... Classical Mechanics.. Poisson brackets. PH 202 (JAN) 3:0 Scheme of Instruction Page 62 . L. Integrable problems.D. Thin Films and Characterization PH 352 3:0 Semiconductor Physics and Technology PH 359 3:0 Physics at the Nanoscale PH 362 3:0 Matter at Low Temperatures HE 392 3:0 Standard Model of Particle Physics HE 395 3:0 Quantum Mechanics III HE 396 3:0 Gauge Field Theories PH 201 (AUG) 3:0 Classical Mechanics Newton’s laws. Classical Mechanics Tata McGraw-Hill. New Delhi.. elements of special relativity.C. relativistic mechanics. E.S. Conservation laws and symmetry. Lorentz transformations. Mechanics. Banibrata Mukhopadhyay Goldstein.Physics Integrated Ph D Programme Physical Sciences Departmental Core Courses PH 201 3:0 Classical Mechanics PH 202 3:0 Statistical Mechanics PH 203 3:0 Quantum Mechanics I PH 204 3:0 Quantum Mechanics II PH 205 3:0 Mathematical Methods of Physics PH 206 3:0 Electromagnetic Theory PH 207 1:2 Analog Digital and Microprocessor Electronics PH 208 3:0 Condensed Matter Physics-I PH 209 2:1 Analog and Digital Electronics Lab PH 211 0:3 General Physics Laboratory PH 212 0:3 Experiments in Condensed Matter Physics PH 213 0:4 Advanced Experiments in Condensed Matter Physics HE 215 3:0 Nuclear and Particle Physics PH 217 3:0 Fundamentals of Astrophysics PH 231 0:1 Workshop practice PH 300 1:0 Seminar Course Project: PH 250A 0:6 Project PH 250B 0:6 Project Elective Courses: HE 316 3:0 Advanced Mathematical Methods PH 320 3:0 Condensed Matter Physics II PH 325 3:0 Advanced Statistical Physics PH 330 0:3 Advanced Independent Project PH 340 4:0 Quantum Statistical Field Theory PH 347 2:0 Bioinformatics PH 350 3:0 Physics of Soft Condensed Matter PH 351 3:0 Crystal Growth. 1991. rigid body motion.M. Narosa. Lagrange’s principle of least action and equations. UK. Pergamon. Canonical perturbation theory. elastic collisions and scattering. and Lifshitz. generalized co-ordinates. Second Edn. and Jog. chaos. P. Landau. Pauli principle.. 1977. Stark and Zeeman effects. Postulates of quantum mechanics. canonical ensemble. paramagnetism. L. 2010 PH 204 (JAN) 3:0 Quantum Mechanics II Time dependent perturbation theory. and Lifshitz E. Quantum Mechanics. Ehrenfest's theorem... L. g factor of the electron. Hydrogen atom. Diu. physical applications to polymers. Addition of angular momentum. Quantum Mechanics Vol. Probability current. scattering and bound states. Monte Carlo and molecular dynamics methods. Many particle systems: identity of particles. fundamental postulate. C. Wave function for a single particle.. Statistical Physics. Tunnelling. F. Uncertainty relations. Spin angular momentum. R. photons and phonons. Statistical Mechanics.D.D. Variational methods. Landau levels and Aharonov. Quantum Mechanics. Liouville’s theorem. and Lifshitz E. biophysics. phase space. Rotations. thermodynamic potentials.. commutation relations. and Laloe. Landau. Wave packets. Diu. F.. Schrodinger equation. 1974. Hamiltonian. scattering length. bosons and fermions. multielectron atoms.. its spectrum and wave functions. Wigner Eckart theorem. Pergamon. Second quantization. Born cross section for weak potential scattering.. and their nonrelativistic reduction. John Wiley. Cohen-Tannoudji. PH 205 (AUG) 3:0 Mathematical Methods of Physics Scheme of Instruction Page 63 . C. Fermi gas. harmonic oscillators.. diamagnetism and paramagnetism of atoms. PH 203 (AUG) 3:0 Quantum Mechanics I Historical foundations. 1965.). Pergamon. and Laloe. Introduction to Klein Gordon and Dirac equations. One-dimensional problems: step. Butterworth Heinemann.Bohm effect. Adiabatic and sudden approximations. Ising model. Spin-orbit and hyperfine interactions. Principles of Quantum Mechanics. low energy scattering. Addition of angular momenta. Probability theory. 1977.K. F. dissipation and linear response. angular momentum operators. Lande’s g factor. John Wiley.M. ergodicity. Arnab Rai Choudhuri Pathria. Heisenberg representation. 1974. Pergamon. Momentum representation.D. Fermi golden rule. NY. WKB method for bound states and tunneling. Matrix formulation of quantum mechanics. exchange interaction. Hund’s rules. B Ananthanarayan Landau. Time-independent perturbation theory. Born approximation. Fundamentals of Statistical and Thermal Physics. fluctuation. optical theorem. operator approach. Symmetries and degeneracies. Harmonic oscillator. Hermitian and unitary operators. connection with thermodynamics. elements of formal scattering theory. classical gases with internal degrees of freedom.. Clebsch Gordon series. McGraw Hill. B. Orthonormal basis.Statistical Mechanics Basic principles of statistical mechanics and its application to simple systems. resonances. 1980.. Diptiman Sen Cohen-Tannoudji.M. barrier and delta-function potentials. Transitions caused by a periodic external field. 1996. ground state of helium atom.M. Fermi. Bose condensation. R. Bose and Boltzmann distribution. L. Spin-1/2 and two-level systems. Legendre transformation. Shankar. Decay of an unstable state.. NY.1. Minimal coupling between radiation and matter. Reif. Dipole transitions and selection rules.. Landau.. Grand canonical ensemble. Introduction to quantum statistical mechanics. Spherical harmonics. Binding of diatomic molecules. B. classical ideal gas. Scattering theory: partial wave analysis. micro-canonical ensemble. and Lifshitz E. Springer. Maxwell relations. Threedimensional problems. Second Edn. Quantum Mechanics (2 Vols. Levinson’s theorem. Subroto Mukerjee Mathews. selected band structures. McGraw Hill.L. Anindya Das Jackson. PH 208 (JAN) 3:0 Condensed Matter Physics I Drude model. Introduction to Solid State Physics. Lienard-Wiechert potentials. Taylor and Laurent expansions. Digital and Microprocessor Electronics Basic diode and transistor circuits. reciprocal lattice. Manish Jain Ashcroft. A/D. nearly free electrons. Reading. 1973. multiplexers. decoders. Singapore. 5th/6th/7th editions. and Mermin. John Wiley. Benjamin. Introduction to virtual instrumentation.H. Fourier and Laplace transforms. Classical Electricity and Magnetism. Elements of classical field theory.. special functions.K. displays. operational amplifier and applications. Solid State Physics. Electrostatics in material media. Millman and Halkias. electromagnetic field tensor. spherical harmonics.Linear vector spaces. oscillators. R. dielectrics. conservation laws. Multi-pole expansion of electrostatic potentials.D.. systems of linear equations. PC add-on boards. data acquisition systems. tight binding model. flip-flops. Biot-Savart Law. magnetic interactions. exact and series methods of solution. M. 1967. analytic functions. digital electronics. contour integration. K Rajan and M N Ramanuja Horowitz and Hill. Linear partial differential equations of physics. Linear ordinary differential equations. W. analytic continuation. Complex variable theory. Brillouin zones and Fermi surfaces. Boolean algebra. gauge invariance in electromagnetic theory. classical orthogonal polynomials. Harper and Row. N. N. and Krzywicki.. D/A. PH 207 (JAN) 1:2 Analog. active filters. separation of variables method of solution. Special theory of relativity and its application in electromagnetic theory. California. Radiation from an accelerated charge. counters. and Walker. Eigen values and eigen vectors. Faraday’s Law and time varying fields. Mathematical Methods for Physics. Maxwell’s equations. A. Assembly and C level programming. classification of singularities. voltage regulators.. Panofsky. Integrated Electronics. Mathematics for Physicists. Mini projects using integrated circuits. semiconductors. NY. Intel 80x86 architecture and instruction set..D. Massachusetts. J. C. Maxwell’s equations in covariant form: four – potentials. Wyld. classical harmonic crystal. Second Edn. Dennery. quantum harmonic crystal. Introduction to microprocessors. semi-classical dynamics of electrons. linear operators and matrices. diamagnetism and paramagnetism. H. energy and momentum of the electromagnetic field. dispersion relations. Mathematical Methods of Physics. Poynting vector. retarded and advanced potentials. The Art of Electronics. X-ray diffraction. NY. J. Classical Electrodynamics. Third Edn. field Lagrangian..W. PH 206 (JAN) 3:0 Electromagnetic Theory Laws of electrostatics and methods of solving boundary value problems. Dover. cohesive energy. Second Edn. PH 209 (AUG) 2:1 Analog and Digital Electronics Laboratory Introduction to microprocessors. memory and IO interfacing.. radiation multi-poles.. Kittel. Wiley International. crystal lattices.W. 1976. and Phillips... P.. 1976. Propagation of plane electromagnetic waves. logic gates. Benjamin. phonons in metals. magnetic field and the vector potential. Holt-Saunders International. Bloch’s theorem. Menlo Park. measuring Fermi surfaces. Scheme of Instruction Page 64 . Sommerfeld model. Carroll. resonance spectroscopy.V.. Biman Nath (RRI) and Tarun Saini Choudhuri. Tata McGraw Hill. Smith and Richardson. Basics of radiative transfer and radiative processes.K Rajan and M N Ramanuja Hall.W. and Ostlie. Optical absorption spectra 5. PH 213 (AUG) 0:4 Advanced Experiments in Condensed Matter Physics This lab course has two components: In the first part. light scattering.. Michelson interferometer.. specific heat of a glass. Differential Scanning calorimetry 4. D V S Muthu and Ramesh Mallik Weider. B. The Physical Universe.. Aveek Bid. A. crystal growth. K R Gunasekhar and Ambarish Ghosh PH 217 (AUG) 3:0 Fundamentals of Astrophysics Overview of the major contents of the universe. Digital circuits and systems. Newton’s laws of cooling. electron tunneling. notes of electrical measurements. McGraw Hill International Electronic Engineering Series. Pearson Edn. Lab. Experimental methods in low temperature physics. 1. High energy and plasma processes. Hall. HR diagram. F. Second Edn. Meissner fraction of a high temperature superconductor. diode as a temperature sensor. Robert Bishop. size and contents of our galaxy. normal modes of vibration in a box. microwave and rf absorption in high Tc materials. D. Hall effect. D. White dwarfs and neutron stars. thermal conductivity of a gas using Pirani gauge. Arindam Ghosh. Suja Elizabeth.R. coexistence curve for binary liquid mixtures. Basics of stellar dynamics. Powder diffraction 3. resistivity measurement in anisotropic materials. Stellar interiors. band gap of semiconductors.. Microprocessors and Interfacing. the students will do the following five experiments in the Central Instruments Facility of the department to learn about the basic preparation characterization tools. D. resistivity vs temperature of a superconductor. D V S Muthu. electron tunneling/STM magnetic susceptibility. R Ganesan. RF sputtering In the second part the students will do an 8-week project in a designated lab under the supervision of a faculty member.A. surface studies by STM in air. Introduction to Modern Astrophysics. dielectric constant measurements of triglycine selenate. Nuclear energy generation.V. crystal optics. random walk in porous medium. G R Jayanth and Anindya Das PH 212 (JAN) 0:3 Experiments in Condensed Matter Physics Hall coefficient carrier mobility and life-time in semiconductors. Vasant Natarajan.. Microwave background. Laue diffraction 2. magnetic susceptibility. Reghu Menon. Astrophysics for Physicists Shu. Learning with LabView Express. Early universe. Shape. Newtonian cosmology. PH 211 (AUG) 0:3 General Physics Laboratory Diffraction of light by high frequency sound waves. dielectric loss and dispersion. calibration of a cryogenic temperature sensor (oxide/Ge sensor). Normal and active galaxies. Scheme of Instruction Page 65 . quasiparticles.D Programme (PH 250 A) and ends in the summer before the beginning of the 5th semester (PH 250B). biased Monte Carlo. milling machine.. O. Transport phenomena. effective interaction between electrons. drilling machine. PH 322 (JAN) 3:0 Molecular Simulation Introduction to molecular dynamics. Monte Carlo simulations. Dover Publications. elementary excitations. N. after proper guidance by the instructors. smart Monte Carlo. various schemes for integration. NPH). aluminium and steel. spin-and charge-density wave states. Fermi liquid theory. Rahul Pandit Ashcroft. Review of harmonic theory of lattice vibrations. Cooper instability. Madelung. thermo-electric effects.. Optical properties of metals and insulators.D. umbrella sampling.PH 231 (AUG) 0:1 Workshop practice Use of lathe. particle-based MC simulations.II Review of one-electron band theory. The seminars will be given by the course registrants.. New York. inter. NPT. Berlin.W. plasma oscillation. hard sphere simulations. Anharmonic effects. screening. exchange and correlation effects. introduction to various force fields. various ensembles (NVE. water imulations. mass renormalization. and elementary carpentry. Philadelphia. methods for partial atomic charges. computing long-range interactions.. Vasant Natarajan PH 250A (JAN) 0:6 Project – I PH 250B (MAY) 0:6 Project – II This two part project starts in the fourth semester of the Integrated Ph. NVT. The Hubbard model. Jones. Superconductivity–phenomenology. Solid State Physics. Ginzburg-Landau theory. Effects of electron-electron interaction: Hartree – Fock approximation. density functional theory.. Various schemes for minimization: conjugate radient. N. Working with metals such as brass. Faculty PH 300 (AUG) 1:0 Seminar Course The course aims to help the fresh research student in seminar preparation. Electron-phonon interaction – phonons in metals. Springer-Verlag. free energy calculations. Density functional theory. polarons. metal-insulator transition. steepest descents.and intra-molecular forces. W. and Mermin. introduction to biomolecule simulations Prabal K Maiti Prerequisites: Basic courses in statistical physics. Boltzmann equation. the Ising model. quantum mechanics Scheme of Instruction Page 66 . presentation and participation. and March. liquid crystal simulations. excitons.H. electrical and thermal conductivities. N. Introduction to Solid State Theory. Ramesh C Mallik and Jaydeep Basu PH 320 (AUG) 3:0 Condensed Matter Physics . Theoretical Solid State Physics. various sampling methods. Saunders College. BCS theory. Dielectric function of electron systems. Statistical Mechanics: Entropy. Pevsner. Soft glassy rheology.. surfactant and phospolipid membranes. Sethna. electrostatics in soft matter. Similarity and homology. Wiley-Blackwell. visco-elastic models. Order Parameters and Complexity. genome databases. hydrophobicity patterns.. microgels and star polymers-particles with tunable soft repulsive interaction.M. D. Cambridge University Press. 1988 Scheme of Instruction Page 67 .C. Tildesley: Computer Simulation of Liquids (Oxford Science. Techniques for equilibrium statistical mechanics with examples. Theory of Polymer Dynamics. and Lubensky. scaling. structural bioinformatics. Experimental methods. numerical methods.. and Baum. Dynamic light scattering and diffusive wave spectroscopy. Polymer Physics. M. Garland Science. dynamic programming methods. J. T.D Frenkel and B Smit: Understanding Molecular Simulation (Academic Press.. perturbation expansion. 2008..H. Critical phenomena. dynamics of soft matter using synchrotron X-ray and neutron scattering. colloidal fluids and crystals. and Colby. Introductory biological physics.W. Biological systems. gels and melts. Conforcal microscopy.Basu Prerequisite: Knowledge of basic statistical mechanics Jones.. Disordered systems including percolation and spin glasses. multiple sequence alignments. Micelles. PH 350 (JAN) 3:0 Physics of Soft Condensed Matter Phases of soft condensed matter.. Equilibrium Statistical Physics. dynamical heterogeneity. mean field theory. R.A. Bioinformatics and Functional Genomics. structural databases (PDB).O. World Scientific..L. A brief survey of non-equilibrium phenomena including transport. Press. UNIX operating system and network communication. surfactant mesophaes. 2009. Glass formation and jamming. Principles of Condensed Matter Physics. linear and nonlinear rheology.P. Small angle scattering and diffraction. Second Edn. polymer colloids. Oxford. genome analysis. M. PH 330 (AUG) 0:3 Advanced Independent Project Open to research students only Faculty PH 347 (AUG) 2:0 Bioinformatics Biological databases: Organisation. Oxford University Press. Plischke. accessing global bioinformatics resources using the World Wide Web. hydrodynamics and non-equilibrium steady states. Lyotropic liquid crystals. rheometry. finding simple sites and transcriptional signals. coding region identification. Nucleic acid sequence assembly. P. restriction mapping. Shear flow. Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press. B. Vijay Shenoy Chaikin.J. R. dynamics at equilibrium. Jaydeep K. Oxford Univ. Protein structure classification. Second Edn. Allen. scoring systems. Zvelebil. Structure and dynamics of soft matter. 2006. exact solution. Active matter. 1995. secondary structure prediction. Soft Condensed Matter. dot matrix methods. J. NY 2001) M. Oxford. detection of motifs. 2002 Rubinstein. 2003 Doi and Edwards. Clarendon. Ginzburg Landau theory. Understanding Bioinformatics. 2005. Bioinformatics: Sequence and Genome Analysis. J. D. vesicles. Equilibrium and non-equilibrium models. Second Edition. evolutionary relationships. 1994. S Ramakumar and K Sekar Mount.. 2002) PH 325 (AUG) 3:0 Advanced Statistical Physics Systems and phenomena. searching and retrieval of information.P. and Bergersen.. polymer solutions. classical and quantum. M. . Springer-Verlag. and Kamins. Superfluidity and Superconductivity. electron and hole statistics. Thin Films and Characterization Basic concepts and experimental methods of crystal growth: nucleation phenomena..recombination. refrigeration and thermometry at cryogenic temperatures. Optical properties of nanosystems: excitons and plasmons. and Dresselhaus. Nanostructures: Theory and Modelling. phase diagrams and material preparation. K. Sze. R. mono-component and multi-component techniques. wires. Hand Book of Crystal Growth.. Raman characterization. R. growth from liquid-solid equilibria. excitations in superfluid He4. optical absorption and emission.. Basic semiconductor devices: on junctions. evaporation. John Wiley. M... Zone folding. thick ness measurements and characterization such as RHEED. M. Institute of Physics (1990) F.L.T. energy band diagrams.S.. field-effect devices. MBE. 1969 PH 352 (JAN) 3:0 Semiconductor Physics and Technology Semiconductor fundamentals: band structure. crystal dissolutions. S. A K Sood and Arindam Ghosh Delerue.. Saito. K. Dresselhaus. Springer. Springer (2007). Tilley and J. Device Electronics for Integrated Circuits.. R. intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors. Semiconductor technology: fundamentals of semiconductor processing techniques. Muller. D. vibrational and thermal properties of nanosystems. Wiley. dislocations and crystal growth. Ambarish Ghosh C. LPE. 1980. K. Low temperature Physics. McGrow Hill. Tilley. normal and superfluid He3. .Anil Kumar Laudise. Ed. photoluminescence. thin-film XRD. nucleation and growth mechanisms. Thin film growth and characterization: concepts of ultra high vacuum. Growth of Crystals. Physics of Semiconductor Devices.(ed.J. cryoliquids. Springer (2005) D. quantized vortices. 2006.. Thin Film Phenomena.). K S R Koteswara Rao Seeger. PLD. 1970 Hurle. North Holland 1994 Chopra . superfluid He4. phase equilibria. Semiconductor Physics.. electronic properties of quantum confined systems: quantum wells. nanotubes and dots.. etc.solid equilibria. MOCVD. deposition techniques such as sputtering. absorption spectra. 1977. generation . Pobell. Matter and Methods at Low temperatures. 1990. drift-diffusion transport.M. Scheme of Instruction Page 68 . Prentice-Hall. A. LEED.C and Lannoo. PH 362 (JAN) 3:0 Matter at Low Temperatures Properties of solid matter at low temperatures. two fluid model. etc. Enss and S. Suja Elizabeth and P. Physical Properties of Carbon Nanotubes.S. bipolar transistors.PH 351 (AUG) 3:0 Crystal Growth. introduction to planar technology for integrated circuits. Hunklinger. G. mechanisms of growth. Imperial College Press. PH 359 (JAN) 3:0 Physics at the Nanoscale Introduction to different nanosystems and their realization. T. USA. optical detectors and emitters. vapour. MOS capacitors. Scheme of Instruction Page 69 . A. Waves in fluids. Waves and oscillations in plasmas. stellar relaxation. detection principles. G. Atomic and molecular spectra. Taylor & Francis. Line formation in stellar atmospheres. A. and Lifshitz. Kitchin. L.. Kluwer AA 377 (AUG) 2:1 Astronomical Techniques Radio: coordinate system.B. density wave theory of galactic spiral structure.. D.Krishan. Opacity calculations. MHD waves.P. chemical evolution in the galaxy. evolution of galaxies. Turbulence. Tarun Deep Saini (IISC) Christianson.: The Physics of Fluids and Plasmas.Astronomy and Astrophysics AA 362 (AUG) 2:0 Radiative Processes in Astrophysics Elements of radiative transfer and stellar atmospheres. NY N. Wiley.Sridhar (RRI) Scheme of Instruction Page 70 .Satyanarayana (IIA) Choudhuri. Flux freezing. resolution and sensitivity. Dynamo theory. Bremsstrahlung. stellar populations.R. W. Washington DC.Knoll. adaptive optics.K. S. An introduction to stellar dynamics.: Radiative Processes in Astrophysics. Cyclotron and synchrotron radiation. clusters of galaxies. interactions of galaxies. Gas dynamics. interferometry and aperture synthesis. S. IR/Optical/UV: CCD fundamentals.F. Thomson and Compton scattering. resolution and sensitivity. Coordinated laboratory / data analysis exercises in each of the three areas. & Hogbohm. star clusters. and Lightman. X-ray/Gamma-ray astrophysics: detection principles. Galaxies. Reconnection and relaxation.: Astronomy Principles and Practice. A.E. V. Transition rates and selection rules. Landau. J. F. Important properties of ideal and viscous fluid flows.F. G. C.. detectors and imaging systems. Plasma effects. morphological classification of galaxies.D. dark matter. AA 365 (JAN) 3:0 Galaxies and the Interstellar Medium Galactic structure: local and large scale distribution of stars and interstellar matter. Theory of grey atmospheres. detector response. dynamical friction. Radiation from accelerated charges.: Introduction to Plasma Physics.R. Radiation Detection and Measurement (2nd ed). Measurement and Detection of Radiation (2nd ed). speckle techniques.: Radio Telescopes Roy.: Stellar Atmospheres. the spiral structure. data analysis methods for spectroscopic and timing studies.Sethi (RRI) Rybicki.Tsoulfanidis.: Astrophysical Techniques. the galactic centre. A. photometry and spectroscopy. AA 363 (AUG) 2:0 Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Plasma Physics Boltzmann equation.N. sensitivity. imaging systems.: Fluid Mechanics. Atrophysical Plasmas and Fluids. E. Derivation of fluid equations.A. & Clarke. active galaxies. Covariant formulation of classical electrodynamics. Chen. Plasma orbit theory. point-spread-function. Debye shielding and collective behaviour. Galactic dynamics. Mihalas.M. Hydrodynamics stability. From the Vlasov equation to MHD equations. D. : Galactic Dynamics. The early universe. Monte Carlo techniques. Elements of tensor analysis. C.. Hoel. Hypothesis testing. Gravitational radiation.: Black Holes.: Galactic Astronomy. J. D. Cambridge University Press. Spitzer. Neutrino astrophysics. sampling methods. Binney. random walk and Poisson processes. Scheme of Instruction Page 71 ..Sethi (RRI) and Tarun Deep Saini (IISc) Bevington.: The Classical Theory of Fields. S. The microwave background. time series analysis. G.: High Energy Astrophysics. Black hole physics. Schwarzschild and Kerr spacetimes. error analysis. X-ray and gamma ray astronomy. S. J.M. McGraw-Hill.S. Black holes. E.J. 1971. regression. Chapman and Hall.Chingangban (IIA) Landau.H. Statistics techniques: probability. 1992. multivariate analysis.: Principles of Stellar Evolution and Nucleosynthesis. AA 371 (JAN) 2:0 General Relativity and Cosmology Foundations of general relativity. and Tremaine. Introduction to probability and Introduction to statistical theory. Cosmological models.E. Pulsars. C.: Numerical Recipes. and Lifshitz. S.White Dwarfs and Neutron Stars. White dwarfs. . Numerical solutions of algebraic. D.: Physical Process in the Interstellar Medium.D. P. AA 372 (JAN) Numerical and Statistical Techniques Numerical techniques in physics and astrophysics: numerical integration and interpolation.Mihalas.: Physical Cosmology. Arnab Rai Choudhuri (IISc) and P. P. Supernovae. L. S. Peebles. E. ordinary differential and partial differential equations. M. 1996. Binary stars. J. Houghton & Mifflin. and Teukolsky.K. Formation of structures. Stellar evolution. J. Fourier transforms.: Gravitation and Cosmology. Astrostatistics. W. AA 370 (JAN) 3:0 Stellar and High Energy Astrophysics Stellar structure. D. discrete and continuous random variables.D. Random numbers. S. Press. L. et al.Sutaria (IIA) & S Seetha (ISRO) Clayton. central limit theorem. S. Neutron stars.. Weinberg. Data reduction. Port.K.. & Stone. Data Reduction and Error Analysis for Physical Sciences. Accretion physics. \& Fiegelson. 2003.. Shapiro. Nuclear astrophysics. Observational tests. and Binney. Babu G. Longair. F.. SU(3) and applications. Propagators. D. Springer. R.. Group Theory and its Applications to Physical Problems. New York. and their representations. LSZ reduction formula. 1999 Mukhi. Neutrinos. Selection rules.. Introduction to Topology. Nonrelativistic reduction. Relativistic Quantum Mechanics. Modern topics such as graphene. Beta decay. Roots and weights. Poincare and Lorentz groups. Loop diagrams and power counting Renormalization. Scholz. Composition of mesons and baryons. parity violation. generating functional. Clifford Algebra. Dynkin diagrams.P. Deuteron. Relativistic quantum mechanics. fixed point classification. Path integrals for bosons and fermions. 1990 Hamemesh. and Hibbs A. Perkin. 1962..S..R.H. 1965 Bjorken J. spin-statistics theorem. P. Shell model. Greiner W. Scattering cross-sections. An Introduction to Physical Concepts. Nuclear transitions. M. T and G.. Strangeness. Decay rates and non-relativistic potentials. 1988. 2007.. Binding energies. Differential Geometry and Group Theory for Physicists. trace theorems. John Wiley & Sons. optical theorem. 3rd edn.. isomorphism and automorphism. Krane. 1987. Fermi theory. C. equivalence. Levant Books. Schur’s lemma. V-A theory. Rith. Lie groups and Lie algebras. Mesons and baryons. 1999. Young diagrams. F. Reducibility. Griffiths. McGraw –Hill. D. Sudhir Vempati Povh.. SU(2).. beta functions. Canonical quantization. magic numbers. sub-nuclear particles. Introduction to Elementary Particles John Wiley & Sons. Wiley Eastern.. neutron and proton. Permutation groups. K mesons and hyperons. 2nd edn. Lifetimes and decay processes. Klein-Gordon and Dirac equations.. Relativistic Quantum Mechanics: Wave Equations. Addison-Wesley. Homomorphism. Particles and Nuclei. Fermi fields. H. Collective excitations. Symmetries and Noether theorem. Elements of topology Apoorva Patel Georgi.. Wigner classification of single particle states. New York. Addison-Wesley. Classification of compact simple Lie algebras. C. Reading. Field Theory. Covariant derivatives and minimal coupling. Coulomb problem solution. Weak interaction transition rules. Introductory Nuclear Physics. Kubo formulae. HE 395 (AUG) 3:0 Quantum Field Theory I Scalar fields.K. B. Lie Algebras in Particle Physics.. and Drell S. Yukawa potential. Springer. 2nd edn.. Klein paradox. 1987..C and T. Perseus Books. p-ion exchange.. Nuclear forces. Lorentz and Poincare groups. Discrete symmetries. Ramond P.. Finite and continuous groups with examples. Symmetries P. Dirac Matrices. McGraw-Hill 1965. Sachindeo Vaidya Feynman.S. Interacting scalar and Yukawa theories.High Energy Physics HE 215 (AUG) 3:0 Nuclear and Particle Physics Radioactive decay. A Modern Premer. Weyl and Majorana fermions. Global and local symmetries. Ward identities Spontaneous symmetry breaking. S-matrix. HE 391 (AUG) 3:0 Quantum Mechanics III Path integrals in quantum mechanics.D. Goldstone theorem. Isospin. Callan-Symanzik equations. and Mukunda N. Nuclear fission and fusion. 1990. Exceptional groups. 2nd edn. Introduction to High Energy Physics (Third edition). Antiparticles and hole theory. and Zetsche. K. HE 316 (JAN) 3:0 Advanced mathematical methods in Physics Symmetries and group theore. quarks and gluons. Group operations and representations. Liquid drop model. Quantum Mechanics and Path Integrals. Chethan Krishnan Scheme of Instruction Page 72 .. Interactions and Feynman diagrams.. Weak Interactions and Modern Particle Theory. 2nd edn. Faddeev-Popov ghosts. Kerr solution. Cambridge University Press. M. Vol. Haizen.Srednicki. Quantum Field Theory. Confinement and chiral symmetry breaking. 1985 Ramond. 1984. 2007. closed and flat universes. Levant Books. 1984. HE 398 (JAN) 3:0 General Relativity Review of tensor calculus and properties of the Riemann tensor. Cambridge University Press. Gravitational collapse: Oppenheimer-Volkoff and Oppenheimer-Synder solutions. An Introduction to Quantum Field Theory. Rohini Godbole Prerequisites: Quantum Field Theory I and II Georgi. Cosmological models: FRW metric.H. Weinberg. Lamb shift and anomalous magnetic moments. M. Non-abelian gauge theories.. 1995. K/B systems. M. Vol. Pokorski S. GIM mechanism. Flavour mixing. Deep inelastic scattering.. F. 2007 Ryder. Cambridge University Press.. Introduction to general relativity. CP violation.. the Chandrasekhar limit. R. QED processes and Ward identities. 2000 Peskin M. symmetric spaces Geodesics. II:Modern Applications. Anomalies. BRST quantization.. http://www.uu. Gravitation and Cosmology. Introduction to supersymmetry and extra dimension. and Drell S.E. Overseas Press 2006. Introduction to the theory of black holes. Weinberg S. Quantum Field Theory. QCD beta function. HE 397 (AUG) 3:0 The Standard Model of Particle Physics Weak interactions before gague theory. t'Hooft.E and Schroeder D. operator product expansion. The ReissnerNordstrom solution. McGraw-Hill.. Field Theory: A Modern Primer. parton model. Cambridge University Press.phys.. Addison Wesley.V. Cambridge University Press. Einstein's equation and black hole solutions. massive vector bosons. open. 1995. H.D.V. Chiral Lagrangians and heavy quark effective field theories. M. Elements of conformal field theory. Spontaneous symmetry breaking.. Composite operators. The quantum Theory of Fields. Lattice gauge theory.. Schwarzschild solution: Motion of a particles in the Schwarzschild metric.. Loop diagrams and 1-loop renormalization. John Wiley and Sons 2004. P. Bjorken J. Kruskal extension and Penrose diagrams. 2nd edn.nl/~thooft/ Scheme of Instruction Page 73 . HE 396 (JAN) 3:0 Quantum Field Theory II Abelian gauge theories... 1996. Higgs mechanism. chanrged and neutral currents. Quantum Field Theory. gauge symmetries and SU(2)xU(1) Lagrangian. Benjamin/Cummings. L. and Martin.. D. Laws of black hole physics. Electroweak precision measurements. 2007 Peskin. and Schroeder. Killing vectors. Neutrinos.. John Wiley & Sons. G. Wald General Relativity. asymptotic freedom. Relativistic Quantum Fields. Introduction to quantizing fields in curved spaces and Hawking radiation Justin R. Aninda Sinha Prerequisite: Quantum Field Theory I Srednicki. Quarks and Leptons: An Introductory Course in Modern Particle Physics. 1965. V-A theory. Addison Wesley. strong coupling expansion. Fermions and Gauge fields in curved space-time. Gauge Field Theories.D. An Introduction to Quantum Field Theory. I: Foundations. A. David S. Equivalence principle and its application: Scalars. .density. A. evolution and extinction. types of magnetism. Jacobson.. seismic waves and earth’s interior. Early atmosphere. pressure and temperature.. Paleoclimate archive from India. G. earthquake source characterization. Geomagnetism and paleomagnetism: Earth’s magnetic field. Prosenjit Ghosh Merrits. Earth surface processes and its consequences. Composition of Lithosphere. Lab and field components: Magnetic and Seismic data acquisition and processing. Global paleoclimate record.. geomagnetic reversals. Major steps in biotic evolution and biodiversification. Indian climate present day. fossilization.. W. Dewet. types of faults and relation to stress fields. Earth System Science. hydrosphere and biosphere. seismic velocity. M. Quantification of earthquakes. Tectonic processes: Gravity and geodesy.. Long and short term history of cryosphere.Centre for Earth Sciences M Tech Programme in Earth Science Duration: 2 years: 64 Credits Hard Core: 24 Credits (All courses are mandatory) ES 201 3:0 ES 202 3:0 ES 203 2:1 ES 204 3:0 ES 205 3:0 ES 206 3:0 ES 207 0:3 CE 258 3:0 Introduction to Earth System Science Geodynamics Introduction to Petrology Origin and Evolution of Earth Mathematics for Geophysicists Topics in Geophysics Earth Science Laboratory Remote Sensing and GIS for Water Resources & Environmental Engineering Project: 25 Credits Electives: 15 Credits of which at least 9 credits must be from among the group electives listed below. Kusala Rajendran Scheme of Instruction Page 74 . ES 202 (AUG) 3:0 Geodynamics Origin.J. and Orians.H. isostasy. Early evolution of the life. H. Rodhe. earth as a dynamic planet.. evolution of atmosphere through time. moment tensors and earthquake focal mechanisms. Environmental Geology: An Earth System Science Approach. explosion of life. and Menking. Academic Press.C. evolution of biosphere.H. Plate tectonics and global distribution of earthquakes. 2000. paleomonsoon record and the role of tectonics.. early earth and its evolution through time. atmosphere. Freeman. R. Planetary bodies and Formation of Universe. evolution of hydrosphere and general circulation of ocean through time. Interpreting seismograms. ES 208 3:0 ES 209 3:0 ES 210 3:0 ES 211 3:0 ES 212 3:0 ES 213 3:0 Mantle Convection Biogeochemistry Plate Tectonics Applied Petrology Introduction to Earth and Planetary Magnetism Earth Life and Sustainability ES 201: (AUG) 3:0 Introduction to Earth System Science Role of geology in understanding the Earth system processes. Gaia hypothesis. reconstruction of geologic time. Structure of the Earth’s interior. deformation and landform evolution. Mass extinctions and causes. D. Charlson. relation to tectonic environments. Basics of rock formation. earthquake and faulting processes. K. 1998. mineral reactions. 2004.. Heat flow in oceans and continents. C... F. The solid earth: An Introduction to Global Geophysics. convective and radioactive heat flow. presentation and interpretation. 1993. D. 1966. G. early Solar System objects. Sajeev Krishnan Vernon R. Langmuir C. Hobson. ES 204 (AUG) 3:0 Origin and Evolution of the Earth Big Bang.. cation calculations and P-T estimations.J. making thin-sections. redox evolution of the mantle. An Introduction to the Rock-Forming Minerals. Incompressible flows. S. 1995. Kelvin's theorem. examples... Binod Sreenivasan Riley. origin of elements. ES 203 (AUG) 2:1 Introduction to Petrology Theory: Rock forming minerals. How to build a habitable planet. examples. Wave mechanics. Phase transformations within the Earth.M.A. surface and volume integrals. Helmholtz's theorem. Convection within mantle and core. spherical harmonic expansions. Princeton University Press. R. Identification of silicates and oxides. and Bence. 2005.. potential. series solutions. ES 206 (JAN) 3:0 Topics in Geophysics Earth's internal structure: composition vs. John Wiley & Sons. Seismic tomography. Introduction to geochemical modelling. & Zussman J. Cambridge University Press. ES 205 (AUG) 3:0 Mathematics for Geophysicists Vector fields: basic vector algebra. divergence. Earth's free oscillation.D. 2nd edition. Practical: Field trip and sample collection. Principles of igneous and metamorphic petrology. Radiogenic Isotope Geology. Scheme of Instruction Page 75 .. bulk Earth composition. W. line. textural equilibrium.F. Albarede. Cambridge University Press. evolution of the atmosphere and biosphere. Heat: conductive... Principles of Metamorphic Petrology. circulation. G. similarity solutions. numerical solutions (simple examples with MATLAB). Using Geochemical Data: Evaluation. applications in fluid mechanics and electromagnetism. Cambridge University Press.P. Ramananda Chakrabarti Dickin. K.Fowler. Howie.P.A. Vernon. Stress and Strain from seismology perspective.. Dimensional analysis: Pi theorem. Winter. 2nd edition.. 2012. geothermometry and geobarometry. composition of the terrestrial mantle.. Strength of continental lithosphere. similarity. Lecture notes. A.H.L. Geodynamics. major. gradient. Theory of Elasticity. 2006. and Broecker. mantle melting and geochemical variability of magmas. Mathematical methods for physics and engineering. Cambridge University Press. Turcotte. nondimensional formulation of geophysical problems.. Revisted and expanded edition. comparison of Earth and other Solar System objects. Structure of mid-oceanic ridge system. mechanical properties.. 1996. systems of linear differential equations. petrogenetic grid.. plate cooling models. Rollinson. 2006. trace element and radiogenic isotope geochemistry. and Clarke. Stokes's theorem. M. curl. A practical guide to Rock Microstructure. 2008.H. Half space vs. conservative fields. and Schubert..R. Deer. Micro-scale properties of minerals. R. Pearson Prentice Hall. Panton. Prentice Hall. Cambridge University Press. Cambridge University Press. Poisson's equation. Linear algebra: Matrices. Gauss's theorem. Mineral composition. wave equation. J. Longman Group. 2001. core-mantle differentiation. eigen components. Micro-textures. Cambridge University Press. 2010. H. R. mineral and rock identification using Microscope and data processing. Partial differential equations: The diffusion equation..H. operations. Laplace's equation. F. 2000. biogeochemical cycles. S.. Scheme of Instruction Page 76 ..runoff modeling.M. 2010. Cambridge University Press. Turcotte. isotope fractionation.. 1986. Airborne and space borne sensors.F. Convection in other planets.. Academic press. and Schubert. D. Thermodynamics.. Fowler. salts and their ions.. Faculty Reed.. S. rate of chemical processes. Cambridge University Press. Mantle viscosity. Attreyee Ghosh Schubert. Big Bang. Irrigation management. carbonate minerals. Cambridge University Press. Freeman & Co. sedimentology techniques. Electron Microprobe Analysis and Scanning Electron Microscopy in Geology. electronic structure of atoms.. G. Watershed management. Environment and ecology.. stable isotope geochemistry. 2nd edition. chemical reactions and stability of minerals.R. Heywood. mineral chemical techniques. geochemical cycle (C-H-O-N-S). Geographic Information System. 1997.J. Spherical harmonics. Sabins. clay minerals. origin of solar system. ES 208/ (JAN) 3:0 CE 258 Remote Sensing and GIS for Water Resources & Environmental Engineering Basic concepts of remote sensing. and Carver.M. and Schubert. Thermal evolution of the Earth. Constraining mantle flow from seismic tomography. Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation. D Nagesh Kumar Lillesand T. Nucleosysthesis. Principle and application of inorganic geochemistry. ES 209 (JAN) 3:0 Biogeochemistry Geochemistry of the Earth. Turcotte.M. chemical composition of surface water. mixing and dilution. New York. Biogeochemistry: An Analysis of Global Change. 2001. Pearson Education.. 2nd Edition. Geodynamics. Introduction to digital elevation modeling and Global Positioning System (GPS). Digital image processing.. Cambridge University Press... mineral stability. and Kiefer R. P. C.Attreyee Ghosh Fowler. The Solid Earth: An Introduction to Global Geophysics. 2005. Reading material and notes. oxidation–reduction reaction.B. John Wiley & Sons. 1998. I. Creep mechanisms. isotope geo-chronometer.Principles and Interpretation. and Olson. C..R. ES 208 (AUG) 3:0 Mantle Convection Plate tectonics and mantle convection. G. 2002 ES 207 (JAN) 0:3 Earth Science Laboratory Geochemical techniques. chemical weathering. Applications to rainfall .H. periodic tables. Prentice Hall. Prosenjit Ghosh and Ramananda Chakrabarti Schlesinger. An Introduction to Geographical Information Systems.. Remote Sensing . 1991. D.. G.. Vegetation monitoring. S. Cambridge University Press. chemical bonds. computational techniques. crystals. W. 2nd edition. The Solid Earth: An Introduction to Global Geophysics. Use of relevant software for remote sensing and GIS applications. Cornelius. Geodynamics. D.. Faure.W. acids and bases. Mantle convection in the earth and planets. 2001. Cambridge University Press.. ionic substitution. Drought and flood monitoring. Maxwell viscoelastic material. 2005 Turcotte. chemical differentiation. G. Constraints of mantle flow modeling: geoid and dynamic topography. Governing equations. Euler’s geometry and relative plate motions. and Bence. spherical geometry. Lab and Field components.. P. Fowler. G.. 2005. 1996. Principle of stable isotope distribution. 1978. and Clarke. Dynamos: Kinematic dynamos. spherical harmonic expansion of the magnetic field.P. parameters. thermal wind.E. possible sources of the Earth's magnetic field. emphasis on Indian plate. Plate driving forces. An introduction to magnetohydrodynamics. elements of magnetohydrodynamics (MHD). A. effects of rotation. the alpha and omega effects. magnetic field and buoyancy. seismic structure of subduction zones.R.J.. ES 211 (JAN) 3:0 Applied Petrology Using petrological datasets. Plate motions. Fluid dynamics of planetary cores: The Navier-Stokes equation. Geomagnetism (Volumes 1-3). 1994. Moffatt. P. Wiley Blackwell Scientific Publications. a brief history of observation. Cambridge University Press. Global Tectonics. B.F. focal mechanisms and relation to stress fields. recurrence of great earthquakes. Plate Tectonics: How it works. Oxford. Blackwell Science. Cambridge University Press. M. Magnetic field generation in electrically conducting fluids. Cambridge University Press. Stable and unstable triple junctions. F. A practical guide to Rock Microstructure. Indian plate boundaries: landforms and seismicity.H.1998. 2nd edition.H. plate tectonics through time and life evolution. limitations of models. 1988.M. Mineralogical Society of America. 2001. T. hazard analysis. H. J. R. S. and Vine. core energy budget. and Hart. K.K.. Vernon. landforms and climate. 2008. isochemical phase diagrams and its interpretations. geomagnetic field measurement... laboratory experiments. Riley. The solid earth: An introduction to Global Geophysics.. Cambridge University Press. Davidson. Oxford University Press. tectonic applications of Micro-textures and mineral reactions. power sources for the Earth's dynamo. Consequences of plate tectonics – tectonics.. Metamorphic phase equilibria and pressure-temperature-time paths (Monograph). thermodynamic applications in petrology. C. Phase equilibria in metamorphic rocks: Thermodynamic background and petrological applications (Lecture Notes in Earth Sciences) Springer.R. Field visit. 2006.. examples.A. Kusala Rajendran Cox. 2004. F. nonlinear dynamos. Will.Criss. geostrophy. Mathematical methods for physics and engineering. Introduction to GPS. Hobson. the frozen flux approximation. Petrology and textural link to tectonics.A.. Academic Press... ES 210 (JAN) 3:0 Plate Tectonics Global distribution of earthquakes. Binod Sreenivasan Jacobs. Tools to quantify earthquakes (getting familiar with Seismic Analysis Code). Cambridge University Press.. 1999.. Geology of southern India and applications of petrology. observational constraints. Keary. Rock types and tectonic settings.. Great subduction zone earthquakes.. Sajeev Krishnan Vernon R.S. earthquakes in the subduction zones.M. Cambridge University Press. mean-field theory. Principles of Metamorphic Petrology. 1991. linking petrology to geochronology. crustal fields. R. Scheme of Instruction Page 77 . Spear. Journal papers. Advanced topics (optional): Modelling of planetary dynamos: equations. ES 212 (JAN ) 3:0 Introduction to Earth and planetary magnetism Essential ideas: Structure and physical properties of the Earth's core. Collision tectonics. L. anthropogenic effects. (Ed). An Introduction to the Earth Life System. evolution of oxygen and CO 2 in the atmosphere. R. and Berner. Scheme of Instruction Page 78 ... Ecosystems. Kump.F.ES 213 (JAN) 3:0 Earth. E.R.A. C. Life and Sustainability Basics of the habitable planet and the carbon-based life. 2003. Kasting. Global Environment Princeton University Press. Pearson Prentice Hall. 2012. coupling of biogeochemical cycles and climate. nitrogen and sulfur cycles. major transitions and evolutionary biology. 2008. Berner. and Crane.. Cambridge University Press.. volcanism and extra terrestrial impact governing climate change. paleo records of climate variability/change. Prosenjit Ghosh Cockell..K.G.. J. destiny of human kind from an astrobiology point of view. global carbon. components in climate systems and feedbacks mechanism.. The Earth System Pearson Prentice Hall. R. Greenhouse gases and global energy balance. Department of Electronic Systems Engineering (DESE). Circuits and Technology Power and Energy Systems High Voltage and Insulation Engineering Power Electronics and Drives Photonic Devices. Electrical Communication Engineering (ECE).) ME in Signal Processing (EE and EC Departments) ME in Microelectronic Systems (EC and ESE Departments) Prof Anurag Kumar Chairman. Microwaves and Antennas Signal Processing. and Electrical Engineering (EE). Division of Electrical Sciences Scheme of Instruction Page 79 . E0 E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 E8 E9 EP Computer Science & Engineering Intelligent Systems and Automation Communication Systems Electronic Devices. The following course based Master’s program are offered individually or jointly by the departments of the Division. The courses offered in these departments have been grouped into ten professional areas identified by the following codes which appear as prefixes to the course numbers.Division of Electrical Sciences Preface The Division of Electrical Sciences comprises the Departments of Computer Science and Automation (CSA). ME in Electrical Engineering (EE Department) ME in Telecommunications (EC Department) ME in Computer Science and Engineering (CSA Department) M Tech in Electronics Design and Technology (ESE Department) ME in Systems Science and Automation (EE and CSA Departments. Acoustics and Bioengineering Dissertation Project All departments of the Division provide facilities for research work leading to the PhD and MSc (Engg) degrees. Circuits and Systems Electromagnetic. Scheme of Instruction Page 80 . Pool A Course No E0 224 3:1 Computational Complexity Theory E0 221 3:1 Discrete Structures E0 222 3:1 Automata Theory and Computability E0 223 3:1 Automated Verification E0 225 3:1 Design and Analysis of Algorithms E0 231 3:1 Algorithmic Algebra E0 235 3:1 Cryptography Credits Title Please note Pool B remain the same Pool B E0 227 E0 243 E0 253 E0 254 E0 255 E0 261 E0 271 3:1 3:1 3:1 3:1 3:1 3:1 3:1 POOL C E0 219 E0 230 E0 232 E0 268 E1 254 E1 277 Program Analysis and Verification Computer Architecture Operating Systems Network and Distributed Systems Security Compiler Design Database Management Systems Computer Graphics 3:1 3:1 3:1 3:1 3:1 3:1 Linear Algebra and Applications Computational Methods of Optimization Probability and Statistics Data Mining Game Theory Reinforcement Learning Project: 24 Credits EP 299 0:08 0:16 August-December January-April Term Electives: The balance of credits to make up the minimum of 64 credits of course work required for completing the ME Degree Programme (all at 200 level or higher) should be covered with elective courses from within/outside the department.ME Programme Credit requirements Computer Science and Engineering DURATION : TWO YEARS No of credits: 64 Department Core: A minimum of 24 credits comprising at least 8 credits each from Pool A. Pool B and Pool C as given below. These courses can be taken with the approval of the DCC/Faculty advisor only. Scheme of Instruction Page 81 .E. POOL A E1 244 E1 251 E2 201 E2 204 E9 221 3:0 3:0 3:0 3:0 3:0 Detection and Estimation Theory Linear and Nonlinear Optimization Information Theory Stochastic Processes and Queueing Theory Signal Quantization & Compression POOL B E0 262 E2 205 E2 223 E2 241 E2 242 E7 221 E7 231 E8 242 E9 201 E9 202 E9 211 3:0 3:0 3:0 3:0 3:0 2:1 3:0 2:1 3:0 3:0 3:0 Multimedia Information Systems Error Control Codes Communication Protocols Wireless Networks CDMA & Multiuser Detection Fiber-Optic Communication Fiber Optic Networks Radio Frequency Integrated Circuits and Systems Digital Signal Processing Advanced Digital Signal Processing: Non-linear Filters Adaptive Signal Processing Project 28 Credits EP 299 0:28 0:03 0:09 0:16 Dissertation Project May-July Term August-December Term January-April Term Electives: The balance of credits to make up the minimum of 64 credits required for completing the M.M.Programme (all at 200 level or higher) Electives from within/outside the department to be taken with the approval of the DCC/Faculty advisor. PROGRAMME TELECOMMUNICATION DURATION: 2 YEARS No of credits: 64 Course Credits Title No CORE COURSES: 12 Credits (All courses are compulsory) E2 202 E2 203 E2 211 E2 221 3:0 3:0 3:0 3:0 Random Processes Wireless Communication Digital Communication Communication Networks SOFT CORE: Minimum of 12 credits comprising at least 6 credits each from Pool A and Pool B as given below.E. PROGRAMME SIGNAL PROCESSING DURATION: 2 YEARS CORE COURSES : 12 credits (All courses are compulsory) E1 244 E2 202 E1 251 E2 212 3:0 3:0 3:0 3:0 Detection and Estimation Theory Random Processes Linear and Nonlinear Optimization Matrix Theory SOFT CORE: Minimum of 12 credits comprising at least 6 credits each from Pool A and Pool B as given below.E. Pool A E1 213 E1 216 E2 211 E9 211 E9 213 E9 221 E9 241 E9 261 E9 291 3:1 3:1 3:0 3:0 3:0 3:0 2:1 3:1 2:1 Pattern Recognition and Neural Networks Computer Vision Digital Communication Adaptive Signal Processing Time Frequency Analysis Signal Quantization and Compression Digital Image Processing Speech Information Processing DSP System Design Pool B E0 265 E2 241 E9 201 E9 202 E9 231 E9 243 3:0 3:0 3:0 3:0 3:0 3:0 Multimedia Systems Wireless Networks Digital Signal Processing Advanced Digital Signal Processing : Nonlinear Filters Digital Array Signal Processing Computer Aided Tomographic Imaging Project 28 Credits EP 299 0:28 0:03 0:09 0:16 Dissertation Project May-July Term August-December Term January-April Term Electives: The balance of credits to make up the minimum of 64 credits required for completing the M.E.Programme (all at 200 level or higher) Electives from within/outside the department to be taken with the approval of the DCC/Faculty advisor.M. Scheme of Instruction Page 82 . E.Programme (all at 200 level or higher) It can be additional courses from either Pool A or Pool B or any other courses. Scheme of Instruction Page 83 .M. Systems and Applications E0 283 E0 284 E0 285 E0 286 E3 237 E3 238 E3 231 E3 239 E3 235 E3 266 E3 255 E8 242 E8 262 SE 273 E9 251 3:0 2:1 3:0 3:0 3:0 2:1 2:1 2:1 2:1 2:1 2:1 2:1 3:0 3:1 3:0 Project 28 Credits EP 299 0:28 0:03 0:09 0:16 CAD Algorithms for VLSI Physical Design Digital VLSI Circuits Computer Aided Design of VLSI Systems Test and Verification for SOC Designs Integrated Circuits for Wireless Communication Analog VLSI Circuits Digital Systems Design with FPGAs Advanced VLSI Circuits Analog and Data Conversion Systems Electromagnetic Compatibility Multi-Core Architecture and Programming Radio Frequency Integrated Circuits & Systems CAD for High Speed Chip Package Systems Processor Design Signal Processing for Data Recording Channels Dissertation Project May-July Term August-December January-April Term Electives : The balance of credits to make up the minimum of 64 credits required for completing the M. PROGRAMME MICROELECTRONIC SYSTEMS DURATION: 2 YEARS CORE COURSES : 18 credits Total of 18 credits with 9 credits each from pool A and pool B Course Credits Title No Pool A : Materials. Processes and Device Technology E3 214 E3 225 E3 227 E3 268 E3 222 E3 327 E3 262 ME 237 E7 213 IN 214 3:0 3:0 2:1 3:0 2:1 2:1 2:1 3:0 3:0 2:1 Microsensor Technologies Art of Compact Modeling VLSI Device and Process Simulation Advanced CMOS and Beyond CMOS Micromachining for MEMS Technology Nanoelectronics Device Fabrication and Characterization Electronic Systems Packaging Introduction to MEMS Introduction to Photonics Semiconductor Devices and Circuits Pool B : Circuits. CAD.E. Scheme of Instruction Page 84 .M E Programme Electrical Engineering Duration: 2 years No of credits: 64 Core Courses: Pool A (One Course out of Two Courses) Course No E1 241 E1 251 Credits 3:0 3:0 Title Dynamics of Linear Systems Linear & Nonlinear Optimization Pool B (Seven Courses out of Nine Courses) E3 252 E4 231 E4 233 E4 234 E5 201 E5 206 E6 201 E6 211 E8 201 2:1 3:0 3:0 2:1 2:1 3:0 2:1 3:0 3:0 Digital Controller for Power Applications Power System Dynamics & Control Computer Control of Power Systems Advanced Computer aided Power System Analysis High Voltage Engineering HV Power Apparatus Power Electronics Electric Drives Electromagnetism Project: 24 Credits EP 299 0:24 Dissertation Project Electives: The balance of credits to make up the minimum of 64 credits required to complete the ME degree program (all at 200 level or higher). Scheme of Instruction Page 85 .M E Programme Systems Science & Automation Duration: 2 years 64 credits Hard Core: 13 credits E0 251 E1 241 E1 222 E1 251 3:1 3:0 3:0 3:0 Data Structures and Algorithms Dynamics of Linear Systems Stochastic Models and Applications Linear and Nonlinear Optimization Soft core: (Minimum of 12 Credits) E0 219 3:1 E0 223 3:1 E0 233 3:1 E0 235 3:1 E0 241 3:1 E0 246 3:0 E0 265 3:1 E0 268 3:1 E0 270 3:1 E1 213 3:1 E1 216 3:1 E1 244 3:0 E1 254 3:1 E9 201 3:0 E9 241 2:1 E9 261 3:1 Linear Algebra and Applications Automated Verification Information Theory. Interface and Learning Algorithms Cryptography Computer Communication Networks Real Time Systems Multimedia Systems Data Mining Machine Learning Pattern Recognition and Neural Networks Computer Vision Detection and Estimation Theory Game Theory Digital Signal Processing Digital Image Processing Speech Information Processing Project: 24 Credits EP 299 0:24 Dissertation Project Electives: The balance of credits to make up the minimum of 64 credits required to complete the ME Degree Programme (all at the 200 level or higher). Electives: The balance of 18 credits to make up the minimum of 64 credits required to complete the M Tech Programme at CEDT. Electives from within/outside the department can be taken with the approval of the DCC/Faculty advisor.July August-December January-June Electives: The balance of 18 credits to make up the minimum of 64 credits required to complete the M Tech programme at DESE. Electives from within/outside the department can be taken with the approval of the DCC/Faculty Advisor.M Tech Degree Programme Electronics Design & Technology Duration: 2 years Credit Requirements 64 credits E0 284 E2 243 E3 231 E3 235 E3 264 E3 265 E6 202 2:1 3:0 2:1 2:1 2:1 2:1 2:1 EP 299 0:25 0:4 0:6 0:15 Digital VLSI Circuits Mathematics for Electrical Engineers Digital Systems Design with FPGAs Analog and Data Conversion Systems Industrial Design of Electronic Equipment Electromagnetic Compatibility Design of Power Converter Systems Project Work May . Scheme of Instruction Page 86 . R. Positive definite matrices and Canonical forms. Binomial Coefficients and Identities. Graph Theory. Wiley India 1975. Random graphs. and the Chomsky-Shutzenberger theorem. C. Connectivity. Thomson-Brooks/Cole. The Principle of Inclusion and Exclusion. vertex colouring. Recurrence Relations. Prime Numbers. Reinhard Diestel. Modern Graph Theory. connectivity. S. Laszlo Lovasz. Linear Algebra and Applications. hamiltonicity. including Rice's theorem and Godel's incompleteness theorem. Douglas B. Springer 2003. Representation of Graphs.Rosen. edge colouring. The Greatest Common Divisor. Pushdown automata and Context-free languages. Planar Graphs. Trees. Chinese Remainder Theorem. Addison Wesley.E. The RSA Algorithm. Planarity. Scheme of Instruction Page 87 . Springer (2008) B. Arpita Patra / Bhavana Kanukurthi K. Applications. VITTAL RAO Strang G. Well Orders. Perfect graphs. Boolean Algebra. matching. Divisibility. West. Lattices. Elements of Discrete Mathematics. Abstract Orders: Partial Orders. Basis and dimension. Arithmetic with an Arbitrary Modulus. ultimate periodicity. and Ullman J. DEEPAK D'SOUZA Hopcroft J. Finite Fields. Isomorphism theorems.. Parikh's theorem. Bollabas. Singular Value Decomposition. Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors. SUNIL CHANDRAN L Graph Theory. Network flows. other special classes of graphs. 2 ed. including the Myhill-Nerode theorem. Springer (2010) Introduction to Graph Theory. Determinants. The Euclidean Algorithm. Prentice Hall (2001) A. second edition 1985. Vesztergombi: Discrete Mathematics. Graph Coloring.Liu. Gaussian elimination. Arithmetic with a Prime Modulus.E0 Computer Science and Automation E0 219 (AUG) 3:1 Linear Algebra and Applications Vector Spaces : Subspaces. TataMcGraw Hill publishing Company. Groups and Fields: Basics. Graph Theory: Graph Terminology and Special Types of Graphs. 2006. Bondy and U. McGraw-Hill Book Company. integers.H. R. Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic. fifth edition 2003. Relations. Proofs.D. Discrete Mathematics and applications. Katalin L. including deterministic PDA's. Minimal polynomial.: Introduction to Automata. 1979. Modular Arithmetic. and Buchi'slogical characterization. Reprinted 2000. 4th edition. Murty. Turing machines and undecidability. Counting & Combinatorics: Pigeonhole Principle. Characteristic polynomial.L. Permutations and Combinations. Jozsef Pelikan. list colouring. Matrices : Solutions of linear equations. Herstein I N : Topics in Algebra. Prerequisites (if any) : NIL E0 222 (AUG) 3:1 Automata Theory and Computability Finite-state automata. Bipartite Graphs and Matching. Springer (1998) E0 221 (AUG) 3:1 Discrete Structures Basic Mathematical Notions: Logic. Sets. Number Theory: Mathematical Induction. orthogonality. Languages and Computation. Linear independence. Functions. path cover. Introduction to Graph minor theory. Euler and Hamilton Paths and Cycles. E0 220 (AUG) : 3:1 Graph Theory Vertex cover. 2001. notion of `reductions' and `completeness'.. NP and NP-completeness. Volume B. OferStrichman: Decision Procedures: An Algorithmic Point of View. timed and hybrid automata for embedded and real-time systems. Benjamic Pierce: Types and Programming Languages. 2008. 2002. E0 225 (AUG) 3:1 Design and Analysis of Algorithms Review of basic data structures. Springer 1999. Galois connections.. complexity of counting. interactive proofs. MIT Press. in Handbook of Theoretical Computer Science. dataflow analysis as an abstract interpretation. divide and conquer strategies. time hierarchy theorem & Ladner's theorem. A. (2) Specification logics: propositional and first-order logic. K. greedy algorithms. Hoare logic. Dataflow analysis: Computing join-over-all-paths information as the least solution to a set of equations that model the program statements. (Corrected 2nd printing. Addison-Wesley. More importantly.L.. J. (3) Algorithmic analysis: model checking. Advanced data structures. temporal logics (CTL. CambridgeUniversity Press. operational semantics. polynomial time hierarchy. Boolean circuit complexity. and Ullman. data structures and algorithms for symbolic model checking. searching. Prentice Hall. complexity of randomized computation. Leiserson. space bounded computation. Algorithm Design.A Modern Approach by SanjeevArora and Boaz Barak. CHANDAN SAHA Computational Complexity .. Mark Ryan: Logic in Computer Science: Modelling and Reasoning about Systems. Addison Wesley. Edmund M. RAGHAVAN and DEEPAK D'SOUZA Flemming Nielson. and Chris Hankin: Principles of Program Analysis. Clarke. Pointer analysis. E0 223 (JAN) (3:1) Automated Verification Formal models of systems: labelled state transition diagrams for concurrent processes and protocols. Design and Analysis of Algorithms. Rivest. Wolfgang Thomas: Automata on infinite objects. Geometric algorithms. Randomized algorithms. R. Elsevier. Type inference: Hindley-Milner's type inference algorithm for functional programs. ADITYA KANADE Michael Huth.Dexter Kozen: Automata and Computability. 2005 Cormen. analysis of multi-procedure programs. E0 224 (AUG) 3:1 Computational Complexity Theory Introduction to basic complexity classes. 2004. 2001 Aho. C. some mathematical maturity with an inclination towards theoretical computer science. Springer. Scheme of Instruction Page 88 .H. subset-based and unification-based type inference for imperative programs. fixpoint logic: mu-calculus. DoronPeled: Model Checking. CTL*). Daniel Kroening. e. Prentice-Hall India. 1974 E0 227 (AUG) (3:1) Program Analysis and Verification Semantics of programs: denotational semantics.. Springer.E. dynamic programming. OrnaGrumberg. Hanne Riis Nielson. sorting. 1990. Research papers. SATHISH GOVINDARAJAN Jon Kleinberg and ÉvaTardos. Prerequisites:Basic familiarity with undergraduate level theory of computation and data structures & algorithms would be helpful. Graph algorithms.E. 452 pages.D. and Stein C. decision procedures for satisfiability and satisfiability modulo theories. 2nd Edition. T. V. Hopcraft J. LTL. Lecture notes of similar courses as and when required. ISBN 3-540-65410-0).. 2005. Introduction to Algorithms. Abstract interpretation of programs: Correctness of abstract interpretation.g. Algorithmic paradigms.V. Inclusion-Exclusion Principle. 2nd ed. Spencer. statistics. multivariate random variables. Miklos Bona. Algorithmic Algebra by. 1997.) Discrete and Combinatorial mathematics ?€? An applied introduction. Polak-Ribierre. sequenceof random variables and different modes of convergence.H. BFGS. Varieties and Algorithms by.E0 228 (AUG) : 3:1 Combinatorics Basic combinatorial numbers.M. Derivative-free methods: finite differencing. Inc. with Applications to Geometry and Computer Science.direction methods: Fletcher-Reeves. Algebraic Applications: Hilbert nullstellensatz. John Wiley. 2001) Extremal Combinatorics ?€? With applications in computer science. Combinatorial designs. Springer. P. Grimaldi. ring and polynomial rings. CHIRANJIB BHATTACHARYYA Fletcher R. Wilson. Introduction to Ramsey theory. universal Gröbner bases. multivariate division algorithm. Introduction to Linear algebra methods. basic algorithms in ideal theory. Global convergence theorem.moment inequalities. Pearson Education (2007) Introductory Combinatorics. R. Gröbner bases and Buchberger algorithm. Methods of line search. Other applications: Toric ideals and integer programming. Linear and Quadratic Programming. World Scientific Publishing Co. E0 232 (AUG) 3:1 Probability and Statistics Probability spaces. 1992). 2000. Restricted step methods. coding. Vanlint. random variables and expectation. J. (Unpublished Manuscript. Erdos. Special combinatorial numbers: Sterling numbers of the first and second kind. Miklos Bona. Structure of methods. computation of syzygies. Linear Algebra Methods in Combinatorics. AMBEDKAR DUKKIPATI Cox D. Pearson Education. division algorithm. E0 230 (AUG) 3:1 Computational Methods of Optimization Need for unconstrained methods in solving constrained problems. law of Scheme of Instruction Page 89 . Stasys Jukna. Methods for sums of squares and nonlinear equations. E0 231 (JAN) 3:1 Algorthmic Algebra Basic algebraic notions: Integers. Ramana. Conjugate. Double counting. Recurrence Relations. (2006) A course in Combinatorics. pigeon hole principle..P. Partition numbers. Hilbert basis theorem. decomposition. Richard A Brualdi. cryptography. (A very basic familiarity with probability theory and linear algebra is preferred. quadratic models. Necessary conditions of unconstrained optimization. (2004) Introduction to Enumerative Combinatorics. Springer. implicitization. Laszlo Babai and Peter Frankl. Quasi-Newton methods: DFP. selection with repetition. Generating functions. Wiley Interscience Publication. Latin squares. Pvt. Introduction to Gröbner bases: Term orders. Mc Graw Hill (2007) A walk through Combinatorics ?€? An introduction to enumeration and graph theory. B. Practical Methods of Optimization. The required concepts will be introduced quickly in the course. Steepest descent method. Duality in optimization. ArmijoGoldstein and Wolfe conditions for partial line search. SUNIL CHANDRAN L Prerequisites: None. SpringerVerlag (2001) The Probabilistic methods. Euclidean algorithm. Bhubaneswar Mishra. applications to graph theory. Broyden family. Ltd. Joel H. Introduction to Probabilistic methods. Noga Alon. and O’Shea Ideals. 1993. but not a must. radical and zeros of ideals. Catalan numbers. abstract orders and Dickson’s lemma.V. Cambridge University Press ?€? (1992. R. M. Block and stream ciphers. Knowledge based systems. Vanstone. Hash functions and message digests. E0 238 (JAN) 3:1 Artificial Intelligence Introduction to Artificial Intelligence. Elliptic curve cryptosystems. Web based agents. reasoning with uncertain information. SANJIT CHATTERJEE Douglas Stinson.Markov chains. Learning. exponential models. Nilsson. random variables. Formal verification. Arithmetic and algebraic algorithms. Paul C. Finite fields. information flow.A Modern Approach. Bertsekas and John N. partial order reduction. Zero knowledge interactive protocols. Negotiating agents. Artificial Intelligence. 1995.A New Synthesis. 2001. Luger. Markov chains and random walks. Probability and Computing book by Mitzenmacher and Upfal. Artificial Intelligence Applications and Programming. event-based dispatch. George F. Distributed AI. Authentication. Randomized Algorithms books by Motwani and Raghavan. Artificial Intelligence. Logic. rely guarantee framework for compositional reasoning. Pearson Education. Static analysis: type systems for proving dealock and race freedom. Model checking: model checking abstractions. statistical hypothesistesting. Athena Scientific. 3rd Edition. Inference. Vulnerability detection: overflow. distribution. Cryptography: Theory and Practice. Prentice Hall. Aditya Kanade Principles of concurrent and distributed programming.largenumbers. V. Security vulnerabilities/attacks: attacks targeting spatial and temporal memory safety violations. E0 239 (JAN) : 3:1 Software Reliability Techniques Models of concurrency: multi-threading. AMBEDKAR DUKKIPATI Introduction to Probability by Dimitri P. E0 234 (JAN) 3:1 Introduction to Randomized Algorithms Basic concepts in probability theory – event. The Probabilistic method. synchronization. Planning and making decisions. Algebraic techniques. Hard problems. Moments and Deviations. Problem solving. van Oorschot and Scott A. E0 235 ( JAN ) 3:1 Cryptography Elementary number theory. Pseudo random bit generators. 2nd edition. CHANDAN SAHA AND ARNAB BHATTACHARYYA Prerequisites: An undergraduate course on Algorithms and Probability theory will be helpful. heap. Morgan Kaufmann Publishers. NeymanPearson **lemma. injection and scripting attacks. Tail inequalities. and Norvig P. Handbook ofApplied Cryptography. Nils J. Cryptanalysis. Communication. Alfred Menezes. context bounding. Digital signatures. Artificial Intelligence . Scheme of Instruction Page 90 . Secret key and public key cryptography. and string analyses.. Tsitsiklis. Probabilistic encryption. Entropy: A measure of randomness. Ben-Ari. expectations etc. Public key encryption. 2008. CRCPress. knowledge and reasoning. CRC Press. maximum likelihood estimators. 2000. SUSHEELA DEVI Russel S. M/M/m/m. queueing / delay models . E0 243 (AUG) 3:1 Computer Architecture Processor Architecture: Instruction-Level Parallelism. open and closed queueing networks.AAL. Internet protocols . Data structures. Android Database. Applications: OpenCV integration for mood detection. end point control. traffic management models. Additional research papers. switching . Caches in multi-core processors. TCP.Bellman Ford and Dijkstra's algorithms. 1999 Recent Research Papers E0 245 (JAN) 2:1 Android Sensor Programing Objective: The objective of this course is to provide exposure to programing techniques that unravel the use of mobile devices as compute platforms enriched by the presence of location. Multi-core processors. E0 241 (JAN) 3:1 Computer Communication Networks Introduction to computer networks. time reversibility. Internet addressing. large deviations of a queue and network. 2006. Harcourt Asia (Morgan Kaufmann). Jackson's theorem. A. Handbook of model checking. CSMA/CD. memory consistency models. Culler. 2000. Pearson Education. High Performance Communication Networks.Superscalar and VLIWarchitecture. Android system architecture. infinite server systems. Secure programming with static analysis. Inventory tracking system using NFC. JDK. virtual circuits. window and rate congestion control. Prentice Hall of India. 1997. GOVINDARAJAN / T. Wiley India Scheme of Instruction Page 91 . scheduling. Pearson Education. SONET/SDH. Object oriented programing: Classes and objects.Multiple processor systems: taxonomy. Topics to be covered: Origins of JAVA: Dalvik VM. Data Networks. ICMP. HTTP. multiple access. Android emulator/Android mobile device). E. 1987.QoS. Aloha. L. speaker. JRE. movement and environment sensors. Patterson. routing algorithms . Multimedia: using the microphone. Addison Wesley. Walrand J and Varaiya P. Cambridge. ATM networks . polymorphism. M/M/m. 1999. 2001.discrete and continuous time Markov chains.Memory controllers for multi-core systems. token ring.performance bounds. performance analysis of networks . 2007. Brian Chess and Jacob West. frequency and time division multiplexing. light and proximity sensors. telephone networks. gyroscope. protocol stack. cache coherence. DIPANJAN GOPE Greg Milette. networking principles. Modelling of Computer and Communication Systems. JAVA. SHALABH BHATNAGAR Mitrani I. Springer. birth-death processes. Error and basic filtering. and Ross K W. barometer.Advanced topics in architecture. routing. An Engineering Approach to Computer Networking. control of ATM networks. Hybrid mobile-cloud framework.Ethernet. Near-field-communication. best effort disciplines. M/G/1 queues. 2012. Hennessy and D. Gupta. classes. magnetometer. video frame capture.circuit switching. naming and addressing. 2011 D. Keshav S. control of networks . 2014.Addison-Wesley. About the course: The course will have programming assignments (using Eclipse. R.Memory Subsystem: Multilevel caches. Computer Architecture: A Quantitative Approach. Multithreading and synchronization in JAVA. and Interconnection networks. FDDI. 5th Edition. SSCOP. Morgan Kaufmann Publishers. Kurose J F. Adam Stroud: Professional Android Sensor Programing. Little's law. Computer Networking: A Top-Down Approach Featuring the Internet. UDP. Pulse detection from video recordings. packet switching. MATTHEW JACOB J. distributed and shared memorysystem. Parallel Computer Architecture: A Hardware/Software Approach. J. Morgan Kaufmann Publishers. Inheritance. local area networks . Singh and A.IP.M/M/1. P. scheduling . Using Android physical sensors: accelerometer. open and closed loop flow control. Bertsekas D and Gallager R. Leiserson C E. San Fransisco 2004.time Systems Hard and soft real-time systems. W. cyclic executives. 2011. business-oriented and web programming languages. E0 247 (AUG/JAN) 3:0 Sensor Networks Basic concepts and issues. Cambridge. average case. Addison Wesley.V. Priority queues. clock synchronization algorithms. static and dynamic systems. energy efficiency issues. garbage collection. and Znati T. E0 251 (AUG) 3:1 Data Structures and Algorithms Abstract data types and data structures. deadlines and timing constraints. 1983 Cormen T H. RM and DM algorithms. topology control and clustering protocols. clock driven scheduling. Shivalingam K. workload parameters. lifetime optimization. AVL trees. S. V. Hopcroft J E. homogeneous and heterogeneous sensor networks. Wireless Sensor Networks. middleware support. Classes and objects. Graphs: Shortest path algorithms. Current Literature. object-oriented. functional. Faculty Pre-requisite: Consent of Instructor Raghavendra C. fixed and dynamic priority algorithms. Massachusetts.Jeff Friesen: Learn JAVA for Android Development. California. distributed. optimality of EDF and LST algorithms. real-time communication. New York. implementation. deferrable and sporadic servers. priority driven scheduling. S. resource access control. 2001. and amoritized complexity. and Rivest R L. concurrent. Example languages from each of the above categories would be discussed along with Scheme of Instruction Page 92 . scripting. off-line and on-line scheduling. security information assurance protocols. order statistics. logicprogramming. An Information processing Approach. Real-Time Systems. Springer. Tiny operating system. Complexity of algorithms: worst case. lower bound on complexity. location awareness and estimation. real time scheduling techniques. Algorithm analysis. Apress Ed Burnette: Hello Android. Pearson Education. Skip-lists. Data Structures and Algorithms. USA. Redwood City. B-Trees. 2010. Reading Massachusetts. simulation packages. 2004. E0 252 (AUG) 3:1 Programming Languages : Design and Implementation Features and implementation of imperative. Zhao T and Guibas L. precedence constraints and data dependency. operating systems. query processing. and Ullman J D. Pragmatic E0 246 (JAN) 3:0 Real . priority inheritance and priority ceiling protocols. Benjamin/Cummins. access control techniques. data fusion and management techniques. Rathna G N Jane. aspect-oriented. New Delhi. priority scheduling of aperiodic and sporadic jobs. Data Structures and Algorithms Analysis in C++. Wireless Sensor Networks. survey of applications of sensor networks. SUSHEELA DEVI Aho A. minimal spanning tree algorithms. Binary search trees. Liu. USA. Morgan Kauffmann. schedulable utilization. task allocation methods. queues. Current literature. resource management schemes. The MIT Press. Red-Black trees. routing and transport protocols. scheduling of aperiodic and static jobs. Splay trees. USA. M. Lists: stacks. depth-first and breadth-first search. 1990 Weiss M A. periodic task model. priority inversion. Introduction to Algorithms. Algorithm Design Paradigms. 1994. Sorting: Advanced sorting methods and their analysis. Dictionaries: Hash tables. Concepts in Programming Languages. Bovet and Marco Cesati. 2009. World Scientific. Sun Microsystems Press.POSIX Standards. Students will be required to carry out mini projects as a part of the course. Authenticated Diffie-Hellman Key Establishment Protocols. Case Study of Unix. Pearson Education.509 Authentication Service. 1996. Prentice Hall. Secure Programming Techniques. Scheme of Instruction Page 93 . Malicious Software Detection. ``UNIX Internals: The New Frontiers''. MAC Functions. Microkernel Architecture of OS. Discrete Logs. Practical Foundations for Programming Languages. PKI and X. there will be no deep discussion of the theory. Robert Harper. E0 254 (JAN) 3:1 Network and Distributed Systems Security Security Goals and Violations. Published by Apress. BAN logic. The course will have large programming assignments. Intrusion Detection. programming in C/C++/Java/shell/Perl and a course on compiler design at the BE/BTech level would be helpful. SRIKANT Pre-requisites: None. Basic Concept of Threads. Deadlocks. Protection andSecurity. Mauro J and McDougall R. Current Literature. FileOrganization. Fourth Edition. UreshVahalia. but not necessary. Concepts and Implementation of Virtual Memory.N. Thread Scheduling for Unix and Real-Time OS. 2007. Emphasis would be on understanding the features and their implementation.Multiprocessor.Types of Threads. "Understanding the Linux kernel".C. Block Ciphers and Stream Ciphers.Fundamental Concepts of Multiprogrammed OS. Security Requirements. 2006.Management and Control of Processes. and Real-TimeOS. Third Edition.Interprocess/Interthread Synchronization and Communication. Y. Semaphores.their implementation details.Clocks. Cambridge University Press. John Reynolds. HANSDAH Prerequisites Knowledge of Java is desirable. Modes of Encryption. R. Requirements and Algorithmic Implementation of One-Way Functions. Prentice-Hall. 2006. Android K.. 2007. Theories of Programming Languages. Yang Xiao and Yi Pan: Security in Distributed and Networking Systems. 2012. Multimedia. This is neither a course on compiler design nor a course on the theory of programming languages. Implementation of FileSystems. Access Control Models. Traditional and Real-TimeSignals. Security Services. ``Solaris Internals: Solaris 10 and OpenSolaris KernelArchitecture" (2nd Edition).Mutual Exclusion/Critical Section Problem. Firewalls. Nonce and Timestamps.. John Mitchell. 2005. Inc. There will be no overlap with the compiler design course in the CSA department (E0 255). Mailbox. Physical Memory Management. Formal semantics would be used to enhance the understanding of the features and to assist in the design of correct implementations. Tanenbaum. E-mail Security. Christoph Kern and Anita Kesavan: Foundations of Security: What Every Programmer Needs to Know. IP Security. However. Group Key Establishment Protocols. Models of Thread Implementations. Secure Socket Layer and Transport Layer Security.Real-Time Scheduling. Digital Signatures. I/O Software: Interrupt Service Routines and Device Drivers. 2002. Hash Functions. William Stallings: Cryptography and Network Security: Principles and Practices. 3rd EditionO'Reilly & Associates. Encryption/Decryption Functions. Secure Electronic Transactions.Inc. ``Modern Operating Systems''. 2007. Processes and the Kernel. Monitors. GOPINATH / MURALI KRISHNA RAMANATHAN Andrew S. E0 253 (AUG) 3:1 Operating Systems User Level Specification of OS. Cambridge University Press. File System Interface and Virtual File Systems. However. OS Security Violations and Techniques to Prevent Them. Neil Daswani. Daniel P. Kerberos. BasicConcepts and Techniques for Implementation of Multiprogrammed OS. Authentication Protocols. Cambridge University Press. Timers and Callouts. symbol tables and semantic analysis. View Maintenance). Query Optimization (Rewriting Techniques. Commit Protocols). J. Koegel Buford. 3rd ed.V. Mehrotra. Logical Clocks and Virtual Time. RaviSethi and Ullman J D. Object-Relational Databases (Motivation. 1998. Classification and Sequence Rules. JAYANT HARITSA Elmasri R and Navathe S B. Data Warehousing (Star and Snowflake Schemas. Indexing Techniques. Delay-sensitive and Time-based Media data Modeling. Physical Clocks and Clock Synchronization Algorithms. dataflow analysis... Morgan Kaufmann. Object-Relational DBMSs Morgan Kaufmann.E0 255 (JAN) 3:1 Compiler Design Review of syntax analysis and use of tools LEX and YACC. I. XML. Spatial Databases (Storage. Indexing Techniques). Group Membership Protocols and Security Issues in Group Membership Problems. 1994.N. Techniques and Tools. Grosky. Join Algorithms. Video conferencing. Stonebraker M and Hellerstein J. 1996 . R. VENKATARAM/ANANDI GIRIDHARAN P. Mobile Databases (Broadcast Disks. Readings in Database Systems. Addison Wesley. C or C++. Multimedia storage and retrieval techniques. Compilers. Integration with Database Engines). Y. Semistructured and Web Databases (Data Models. 1998. Data Mining Prentice Hall. Venkataram. R. Data Cubes. instruction selection and code generation. Secure RPC and Group Communication. Applications to E-commerce. Access Methods. 2008. R. Transaction Management (ARIES). A. Groth. Jain and R. Multimedia Systems. Morgan Kauffman. and clustered architectures. Fundamentals of Database Systems. E0 261 (JAN) 3:1 Database Management Systems Design of Database Kernels. Technologies and Techniques) IEEE Press. Compression). Mattison. SRIKANT/UDAY KUMAR REDDY Aho. 1998.. Basic Techniques for Handling Faults in Distributed Systems. 1999. 1997. Stonebraker M. Query Systems. P. run time storage administration and intermediate code generation. Muchnick S. QoS management and negotiation protocols. W. machine dependent optimizations for pipelined. Classification of Failures in Distributed Systems. Undergraduate course in DBMS E0 262 (JAN) 3:0 Multimedia Information Systems Multimedia Information. Multimedia Communications: Synchronization.. Security Issues in Clock Synchronization. Data Warehousing (Strategies. F. Relevant Research Papers from the Journals/Conferences. 2nd ed.Principles. Distributed Databases (Query Processing and Optimization. Architectures and Issues for Distributed Multimedia Systems. Design and Implementation). The Hand Book of Multimedia Information Management. Concurrency Control. code optimization and register allocation. 1999.. Prerequisites: Data Structures. Prototype Multimedia systems: Video-on-Demand. E0 264 (AUG) 3:1 Distributed Computing Systems Fundamental Issues in Distributed Systems. Naming Service and Scheme of Instruction Page 94 . Database Management Systems McGraw-Hill. 1998. Pearson Publishers. XMLSchema. Wireless Multimedia. Design Aspects of Multimedia Information Systems. Data Mining (Association. Addison-Wesley. delay compensation. Selected Papers. Advanced Compiler Design and Implementation. 3rd ed. Distributed System Models and Architectures. Relational Storage. 1988. Addison-Wesley. Prentice-Hall. Plan Evaluation). Recent Conference and Journal papers. Ramakrishnan R and Gehrke J. Query Optimization). multimodal and natural interaction. HDTV. Mobile multimedia. 1997. Integrating the physical and the virtual worlds: sensing and actuation. Replicated Data Management. Data visualization and exploratory data analysis. and T. Ubiquitous applications: The appropriate design. RSVP. video and conferencing. Dollimore. Content based retrieval. Addison-Wesley. 1995. V.. S. E0 266 (AUG) 3:0 Topics in Ubiquitous Computing Definition and Scope of ubiquitous computing. Termination and Distributed Deadlock Detection Algorithms. and -7. Architecture for ubiquitous computing: new devices and communications. security and autonomy. Pearson Education Ltd.Security Issues in Naming Service. 1998. museums and educational communities. and Applications”. Global State. Communication and Application. Video compression: MPEG-1. Birman. AC 3. HANSDAH Randy Chow. Predictive and descriptive modeling. Web Services. Distributed File Systems and Distributed Shared Memory. RTP. Image compression: JPEG. Multicasting: Storage and server issues.C. Distributed Mutual Exclusion and Coordination Algorithms. Issues relating to large data sets. 2005. CRC Press. Networked Multimedia Systems: Concepts. Fourth Edition. 2005. disambiguation and proactivity.261. workplaces. awareness and perception. Social aspects of ubiquitous computing: implications on privacy. Implications of Security Issues in Distributed Consensus and Agreement Protocols. and Theodore Johnson.. Prentice Hall. Leader Election. Tolerating Crash and Omission Failures. domestic spaces. "Distributed Systems: Concepts and Designs". Prentice Hall. Illustration of some existing application domains for ubiquitous computing in such areas as gaming. Data mining techniques. S. Raif Steinmetz. FaultTolerant Systems. Multimedia systems: VoD. and Tripathi. SHEVADE / M. Distributed Commit and Recovery Protocols. 2006. Self-Stabilizing Systems. Checkpointing and Recovery Protocols. Distributed Scheduling and Load Balancing. Architecture and Design. and software architectures. cost-benefit and market focus. “Distributed Systems: An Algorithmic Approach”. Applications to Web Mining and Bioinformatics. H. S. Finding patterns and rules. Design Issues in Specialized Distributed Systems. GIF. NARASIMHA MURTY Scheme of Instruction Page 95 .K. mixed reality and sensible design. “Reliable Distributed Systems: Technologies. R. Kindberg. "Distributed Operating Systems and Algorithms". -2. P VENKATARAM Prerequisite: Communication Protocols/Computer Networks References: Research papers on Ubiquitous Computing. K. context awareness. K R Ramakrishnan Pre-requisites: Basic knowledge of DSP and Programming Raghavan. system and legal safeguards. Current Literature Prerequisites: NDSS(E0 254) or equivalent course E0 265 (JAN) 3:1 Multimedia Systems Introduction: Video. SukumarGhosh. RTSP. Multimedia: Computing. Watermarking. E0 268 (JAN) 3:1 Data Mining Introduction to data mining. G. Performance evaluation. Secure Checkpointing. Multimedia processors. Data preprocessing and cleaning. -4. Interactions between humans and (ubiquitous) computers: situated (context-aware) computing. Multimedia networking: ATM. Springer New York. Secure Distributed File Systems. Weiser’s vision of ubiquitous computing. Audio. Security Issues in Commit Protocols. ontology and modeling the world. MPEG Audio compression. Kenneth P. Klara Nahrtedt. J. Coulouris. Essential Elements of Ubiquitous Networks. Springer. Machine Learning. Model Checking. and B. Wiley-Interscience.V. Pattern Classification. approximate inference (loopy belief propagation. active learning. introduction to packaging.FindBugs and SpecSharp. Prentice Hall International (Indian edition). VC-dimension. A. 2006. Cambridge University Press. exact inference (variable elimination.Weste and D. OrnaGrumberg. Language. by Michael Huth and Mark Ryan.. BHARADWAJ AMRUTUR N. EM algorithm. E0 272 (JAN) 3:1 Formal Methods in Software Engineering Domain modeling using first-order predicate logic and relational calculus -. CMOS VLSI Design. parameter estimation. Cambridge University Press. by Daniel Jackson. Additional learning problems: multiclass classification. 2nd Edition. datapath subsystems. structured prediction. mixture models (unconditional and conditional). and concurrent systems -. Circuit characterization & simulation. Classification: nearest neighbour. Current literature. Chandrakasan. Design methodology & tools. directed graphical models: hidden Markov models.Eclipse Refactorings. support vector regression. Hart P E and Stork D G. power and clock distribution. 2000. CHIRANJIB BHATTACHARYYA Bishop. Hastie T. by J-R Abrial. Harris. Identifying errors in code during development using dataflow analysis and logical reasoning -. Duda. Introduction to Data Mining. Prerequisites : Probability and Statistics (or equivalent course elsewhere). theory of logical effort. 2006. 2nd Edition. Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning.Sal and Spin.the tools Alloy and Event-B. belief propagation). testing & verification. Verification of finite-state systems. Probabilistic models: classification. conditional random fields.System and Software Engineering. Regression: linear least squares regression. The Elements of Statistical Learning: Data Mining. A Circuits and Systems Perspective.Pex. array subsystems. E0 270 (JAN) 3:1 Machine Learning Introduction to machine learning. Mitchell T. Addison Weley. J. ranking. Springer. Tennent. and DoronPeled. undirected graphical models: Markov random fields. perceptron. Software Abstractions: Logic. support vector machines. Beyond IID. regression. sampling). interconnect design and analysis combinational circuit design. by R. Specifying software: A Hands-On Introduction. Bayesian networks. Steinbach M. Testing and bounded-exploration of applications -. R O. McGraw Hill.Tan P. sequential circuit design. DEEPAK D’SOUZA / K. MIT Press. 2005. Learning and inference in Bayesian networks and MRFs: parameter estimation. Addison-Wesley. and the basics of mathematical logic and discrete structures E0 284 (AUG) 2:1 Digital VLSI Circuits Introduction to MOS transistor theory. Modeling in Event-B . and Analysis. by Edmund M.-N. Rabaey. Nikolic. Inference and Prediction. Cambridge University Press. Current Literature. Additional topics: semi-supervised learning. 1997. and Kumar V. Code development using refactoring -. Research papers Prerequisites: Exposure to programming. Beyond IID. Tibshirani R and Friedman J. Clarke. ordinal regression. RAGHAVAN Logic in Computer Science: Modelling and Reasoning about Systems. Digital Integrated Circuits. D. 2009. C M. Some background in linear algebra and optimization will be helpful. M. Ensemble methods: boosting. decision trees. Scheme of Instruction Page 96 . Prerequisites: Topics in Program Analysis and Verification (E0 227) E0 330 (JAN) 3:1 Convex Optimization and Applications Scheme of Instruction Page 97 . Joshua Bloch. (2006) Slides and research papers listed on the course webpage Prerequisites (if any) : Previous experience with building a system will be helpful but not essential. higher incidence matrices. Raghavan Research papers. applications to combinatorial and geometric problems. MURALI KRISHNA RAMANATHAN Java Concurrency in Practice by Brian Goetz. Frankl: Linear algebra methods in combinatorics with applications to Geometry and Computer Science.E0 310 (JAN) 3:1 Topics in Software Bug Detection The course is composed of two parts. Spenser: Probabilistic Method. random graphs. static analysis and type checking. polynomial space method. Program logics: applications in program verification. E0 323 (AUG) 3:1 Topics in Verification Abstraction refinement techniques. N. applications of machine learning to program verification. Type systems: applications in software development and verification. Babai and P. Alon and J. the first part will introduce the fundamentals of writing concurrent programs. Probabilistic Methods: Basic techniques. Tim Peierls. Addison-Wesley. Sunil Chandran ExtremalCombinatorics: Sun flowers. Joseph Bowbeer. V. program logics. Techniques for points-to analysis. StasysJukna: ExtremalCombinatorics with applications in computer science. The second part will study the recent trends in designing program analysis techniques to detect bugs with a special emphasis on scalable approaches. Ramsey theory L. Deepak D'Souza / K. linear algebra. different models of concurrency. its applicability in the context of building large scale software systems. martingales. E0 311 (JAN) 3:1 Topics in Combinatorics Linear Algebraic methods: Basic techniques. Model checking of software using abstractions. Techniques for testing and verification of concurrent programs. A course project will help familiarize all the concepts learned as part of the lectures. Prerequisites (if any) : Basic familiarity with probability theory. Unpublished manuscript. Symbolic execution: Applications in program testing. David Holmes. ADITYA KANADE References: Selected papers and recent literature Pre-requisites: Automated verification (E0223) E0 327 : 3:1 (JAN) Topics in Program Analysis Dataflow analysis: applications in program verification and transformation. programming language design. decision procedures. Chains and antichains. entropy based method. Doug Lea. and graph theory and combinatorics. Springer. Wiley Inter-science publication. introduction to various bug patterns. software model checking. Program slicing: Applications in software development. intersecting families. augmented Lagrangian. forward. simulation algorithms and techniques. semidefinite program. online convex optimization. Signal Processing (Basis Pursuit. minimax theory. attribute-based encryption. Sebastian Nowozin and Stephen Wright (Editors). Cambridge University Press (available online: https://www. Instruction level parallelism. Machine Learning (SVM). and interior-point methods. Little Grothendieck Problem). Discussion of some of the "big" applications of convex optimization including: Combinatorial Optimization (Graph-Cut. Cache coherency. ISPS. linear algebra. multithreading. Interface standards. interconnection networks. Modern Algorithms: accelerated gradient methods. DC (Difference of Convex functions) Programming. Textbooks (latest editions): Lectures on Modern Convex Optimization. ellipsoid. Sanjit Chattarji Prerequisite: E0 235 A selection of research papers from journals and conference proceedings E0 343 (JAN) 3:1 Topics in Computer Architecture Architecture and harware description languages (RTL. secure storage and cloud. Memory consistency models. Classical Algorithms: simplex. Statistics (LASSO.Approximate Optimization. performance evaluation. Latency tolerance. protocol specification. saddle points. stochastic gradient descent. Processor architecture. synchronization primitives. routing. functional encryption etc. iteratively reweighted least-squares. Stephen Boyd and Lieven Vandenberghe. performance. parallel I/O. ADMM. KKT conditions. Basic convex analysis: convex sets and functions. hyperplanes. some analytical and topological properties. architectures. Optimality conditions. Lagrangian Relaxation – Dual Decomposition. Large-Scale Learning . SuvritSra. Augmented Lagrangian Methods. security and efficiency of cryptographic protocols. etc. Approximation of L0minimization). Nonsmooth Convex Optimization. Canonical programs for constrained optimization: Linear program. benchmarking. Incremental Gradient.Primer: basic real analysis. Recent Literature Prerequisites: A course in Machine Learning or Data Mining E0 335 (JAN) 3:1 Topics in Cryptology: Emerging asymmetric cryptosystems Emerging encryption primitives like identity-based encryption. The MIT Press. sub-gradients. Aharon Ben-Tal and Arkadi Nemirovski. Convex Optimizatio E0 331 (AUG) 3:1 Optimization for Machine Learning Convex Optimization . etc. correctness.stanford.edu/~boyd/cvxbook/). Cryptanalysis of provable security. Convex Optimization. projection onto convex sets. and topology. analytical methods.backward splitting. Revisiting the security definition and security reduction with an emphasis on concrete security and the interplay of functionality. vhdl). Scheme of Instruction Page 98 . Dec. Cutting Plane Methods. 2011. SCI). separation theorems. Subgradient and Proximal Methods. etc. Dantzig selector). cone program. FISTA. Phase Retrieval. Cryptographic protocols for privacy preserving computation. Kunal Narayan Chaudhury The students get to write simple programs in Matlab (using the CVX platform) in order to get a real feel for convex optimization. Compressed Sensing. Recommender Systems and Distance Geometry Problems. predicate encryption. Standards (bus. duality. I/O systems. S K SHEVADE Optimization for Machine Learning. parallel programming paradigms.Introduction. and distributed Memory clusters Lock-free and wait-free data structures/algorithms for parallel programming Study of existing languages and models for parallel and high performance programming. GPUs. design. SHIVANI AGARWAL Current literature. B. 1996.in/~uday/e0358/ E0 370 (AUG) 3:1 Statistical Learning Theory Theoretical foundations of modern machine learning. and connections between learning theory and gametheory/mechanism design. UDAY KUMAR REDDY Chapter 11 (Optimizing for parallelism and locality)Aho.cost-sensitive learning. L. E0 358 (AUG) 3:1 Advanced Techniques in Compilation and Programming for Parallel Architectures Parallel architectures: a brief history.R GOVINDARAJAN / T MATTHEW JACOB Pre-requisites: Computer Architecture.ernet. Chapter 1 Introduction Research papers List of research papers will be available on the course web page at thestart of the course. Statistical consistencyanalysis. ranking. Current literature. 2nd edition Parallel Computer Architecture . Lam. geometric results on planar graphs. Neural Network Learning: TheoreticalFoundations. and Tools. 1999. Auto-parallelization for multicores. SHIVANI AGARWAL Devroye. Gyorfi L. including (but not limited to) recent proceedings ofNIPS. Springer.A Hardware/Software approach -Culler. Other topics may be selected based on classinterest. Compilers: Principles. and Lugosi G. A Probabilistic Theory of PatternRecognition. issues in design of new ones. and Bartlett P L.PAC learning. Gupta. 1998. Vapnik V N. Papers discussed last year are at http://www. Consent of the instructor E0 371 (JAN) 3:1 ` Topics in Machine Learning Selected topics of current interest in machine learning and statisticallearning theory.iisc. Generalizationanalysis: VC-dimension bounds. ICML and COLT conferences.Rademacher averages. This course will be based on seminars and research projects. Geometric graphs: Proximity graphs. Anthony M. Cambridge University Press. Wiley-Interscience. Operating Systems. Techniques. covering numbers. Examples include statistical consistency. and Ullman. margin analysis. Prerequisites : E0 270 Machine Learning (or equivalent course). Sethi. Some Familiarity with Analytical Performance Evaluation Techniques. Singh. Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor E0 374 (JAN) 3:1 Topics in Combinatorial Geometry Fundamental Theorems: Radon's theorem. Geometric incidences: Incidence bounds using cuttings Scheme of Instruction Page 99 . Statistical Learning Theory.csa. Selectedadditional topics of current interest. Online learning and regret bounds. Helly's theorem. algorithmic stabilityy. crossing lemma. Wiley. Agarwal. 1995. 2002. Prerequisites: The registrants should have preferably completed the "Design and Analysis of Algorithms" or "Discrete Structures" course. "Lectures on Discrete Geometry". "Combinatorial Geometry". Current Literature. Epsilon Nets: Epsilon Net theorem using random sampling and discrepency theory. Scheme of Instruction Page 100 .technique. Distance based problems: Bounds on repeated distances and distinct distances. weak epsilon nets. Matousek J. epsilon nets for simple geometric spaces. Springer-Verlag. SATHISH GOVINDARAJAN Janos Pach and Pankaj K. 1st edition. 1st edition. Poisson and birth and death processes.. representation and methods for object recognition. artificial neural networks for pattern classification and function learning. Mathematical modeling and algorithmic solutions for vision tasks will be emphasised.E1 Intelligent Systems and Automation E1 213 (JAN) 3:1 Pattern Recognition and Neural Networks Introduction to pattern recognition. introductory survey intended to develop familiarity with the approaches to modeling and solving problems in computer vision. Computer Vision: A Modern Approach. Expectations. full state representations. Universal Book Stall. texture.. C. C. G. Shape: object geometry. Introduction to Probability Models. feature selection and dimensionality reduction methods. 2004. Cambridge University Press. discriminant functions. P S Sastry Ross S. Markov chains. J. sequence of random variables and convergence concepts.M. Neural Network & Pattern Recognition. P. Multiview geometry. and Stone. Oxford University Press(Indian Edition) 2003. Indian Edition. and Stone. E1 277 : 3:1 (JAN) Reinforcement Learning Introduction to reinforcement learning. independence. 1998. Indian Edition. C. stochastic processes. Multiple View Geometry in Computer Vision. colour. Current literature E1 222 (AUG) 3:0 Stochastic Models and Applications Probability spaces. infinite horizon discounted cost and average cost problems. S. parametric and non parametric estimation of density functions. Motion: calibration. Prentice-Hall India. J. Hart P. Bayesian decision theory. central limit theorem. Bishop C. optical flow. contours. registration. Hoel.. New Delhi. Universal Book Stall. Bayes and nearest neighbor classifiers. radiometry. distribution functions. characteristic functions and moment generating functions. Image features: points. Applications. C. RBF networks.. backpropagation. stereo. random variables. 1981. moments. the dynamic programming algorithm. multilayer feed forward networks. 2000. G. multiple random variables and joint distributions.. Perceptron. introduction to stochastic dynamic programming. numerical solution methodologies. kernel based methods. New Delhi. supervised learning from data. R. edges. Introduction to Probability Theory. support vector machines. O. Pattern Classification John Wiley & sons. linear least squares regression. stationary distribution of Markov chains. finite and infinite horizon models. S. 2002. LMS algorithm. G. Venu Madhav Govindu David Forsyth and Jean Ponce . Port. Scheme of Instruction Page 101 . (6th Edition). 2003 Hartley R and Zisserman A. conditional probability. P.. learning linear discriminant functions. shape from cues. lines.M. Law of large numbers. Second Edition. academic Press and Hardcourt Asia. Introduction to Stochastic Process. Port. Hoel. Prerequisite: Knowledge of Probability theory E1 216 (JAN) 3:1 Computer Vision This course will present a broad. P S Sastry Dudo. Image formation: camera geometry. introduction to statistical learning theory.E & Stork D. empirical risk minimization. approaches to grouping and segmentation. Digital Control of Dynamic Systems. MIT Press. Preliminary quadratic regulator theory. Umanand Franklin. Power Electronics: Essentials and Applications. State space methods. method of moments. modal controllability. z-transform. Rao-Blackwell theorem. minimal realization. M. continuous to discrete domain conversions. current and reduced order estimators. temporal difference learning. Rajesh Sundaresan H. India. An Introduction to Signal Detection and Estimation. canonical realizations. detection in non-Gaussian noise. Levinson-Durbin and innovation algorithms. Control system essentials. F. L. 1980.representation in digital domain. E1 244 (JAN) 3:0 Detection and Estimation Theory Hypothesis testing. pole placement. Linear Systems Theory and Design. This course will focus on methods for learning and decision making Scheme of Instruction Page 102 . equilibrium points and linearization. Linear System Theory. Neyman-Pearson theorem. and separation principle. stabilization. HBJ 1984. MA. consistency. Dynamic Programming and Optimal Control.Bertsekas. E1 243 (JAN) 2:1 Digital Controller Design Modeling of Systems – input/output relations. V. root locus method. Powell. Athena Scientific. Kailath. bondgraph and space vector modelling. Friedland..S. uniformly most powerful test. J. circuit averaging. linearization. Workman. Reinforcement Learning: An Introduction. Controller design-Bode method. 2nd edition. Observability and controllability. maximum likelihood estimation. Manojit Pramanik Chi-Tsong Chen. Neuro-Dynamic Programming. Asymptotic observers. Cramer-Rao bound. McGraw Hill..function approximation techniques. 1998. John Wiley. Lewis. 2009. compensator design. Vol. Springer-Verlag.Tsitsiklis. digital filters. sequential detection.. s-z mapping. estimator design.T. multiple-decision problems. 1996. Parameter Estimation: Unbiasedness. USA. Prentice Hall. D. pole-placement.. G. 2nd edn. functions of matrices. PID controller. 1990. Umanand. actor-critic algorithms. L.. partially observable Markov decision processes. full state feedback. Chapters 8 to 11. R. Addison-Wesley. Kalman filter. Bayesian estimation: MMSE and MAP estimators. state space descriptions.. Control System Design-An Introduction to State Space Methods. 1987. Lyapunov matrix equations. Q-learning. likelihood ratio test and generalised likelihood ratio test.D. 1994 E1 245 (AUG) 3:0 Online Prediction and Learning The ability to use available data and make effective forecasts is key in many of today’s datadriven intelligent systems.. introduction to optimal and robust controller design. 1992. B. detection of deterministic and random signals in Gaussian noise.G. prediction. transfer function and state space representations.P. Shalabh Bhatnagar D.N.L.I.P. Jordan form. Prentice Hall. Wiener filter. Linear state variable feedback. Poor. sufficient statistics. Athena Scientific.%0 E1 241 (AUG) 3:0 Dynamics of Linear Systems Background material on matrix algebra.Bertsekas and J.F. best linear unbiased estimation. sampling issues.L.Sutton and A. USA. 2005. Representation of dynamic systems. approximate dynamic programming. differential equations. Applied Optimal Control and Estimation. Natural and forced response of state equations.Barto. 1995. NLP tool-kits augmentation. quasi Newton methods. Online classification. theories of verbal field cognition. data compression (information theory). N S Dinesh Kuo. unconstrained optimization. Illinois. Research Literature Pre-requisites: Familiarity with programming (optionally including scripting languages). convex analysis. constrained optimization. We will also study some relevant applications of these techniques. Applications: text summarization. MIT Press. together with performance analyses. control and drive circuits. etc. Bandits.Blackwell approachability. Stochastic games. descent methods. Improved control and drive techniques in open and closed loop.portfolio selection. Thompson sampling.Markov Decision Processes. computational linguistics and speech recognition. scoping noun phrases. tree adjoint grammars. anaphora resolution.. quadratic programming problems. Foundations of Cognitive Science.. such as portfolio optimization (finance). sentiment analysis. Natural language understanding. Kuhn-Tucker conditions. data compression and log-loss. grammar and parsing. Step Motors and Control Systems. Newton’s method. linguistics. forecasting and calibration. from 1974 onwards published by IMCSS Champain E1 251 (AUG) 3:0 Linear and Nonlinear Optimization Necessary and sufficient conditions for optima.under uncertainty. 1998. Martingales. dialogue. machine translation. 2003 Posner M I. Semantics: semantic interpretation. Best arm identification. formulations and algorithms for learning with limited information. ambiguity resolution. We will explore several models. E1 247 (AUG) 2:1 Incremental Motion Control Introduction to various incremental motion systems. Principles of operation and classification of various types of stepper motors. Learning and Games”. “Prediction. B. Applications. Pragmatics: context and world knowledge. word sense disambiguation. natural language understanding and generation. data structures. algorithms and discrete structures. discourse structure. penalty and Scheme of Instruction Page 103 . knowledge representation and reasoning. language acquisition. Pearson Education.local discourse context and reference. ADITYA GOPALAN Pre-requisites: Probability/stochastic processes. E1 246 (AUG) 3:1 Natural Language Understanding Syntax: syntactic processing. Jurafsky D. PAC-Bayes bounds. Cognitive aspects: mental models. Upper Confidence Bound methods.C. 2006. perception evaluation. Nicolo Cesa-Bianchi and Gabor Lugosi. reasonable knowledge of English language. semantic web. parts-of-speech. and Martin J H. the Rmax and UCRL algorithms.the Perceptron algorithm. Generalmathematical maturity. 2003. Learning with experts. universal source coding. Online reinforcement learning. Speech and language processing: an introduction to natural language processing. gradient projection method. Multiplicative weights and the EXP3 online algorithm. algorithms for constrained optimization. conjugate direction methods. Pearson Education. steepest descent. Probability review. Use of DC motors in incremental motion systems and related control techniques.Concentration of measure. language and thought. 1979 Proceedings of Annual Symposium on Incremental Motion Control Systems and Devices. linear algebra. C E Veni Madhavan Allen J. logical form.Weighted Majority. SRL Publishing Co.Gittins’ index. cognitive assistive systems. 2000. Follow the Perturbed Leader. Cambridge University Press. Shayan G. Stanislaw Zak. Myerson. An Introduction to Game Theory. E1 261 (AUG) 3:0 Selected Topics in Markov Chains and Optimization Finite state Markov Chains: Rate of convergence to steady state.. M. Wiley Student Edition. NARASIMHA MURTY Scheme of Instruction Page 104 .. Osborne. revelation theorem.ifp. Applications to combinatorial problems .. Addison Wesley. Connectivity and Paths. VickreyClarke-Groves mechanisms. The Shapley value. Narahari Y. Joy Kuri. The core. An Exploration of Random Processes for Engineers (course notes for EC-534. An Introduction to Optimization. HarvardUniversity Press. March '96 E1 313 (AUG) 3:1 Topics in Pattern Recognition Foundations of pattern recognition. and Boyd S. other solution concepts in cooperative game theory. Srinivasa Norris J. Introduction to Graph Theory. subgame perfect equilibrium. common knowledge. Fletcher. Bayesian games. Revenue equivalence theorem. 2003. simplex methods.barrier function methods.Luenberger D. Game Theoretic Problems in Networ Economics and Mechanism Design Solutions.G. two person bargaining problem. Semidefinite Programming. in SIAM Review. Y. Practical methods of Optimization John Wiley. incentive compatibility. Cooperative Game Theory: Correlated equilibrium. Arrow's impossibility theorem.illinois. existence of Nash equilibrium. pure strategy nash equilibrium. intelligence. Knowledge-based clustering. HastagiriPrakash. Topics in Graph Theory: Matchings and Factors with applications. duality in optimization.. R. bounds on convergence rates. ISBN-10: 0130144002. 1984. Martin J. “Random Processes”). von Neumann . Markov Chains: Gibbs Fields. Eigenstructure of the transition matrix. Simulated Annealing. Semidefinite Programming: Quadratically Constrained Quadratic Programming (QCQP). extensive form games. Vandenberghe L. linear programming. Noncooperative Game Theory: strategic form games. Ramasuri Narayanam. Markov Chains. Reversible transition matrices. Monte Carlo Simulation and Queues. http://www. Soft computing paradigms for classification and clustering. Pearson 2nd ed. Maximum Eigenvalue and Matrix Norm minimization. Metropolis-Hastings algorithm. Gibbard-Satterthwaite Theorem. 1980.edu/~hajek/ Bremaud Pierre. Dinesh Garg. E1 254 (AUG/JAN) 3:1 Game Theory Introduction: rationality. computation of Nash equilibrium. 1999.R. ISBN-10: 0521633966. Enumeration combinatorics: Generating functions..” Springer.Introduction to Linear and Nonlinear Programming. mixed strategy Nash equilibrium. Game Theory: Analysis of Conflict. Mechanism Design: Social choice functions and properties. dominant strategy equilibria. Posets. West Douglas.. Perron-Frobenius Theorem. Sieve methods. Gibbs sampling. Springer. Examples from Bayesian networks and inference problmes. September 1997. Edwin Chong. dAGVA mechanisms. Hajek Bruce. 2nd edition. Cambridge University Press.Morgenstern utilities. duals of linear and quadratic programming problems Muthuvel Arigovindan J. NARAHARI Roger B. matrix games. OxfordUniversity Press. Association rules and frequent itemsets for pattern recognition. Large-scale pattern recognition. minimax theorem. Markov Chain Monte Carlo: Knapsack problem—Target distribution sampler. games with incomplete information. optimal auctions. 2009. coalitional games. NY. TD(lambda). 1996. SHALABH BHATNAGAR D.Barto. finite horizon models.Bertsekas and J. Game Theory: Analysis of Conflict. 2005. Whinston. classical solution techniques -. linear programming. game theory is useful for this course. E1 395 (AUG) 3:0 Topics in Stochastic Control and Reinforcement Learning Markov decision processes. Knowledge of nonlinear programming is desirable. Pattern Classification. Andreu Mas-Colell. Vohra: Advanced Mathematical Economics. 2002. and stochastic games. Rakesh V. Athena Scientific.Q-learning. 1995. social network analysis.Sutton and A.N. Reinforcement learning. NARAHARI Roger B. Hart P E. and Jerry R. Vol. Selected topics in repeated games.S. New York. dynamic games. Green: Microeconomic Theory. D. Oxford University Press.G.Duda R O. Michael D. infinite horizon models under discounted and long-run average cost criteria. value iteration. Selected topics in algorithmic game theory. solution algorithms -. 1998.. Prerequisite: A course on probability theory and stochastic processes. Selected topics at the interface between game theory.P.Tsitsiklis. problems with perfect and imperfect state information. HarvardUniversity Press. and Stork D G. algorithms. R. Arrow's impossibility theorem. evolutionary games. Scheme of Instruction Page 105 . mechanism design. GibbardSatterthwaite theorem.policy iteration.I and II. Singapore. Athena Scientific. etc.Bertsekas. September 1997. Y. MIT Press. Selected Research Papers. New York. Neuro-Dynamic Programming.P. Modern applications of game theory and mechanism design: incentive compatible learning. E1 354 (AUG) 3:1 Topics in Game Theory Foundational results in game theory and mechanism design: Nash's existence theorem. Current Literature Prerequisites Elementary knowledge of linear algebra. Reinforcement Learning: An Introduction. John Wiley & Sons (Asia). Routledge. Myerson. 2005. Dynamic Programming and Optimal Control. etc. actor-critic algorithms. and machine learning. Recent Literature. NAVIN KASHYAP T. Parthasarathy. Elements of Information Theory. NEELESH B MEHTA D. conditional distribution and expectation. channel capacity. functions of a random variable. Athena Scientific. Fundamentals of Wireless Communication. Probability and Random Processes. 2008. recurrence analysis. Coding theorems of classical and quantum information theory. hypothesis testing. continuity of probability. 2001. Hindustan Book Agency. 2nd edition. channel coding theorems.” Cambridge University Press. cellular communication systems. Convergence of sequences of random variables.E2 Communication Systems E2 201 (AUG) 3:0 Information Theory Entropy. R. Kumar. Discrete Event Stochastic Processes: Lectures Notes for an Engineering Curriculum. A. available on author’s website. An Exploration of Random Processes for Engineers. Thomas. rate distortion theory. John Wiley & Sons. multiple-access and interference management. Goldsmith. John Wiley & Sons 2006 I. Oxford Univ. Hindustan Book Agency. MIMO – channel modeling. Bertsekas and J. capacity of wireless channels. opportunistic communication and multiuser diversity. Chernoff bound. the Poisson process. R. E2 202 (AUG) 3:0 Random Processes The axioms of probability theory. Elements of Information Theory. Grimmett and D. stationarity. Scheme of Instruction Page 106 . random variables and their distribution. Parthasarathy. “Wireless Communication. 2005.A Thomas. Hajek. D. Cambridge University Press. source coding. mutual information. diversity techniques to combat fading. Kolmogorov complexity. network information theory.M Cover and J. laws of large numbers and central limit theorem for sequences of independent random variables. Introduction to Probability. independence and conditional probability. Tsitsiklis. capacity and transmit and receiver architectures. Coding theorems of classical and quantum information theory. Korner. Definition of a random process. TRIM no. simple Markovian queues. 45. Gaussian random vectors. Stirzaker. jointly distributed random variables. differential entropy. K. expectation. E2 203 (JAN) 3:0 Wireless Communication Wireless channel modeling. P. Borel-Cantelli Lemma. 2nd edition. Csiszar and J. OFDM-basics.Press. Cover and J. 2006. TRIM no. 2009. N. power spectral density. A. Correlation functions of random processes in linear systems. Course Notes. R. UTPAL MUKHERJI/ANURAG KUMAR B. Foster's theorem. 2005. continuous time Markov chains. 2007. Discrete time Markov chains. Gaussian channel. A. Viswanath. Information Theory : Coading Theorems for Discrete Memoryless Systems. T. G. Cambridge University press 2011 K.R. 2007.45. Tse and P. 2nd edition. M. Markov renewal processes. 1977. Kumar. coding for distributed storage. H-F. Cinlar.nptel. fields. list decoding. Modern Coding Theory. Digital communications through fading multipath channels. Pless. Fundamentals of Error-Correcting Codes. Prentice Hall. 1989. 2003. network coding. Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers. Lu. V. W. edited by I. S. 1999. 2nd edition. http://www. Sloane. NPTEL Course on Error-Correcting Codes. Walrand. and multi-station queueing systems with various disciplines. Academic Press. Kumar. Win. Introduction to Stochastic processes. rings. 1975. W.” chapter in Optical Fiber Telecommunications IV. Urbanke. A First course in Stochastic Processes. Prentice Hall. P VIJAY KUMAR P. Digital Communication Wiley 1999. C. P. Li. Biglieri. Huffman and V. Haykin. Cambridge University Press. Cambridge University Press. An Introduction to Queueing Networks. signal design for band-limited and power-limited channels.in/syllabus/117108044/. Principles of Digital Transmission : with Wireless Applications. power and bandwidth efficiency tradeoff. Scheme of Instruction Page 107 . T. Proakis. LDPC codes. convolutional codes and the Viterbi algorithm. Taylor. Prentice Hall. Digital Communication. Kaminow and T. blocking) of single station. Benedetto and E. S. C. M. Georghiades. Multichannel and multicarrier systems. Digital modulation techniques and their performance in AWGN channel. belief propagation with application to the decoding of codes. VINOD SHARMA Prerequisite: E2 202 R. Richardson and R. 4th edition. point processes – Poisson processes. P VIJAY KUMAR Selected Journal Papers E2 211 (AUG) 3:0 Digital Communication Representation of signals and systems. locally decodable codes. F. E. mathematical preliminaries: groups. Stochastic Modeling of Queues. G. namely. J. optimum receiver structures for AWGN channel. Wolf. 1988. Lecture Notes. 2002. coding and coded modulation techniques – capacity approaching schemes. MacWilliams and N. 1975. Study of the stationary behaviour (queue lengths. polar codes. A. Karlin and H. E2 208 (JAN) 3:0 Topics in Information Theory & Coding Topics to be selected from amongst topics of current interest such as network information theory. J. McGraw Hill 2000. “Error Control Coding Techniques and Applications. delays. J. Reed-Solomon and BCH codes. The Theory of Error-Correcting Codes. Martingale theory and applications. V. North-Holland. renewal processes. B SUNDAR RAJAN S. P. 2008.E2 204 (JAN) 3:0 Stochastic Processes and Queueing Theory Detailed study of stochastic processes encountered in queueing theory. J. finite fields.ac.iitm. Markov Processes. E2 205 (AUG) 3:0 Error-Correcting Codes Basics of binary block codes. ISI and equalization. deterministic analysis. finite-state channels. SDL. Protocol Performance Testing. R. rank. 2002. scheduling. Pearson Education Asia. eigenvector and similarity. Marcus. routing protocols.11 MAC. and J. adversarial channels. John Wiley and Sons. Data Networks. inner products determinants. Validation Techniques. Kurose and K. splitting algorithms. 2nd Edition. Third Edition. Canonical forms and matrix decompositions. Modelling and performance analysis in networks. E-mail. CHANDRA R MURTHY Horn and Johnson. Error-Correcting Codes B. Formal specification of protocols. M. Manjunath. Symmetric and Hermitian matrices. F. J. Protocol Engineering. random/slotted ALOHA. 1968. CSMA-CD. Principles of Internetworking. and the Gauss-Siedel interation. Cambridge University press. Matrix Analysis. Unitary equivalence and normal matrices. 1983 Strang G. systems of linear equations. Kumar. Siegel. Lotos. Gallager. insertion/deletion channels. Specification Languages: Estelle. D. Selected journal papers E2 221 (AUG) 3:0 Communication Networks Introduction to networking. ARQ schemes and analysis. wireless LANs CSMA/CA. arbitrarily varying channels. wiretap channels. 2004. Bertsekas and R. Little's Theorem. Kuri. W. E2 213 (JAN) 3:0 Information -Theoretic Security Channels models to be selected from amongst: input-constrained channels. Justesen and S. 2001. M/G/1 model. D. Communication Networking: An Analytical Approach. P VENKATARAM / ANANDI GIRIDHARAN Scheme of Instruction Page 108 . Two-dimensional Information Theory and Coding. A CHOCKALINGAM A. Ross. conformance testing. Mobile IP. Press. Forchhammer. channels with asymmetric errors.E2 212 (AUG) 3:0 Matrix Theory Preliminaries: vector spaces. Distributed Applications: Network Management. R. Introduction to Coding for Constrained Systems. Protocol Verification. generalized inverses. Saunders.traffic models. random access. Course Notes. 1985 Golub and Van Loan. Positive definite matrices. 2001. IP. The TCP/IP Protocol Suite. Linear Algebra and its Applications. John Hopkins University Press. performance measures. optimal routing. H. Location and perturbation of eigen values. algorithms for shortest path routing. Computer Networking: A Top-Down Approach Featuring the Internet. H. Prentice-Hall India. TCP analysis. 1988. Matrix Computations. Roth and P. Protocol analysis and synthesis. The Layered Approach: The OSI Model. J. Gallager. Least-squares problems. Vector and Matrix norms. Eigen values. Cambridge Univ. Priority queueing. 2010. stochastic analysis . Information Theory and Reliable Communication. 2-dimensional channels NAVIN KASHYAP Pre-requistites: Information Theory. E2 223 (AUG) 3:0 Communication Protocols Protocols and Architectures. Morgan Kaufman Publishers. G. TCP and UDP. IEEE 802. Scheme of Instruction Page 109 . 1997. and Erlang capacity analysis. CIDR. Wireless random access networks: ALOHA. network programming. channel allocation (fixed and dynamic). 1995. A CHOCKALINGAM A. Basics of Communication Protocol Engineering. Spanning Tree algorithm. 2008 G. E2 232 (AUG) 2:2 TCP/IP Networking IP addressing. 2005. Fast Recovery.11 wireless LANs. W. and J. routing protocols: RIP.11 WLANs and their analysis. Wireless Networking.P. http. CDMA: interference analysis. ANURAG KUMAR / UTPAL MUKHERJI A. probabilistic data association. scheduling in ad hoc networks. Multiuser Detection – MF detector. Principles of Mobile Communications. and Markov chain Monte carlo Tchniques. Data and Computer Communications. Performance analysis of multiuser detectors and interference cancellers.V. acquisition and tracking of spread spectrum signals. sliding window. tcpdump. cell sectoring. cochannel interference analysis. multipath fading). ISN. Cambridge University Press. Kluwer Academic Publishers. 2nd edition. Fast Retransmit. ARQ and TCP over mobile wireless access links. Spatial modulation. Manvi. examples from GSM. meta-heuristics. TCP/IP networking in Linux T. shadowing. Fundamentals of Wireless Communication. A. hard and soft handovers. PPP. Current papers from journals and magazines E2 242 (JAN) 3:0 CDMA & Multiuser Detection Direct Sequence spread spectrum. half close. multicasting. K. routing table. Cellular networks. L. 1996. Ethernet. Link budget analysis. FDM/TDM/TDMA: spatial reuse. Computer Networks. Multiuser/MIMO detection using belief propagation. header flags. Tannenbaum. Low complexity multiuser detectors for MIMO systems. IP header. other cell interference. CSMA/CA. BGP. Power control. IEEE 802. NAT. J. network tools. Prentice-Hall. CDMA Principles of Spread Spectrum Communications. connection establishment. spreading sequences and their correlation functions. delayed acks.Prabhakar. hping2. Wireless ad hoc networks: links and random topologies. ARP. TCP: header. Erlang capacity analysis. S. Channel and power allocation in OFDMA access networks. Congestion Avoidance. Bridges. parallel interference canceller. DNS. 2004. IS95 and WCDMA networks. D. IPv6 Lab: Scripting. linear PlC. Kumar. IEEE 802. Venkataram and S. Stallings. error probability for DS-CDMA on AWGN channels. scaling laws. Manjunath. Addison Wesley. L2 switches. cross layer design. impact of modern physical layer. netperf. RAKE receiver. TCP state transitions. Technologies such as MIMO and OFDM. IGMP. near-far effect in DS-CDMA. UDP. OSPF. VLANs. Joy Kuri E2 241 (JAN) 3:0 Wireless Networks Macromodels for power attenuation in mobile wireless networks (path loss. Viswanath. PHI. soft capacity. Tse and P. connectivity and capacity. decorrelating detector. ICMP. Mobile IP. Stuber. Private IP. Serial links. Slow Start. Successive interference canceller. Haresh Dagale. Prentice-Hall. Relevant Research papers from Journals/Conferences. Viterbi. MMSE detector. 2001 D. wireless ad hoc internets and sensor networks. DHCP. Morgan Kaufman. Wireshark. Kuri. handover analysis. subnetting and supernetting. Cambridge Univ. probability distribution function. 2009. some random processes. statistics and Random Processes for Electrical Engineers.. Pearson Prentice Hall. 2006. E2 201 T. advanced technologies that are likely to impact B3G standards such as cooperative communications and cognitive radio will be covered through a survey of research papers. 2005. Abbas El Gamal and Young – Han Kim. This includes performance analysis of digital communication systems over fading channels. Cambridge 2012. discrete and continuous signals. Iterative Receiver Design. Cambridge University Press.. Multi-user systems. 2000 Strang G. discrete and continuous distributions. distribution of functions of random variables.. Press. Verdu. (4th edition) Thomson. Scheme of Instruction Page 110 . “Wireless Communications. and multi‐user diversity techniques. Linear algebra: linear system of equations range and null space.S. DFT. relay channels. H. The course will first develop the basics required to understand the physical layer of B3G systems. Wymeersch. Issam Toufik. Research Papers in Journals and Conferences E2 243 (JAN) 3:0 Mathematics for Electrical Engineers Fourier series and Fourier transform LTI system. Adaptation. Network Information Theory. VINOD SHARMA Pre-requisite: E2 202. design techniques. wireless fading channels. Thereafter.” Andrea Goldsmith. A. NEELESH B MEHTA Pre‐requisite: E2 211 “Digital Communications” References “LTE ‐ The UMTS Long Term Evolution. and analytical tools for understanding and improving next generation wireless systems. rate and power adaptation. Vittal Rao Bracewell R. E2 302 (AUG) 3:0 Next Generation Wireless Systems: Design and Analysis The goal of this advanced/research course is to introduce students to the underlying theory. optimal solution of a system. Multiuser Detection. Fundamentals of Wireless Communication. John Wiley & Sons. (3rd edition) McGraw Hill. D. signals. physical and logical channels. 2006 Leon-Garcia A.Press. its air interface. Probability: random experiments. As a case study of will cover the LTE standard. broadcast channels. Probability. Cooperative communications and relays: Relation to multi-antenna techniques. 1998. R. Matthew Baker. events. Linear Algebra and its applications.16 WiMAX. Cover and J. joint distributions. Cambridge Univ.” Stefania Sesia.. 2nd Edition. Tse and P. pseudoinverse of a matrix. Research papers in journals and conferences. Cambridge University Press. Long Term Evolution (LTE) standard overview. 2005. sigma algebra. E2 301 (AUG) 3:0 Topics in Multiuser Communication Channel capacity for multiple access channels. 1st ed. John Wiley & Sons. Thomas.. probability measure random variables. Cognitive radio. Digital communication over fading channels. Elements of Information Theory. multihop wireless networks and physical layer security. Viswanath. and physical layer procedures. 2007. A course will focus on beyond third generation (B3G) cellular standards such as Long Term Evolution (LTE) and IEEE 802. Fourier Transform and its applications. M. 2008. sampling and sampling theorem. singular value decomposition of a matrix. 1st ed. sample space. T. Cambridge University Press. deterministic equivalents. 2004. 4th ed. In the second half of the course. B SUNDAR RAJAN M.” NowPublishers.A Thomas. CHANDRA R MURTHY Prerequisites: Random Processes. Matrix Theory Romain Couillet and Merouane Debbah. R. E2 331 (JAN) 3:0 Advanced Course in Coding Theory Topics to be selected from amongst: Quantum Error Correcting Codes.” Cambridge University Press. 2005. “Random Matrix Theory and Wireless Communications.A. Elements of Information Theory.3gpp.org/. Proakis. 2006. Quantum Computation and Quantum Information. free probability theory. and spectral analysis methods for statistical inference. Chuang. 2nd Edition. Fundamentals of Wireless Communication. Selected Journal Papers.” J. Tse and P Viswanath.M. 2011.. Cambridge University Press. Springer. Wiley Interscience. 3GPP technical specifications available online at http://www. Cover and J. Coding for Cooperative Communication. Nielsen and I .W Yeung. 2000. Tulino and Sergio Verdu.L. The following topics will be covered: Stieltjes transform method. Network Coding. 2008. “Random Matrix Methods for Wireless Communications.. 2006. D. combinatoric approaches. Murthy Course Description: The goal of this course is to cover the basics of random matrix theory and show how it can be applied to solve a various problems in wireless communications. Antonia M. Coding for Multiuser Communication.“Digital Communications. E2 312 (AUG) 3:0 Random Matrix Theory for Wireless Communications Chandra R. Information Theory and Network Coding. Lattices and their applications in MIMO Communication.1 Scheme of Instruction Page 111 . McGraw‐Hill Science/Engineering/Math. these theoretical concepts will be applied to a variety of problems in signal processing and wireless communications to show the utility of random matrix theory in solving real-world engineering problems. magnetic field. “ Micromachined Transducers Source Book”. Varadan and O. opto-mechanical effects. surface acoustic wave microsensors. Singapore. Quasi-static and Non-quasistatic Model. Brief overview of EKV and PSP Santanu Mahapatra Tsividis. Charge-based MOS transistor modeling. N. temperature.Academic Publishers. Charge Modeling. W. Types of compact models. Basic theory of circuit simulation. Awadelkarim. Concept of Core Model. noise in microsensors. 1998 E3 225 (AUG) 3:0 Art of Compact Modeling Band theory of solids.. Current literature: Special issues of journals and selected review articles E3 222 (JAN) 2:1 Micromachining for MEMS Technology Micromachining Concepts. N. commercial fabrication processes. MEMS and MOEMS Technology and Applications. smart structures. SRINIVAS/T. pressure. O. Y. Wiley. V.. thermal and fluidic properties. modeling and simulation.micromechanics. MOS Capacitor Theory.. Gardner. sensors arrays and distributed sensing. Compact Modeling: Principles. K. BHAT Chang Liu. metallization. MOSFET operation. P-N junction diode. WCB McGraw Hill. acceleration.E3 Electronic Drives E3 214 (AUG) 3:0 Microsensor Technologies Micro-sensors and micro-actuators. Microsystem Design.. automotive. Techniques and Applications. Bulk Micromachining. fiber optic sensors.. industrial. Operation and Modelling of the MOS Transistor. classification and characteristics. Springer. World Scientific Publishing Company. Senturia. rotation. radiation. carrier transport mechanism. electro-mechanical coupling. Laboratory classes to gain hands on experience on the Micromachining and related Technology. 2012 Arora. (ILLINOIS ECE Series). C-V characteristics. Micromachining for high aspect ratio microstructures. Wiley-IEEE Press. diffusion. Oxford University Press. Monolithic Integration of micromachined mechanical devices and Microelectronics circuits: merits and complexities. 2007 Foty. MEMS and MOEMS. D. NAVAKANTA BHAT/ K. principles of microsensors . Pearson Education International. MEMS and Smart Devices. MOSFET modeling with SPICE. Microsensors. Introduction to Verilog-A. control and signal processing. Surface Micromachining and Related Technologies. 2000. 2001 Enz C and Vittoz E. BADRINARAYANA J. Prentice Hall. Benefits and Materials. 2006 Gildenblat. vibration. bulk and surface micromaching. Charge Linearization. 2001 P. John Wiley. “Foundations of MEMS”. NY. mciro-optoelectro-mechanical sensors. G. MOSFET Models for SPICE Simulation. and biomedical applications. W. SPIE Press. Input Voltage Equation. electromagnetics. MOSFET modeling for VLSI simulation: Theory and Practice. 2010 Scheme of Instruction Page 112 . technology lithography. 2006 Gregory TA Lovacs. D. chemical and bio microsensors. Raichoudhury (Ed). Kluwer. aerospace. 2002 S. 1997 Liu. T. deposition. special resources. receiver and transmitter Architectures. Virtex-II. packages. device models for RF design. delay models. Design of analog circuits for capacitive and inductive transducers. Lee. Kuruvilla Varghese Wakerly. Gunasekaran Franco. 2008 Skahil. Source follower. Design with operational amplifiers and analog integrated circuits. case study. design of active building blocks: low noise amplifiers. synchronization between multiple clock domains. test bench. Stratix architectures. timing closure. Analog to digital and digital to analog converters. pipelining. synchronization. resource sharing. functions. library. process. Application Notes Current literature from relevant journals and conference proceedings E3 235 (AUG) 2:1 Analog and data conversion systems Linear IC applications. mm-wave and THz communication systems GAURAB BANERJEE Prerequisite: E3 238 B. VHDL: different models. concurrent and sequential statements. diode connected load and current source load. The design of CMOS Radio-frequency Integrated Circuits E3 238 (AUG) 2:1 Analog VLSI Circuits Introduction to CMOS analog circuits.. Differential amplifier. Op-Amp. Designing for single supply low power consuming circuits. Horowitz. proper resets. controller (FSM). 2004 FPGA Data sheets. coding for synthesis. Gilbert cell. F. Folded cascode.E3 231 (JAN) 2:1 Digital Systems Design with FPGAs Introduction to Digital design. FSM issues.. programming FPGA. and Hill. Mc. Frequency response of amplifiers. loops. Razavi. Design and error budget analysis of signal conditioners for low level ac and DC applications. SHA and analog multiplexers. FPGA: logic block and routing architecture. STA. E3 237 (JAN) 3:0 Integrated circuits for Wireless Communication Wireless transceiver SNR calculations. reset recovery. 4-20 ma current transmitters. Cascode amplifier. Bandgap reference. RF Microelectronics T. Design of linear power supplies. Cambridge University Press. timing issues. 1988. design methodology.. power amplifiers.K. simulation cycles. Graw Hill book Co. K. passive RF networks. Digital Design: Principles and Practices 4th Edition. setup/hold time of various types of flip-flops. case study. H. Regulated cascode current source. modulation techniques. MTBF Analysis. W. constraints. M. Pearson. linearity and noise. VHDL For Programmable Logic 1st Edition.. Common gate amplifier.. J. Matching. The art of electronics (2nd edition). P. Hierarchical design. 1992. metastability. procedures. Current source/sink/mirror. phase locked loops and frequency synthesizers. S. Common source amplifier with resistive load. VCOs. Pearson. MOS transistor DC and AC small signal parameters from large signal model. mixers. Design Scheme of Instruction Page 113 . Interfacing examples.. adders I/O circuits.. TCAM. Scheme of Instruction Page 114 . Architecture. Introduction to ARM and Cortex architecture and ARM/THUMB instruction set. Furber. Fifth Edn. user guides and application notes from manufacturers . operational amplifiers. Hands-on exercises – data acquisition. 2012. The Definitive Guide to the ARM Cortex-M3. Clocks and Power Management. 2000. Haresh Dagale Hennessy. Microelectronic Circuits. Computer organization and design: The hardware/software interface. R. Debugger. fixed-point and floatingpoint and numbers. Hintz. Introduction to Memories. K.. Sample and Hold.” Wiley International. B. (2nd Edition). and Tabak. control of power electronic converters and motor drives. and Hennnessy. development tools. power supply and clock distribution. digital systems. 2009. Arithmetic for computers. E3 239 (JAN) 2:1 Advanced VLSI Circuits Dynamic circuit design. anti aliasing filter. PSRR. The Morgan Kaufmann Series Elsevier . Multipliers. “Analysis & Design of Analog Integrated Circuits. D/A and A/D converters. Levine J. Elsevier. digital techniques in power systems measurement and protection. Introduction to embedded software development. Offset effects. Computer-controlled systems: Theory and design. J. Implementation and Programming. K. Pearson Education Limited. S. timing control loops.Cross Compiler. discrete-time systems..L. Design of Analog CMOS Integrated Circuits. D. 1996. Peripherals. Linkers and Loaders. J. Technical datasheets. Microcontrollers: Architecture. Stand-alone systems. and Smith.. Morgan Kaufmann Publishers. DC and AC response.. semiconductor memories. digital circuits for fixed-point and floating-point arithmetics. Lowpower CMOS circuits. sub threshold circuit design.C. McGraw Hill. ADC. McGraw Hill 2001 Grey. low power circuit design BHARADWAJ AMRUTUR E3 252 (JAN) 2:1 Digital Controllers for Power Applications Review of analog and digital electronics. Astrom.. slew rate. features and instruction set of a specific DSP processor. and Wittenmark.A. and Patterson. ARM System-on-Chip Architecture (2nd Edition).L. S/W Development environment . Introduction to RISC architecture. Comparator. mini-project..A. memories.of 2 stage Op-Amp. Interfacing memory with processor. GAURAB BANERJEE B. Noise.S.. Third Edn. D. Hurst & Lewis. 1992. Switched capacitor filters. Razavi. Sampling of continuous-time signals. Prentice Hall..J. assemble programming. DAC. A. finite state machines. Meyer. 1999. Oxford University Press.. K. Frequency compensation. D. Computer Architecture: A Quantitative Approach Computer Systems (5 th edition). Newnes (imprint of Elsevier). E3 257 (JAN) 2:1 Embedded Systems – I Introduction to embedded computing. Patterson. Linker. Indraneel Sen/U J Shenoy Sedra. automobile. Tummala. Single-chip (SCM) and Multi-chip modules (MCM)..E3 258 (JAN) 2:1 Design for Internet of Things Embedded Systems: Rise of embedded systems and their transition to intelligent systems and to Internet of Things . Product design methodology. PWB Technologies. Embedded passive components. flex circuits. CAD for Printed Wiring Boards (PWBs) and Design for Manufacturability (DFM). P. Computers as components Third edition. processes and product finishes. sequential build-up circuits and high-density interconnect structures. electrical test and green packaging issues. materials. Product planning. M. H S Jamadagni. hardware design elements – design.RFIDs. power and energy consumption.SPI and I2C. Advanced Electronic Packaging. Guest Faculty Current Publications in Industrial Design. throughput. boards and complete electronic systems. Structure. Creating virtual prototypes . N V Chalapathi Rao. 2001. Embedded Systems Design: Partitioning to hardware and software. Scheme of Instruction Page 115 . fabrication and assembly. Low power and very low power embedded systems. lead-free solders. data collection. Brown. Routing and application layers. Elements of aesthetics. validation. E3 264 (AUG) 2:1 Industrial Design of Electronic Equipment Introduction to industrial design. packages. Linux distributions for embedded systems using tools from Yocto project.. and documentation. 1999. Creativity techniques. P. G V Mahesh Rao R. code optimisation. peripherals and sensors in embedded systems. tools for coding.Network of interconnected and collaborating objects. thermal management of PWBs. validation and robust code generation. Fundamentals of Microsystems Packaging. W. 2012 Other online references to be provided during the course E3 262 (AUG) 2:1 Electronic Systems Packaging Electronic systems and needs. Recent trends in manufacturing like microvias. Web of Things . signal integrity. medical and consumer electronics with case studies and packaging levels.. Hardware and software protocol stacks . and Crowley. T V Prabhakar Barry. peripheral interfacing . optimisation. 2012 Wolf.D. Applications: Healthcare and home automation examples.hardware software emulation. physical integration of circuits. Graphic User Interface (GUI) design. measurement of system performance.MAC. thermo-mechanical reliability. Surface Mount Technology – design. McGraw Hill. Hands-on lab sessions. system applications like computer. software platforms – OS and applications. IEEE Press. Assignments in PCB CAD. Electrical design considerations – power distribution. Web-based Current literature. performance of these systems – estimation of speed. Morgan Kaufmann.. debugging. Morgan Kaufmann. system integration. joining methods in electronics. and testing tools. NFC. Ergonomics. Materials and processes in electronics packaging. debugging and test methodology. RF package design and Power delivery in systems. Control panel organization. Product detailing. principles of codesign. performance considerations. typical embedded processors like ATOM. Embedded systems architecture: Key hardware and software elements. Modern Embedded Computing. design for reliability. NY. and Hill. 2009 Current literature from relevant journals and conference proceedings E3 269 (AUG) 0:1 Electronic Circuits Laboratory Linear and nonlinear applications of operational amplifiers. C. Next generation electronic switch Santanu Mahapatra Taur. Electronic circuits relevant for power electronic converters. John Wiley and sons. counters and timers... Conducted and radiated noise emission and control in power circuits. ESD and latch-up phenomena. A. T. Negative differential resistance.W. John Wiley Interscience. phase-shifting circuits.. PCB design for signal integrity. Sedra. Microelectronic circuits. H. oscillators.C. The art of electronics. Tata McGraw Hill. Technical datasheets and application notes from manufacturers. E3-271 (AUG) 3:0 Reliability of Nanoscale Circuits and Systems Carrier transport and carrier energy fundamentals. Nano Materials for MOSFET channel.R.. power systems measurements and protection of power apparatus. flipflops. avalanche multiplication and breakdown. GOI and Electromigration. Inc. Integrated electronics: Analog and digital electronic circuits and systems. EMI induced failure mechanisms in power circuits.C. layout considerations for ESD and latch-up protection. Fundamentals of Modern VLSI Devices.. EMC standards and test equipment. Test models and methods.. frequency multiplier and divider circuits. Physics of ESD failure. TDDB. Voltage controlled oscillators.S. Cross talk and reflection issues in digital circuits. J.E3 266 (JAN) 2:1 Electromagnetic Compatibility Noise pickup modes and reduction techniques for analog circuits. Multiple Gate MOSFETs. ESD protection circuits. Y. General rules for ESD design. Oxford University Press. Millman. differential amplifiers. ESD issues. Advance ESD protection devices. ESD protection for Analog/RF and mixed signal modules. 1989. and Halkias. K. ESD protection devices and device physics. G Narayanan and U J Shenoy Horowitz.. NBTI/PBTI. Power supply and ground line distribution in digital circuits. 1991. P. Use of co-axial cables. Introduction to electromagnetic compatibility. hot carrier induced (HCI) degradation mechanism. ESD protection methodology. New York 1988 Paul. Noise reduction techniques in Electronic systems. phase locked loops. and Smith.. Shielding of electronic equipment. Cambridge University Press.. M K Gunasekaran Otto. H. E3 268 (JAN) 3:0 Advanced CMOS and beyond CMOS CMOS Scaling. ESD circuit simulation Scheme of Instruction Page 116 . 2nd Edition. W. Cambridge University Press. high current effects and filaments. and Ning.. comparators waveform generating circuits. C. inverting and non-inverting amplifiers. Tunnel FET. Fifth Edn. active filters. understanding parasitics. Logic circuits. ESD TCAD simulation methodology. ESD verification flow and methodology. HCI Degradation. VDMOS. Wiley publication Basic ESD and I/O Design by Sanjay Dabral and Timothy J. breakdown voltage and on-resistance trade-off. System on Chip overview and system ESD aspects. Schottky diodes and P-i-N diodes. breakdown voltage and ON-resistance trade-off. parasitic capacitance and resistances. avalanche breakdown. High field effects. Elsevier ESD RF Technology and Circuits by Steven H.F. Power Diodes: Various types of power diodes: Si diodes. Special analog and RF ESD protection devices and circuits. Drain extended MOS devices and associated week ESD robustness. CDM tester models. Impact of technology scaling on ESD behavior. high switching speed requirements for power system scaling. Vashchenko and Andrei Shibkov. power diode design essentials. Wiley publication Wolfgang Stadler. Voldman. LDMOS. carrier transport under extreme conditions. McGraw Hill. High voltage and high power circuits. ESD behavior of FinFET devices. DMOS. design and Technology: VMOS. discrete and On-chip device manufacturing technology. RF power circuits and applications. circuits and design methods History of key inventions in the field of ESD and latch-up protection.basics and requirements. Hossein Sarbishaei and Manoj Sachdev. Si High Power MOS devices. 2011 Physical Limitations of Semiconductor Devices by Vladislav A. Physics of power diodes. RF and switching characteristics. DC. Scheme of Instruction Page 117 . Wiley Nanoelectronics – Nanowires. TDDB. Review on various ESD testers and ESD test models. Maloney. Transient latch-up. Graphene and other 2D material based Nanoelectronic devices. high current effects. State-of-the-art on CDM ESD protection. DeMOS and Dual trench MOS. p-n junction. case studies related to product failures and solutions used Mayank Shrivastava Prerequisites : Solid State device Physics Basics of MOS and Bipolar junction transistors Review Papers on NBTI/PBTI. filament formation and safe operating area (SOA). high current and ultra fast transient behavior. Impact of ESD stress on CNTs. Vashchenko and V.Induced Latchup in CMOS Integrated Circuits by Ming-Dou Ker and Sheng-Fu Hsu. SiGe-FETs and other quantum well devices. Sinkevitch. Towards full chip ESD simulation. ESD Device modeling for circuit simulations. and thermal transport. problems associated with ESD testers and progress on ESD tester development. Molecular Electronics and Nanodevices by Krzysztof Iniewski. self heating. Process flow. Semiconductor Physics under extreme conditions: Basics of semiconductor device physics. High power MOS design essentials. Case studies. On-chip circuits and power management system. E3-272 (JAN) 3:0 Advanced ESD devices. Elsevier E3-274 (AUG) 3:0 Power Semiconductor Devices and Physics Power device applications: Power electronic applications. Elsevier Transient . System efficient ESD design (SEED). modeling CDM behavior and CDM simulations. Wiley 2009 ESD Design for Analog Circuits by Vladislav A. ESD devices in advanced CMOS and BiCMOS technology. Electromigration ESD in Silicon Integrated Circuits by Ajith Amerasekera and Charvaka Duvvury. System level ESD. UMOS. Mayank Shrivastava Pre-requisite: ESD Devices and Circuit Design ESD Protection Device and Design for Advanced CMOS Technologies by Oleg Semenov. Negative differential resistance and Current filaments. Negative differential resistance (NDR). Voldman. Wiley publication Advanced Simulation Methods for ESD protection development by Kai Esmark. Impact of stress & strain on ESD behavior. quasi saturation behavior. High current injection. Harald Gossner and Elsevier Publication ESD Physics and Devices by Steven H. Nicollian and J. Physical Vapour Deposition (PVD). Wiley. Compound semiconductor MESFETs and MOSFETs. Vignola Silicon Carbide Power Devices. various GaN/SiC devices. metal gate electrodes and work function engineering. Elsevier International Technology Roadmap for Semiconductors (ITRS) Current literature from journals and conference proceedings Scheme of Instruction Page 118 . Effect of strain and quantization on transistor performance. Deal. self heating effects and filament formation. Sze. B. velocity saturation and overshoot. M. 1977 Advanced Power MOSFET Concepts.Brews. Sorab Khushro Ghandhi. Hussein Ballan. McGraw Hill MOS (Metal Oxide Semiconductor) Physics and Technology" by E. Franco Bertotti. High bandgap material physics. and Griffin ULSI Technology” by S. Michel Declercq Fundamentals of Power Semiconductor Devices. Multigate FET. breakdown voltage and on-resistance trade-off. parasitic capacitance and resistances. device physics and design essentials. Silicon VLSI Technology by Plummer. state-of-the-art GaN/SiC devices and ongoing research. IGBTs and SCR: IGBTs and SCR device physics and device design essentials. Cambridge University Press Solid State Electronic Devices by Streetman and Banerjee Fundamentals of Electronic Devices by Achutan and Bhat. some methods for the preparation and characterization of nanomaterials and structures. N. 2010 High Voltage Devices and Circuits in Standard CMOS Technologies.GaN and SiC Power MOS devices: Advantage of high bandgap materials. B. Jayant Baliga. GaN/SiC device manufacturing technology. 2010 Smart Power ICs: Technologies and Applications. ballistic transport. Zhanming Li. Bhat/ S A Shivashankar Reference Books: Fundamentals of Modern VLSI Devices by Taur and Ning. DC. B. Evans. device concepts based on nanomaterials and nanostructures. Wai Tung Ng. Mayank Shrivastava Prerequisites: Basic Semiconductor Physics Semiconductor power devices: Physics of operation and fabrication technology. Yue Fu. Non idealities in MOS structure. B. self heating effects and safe operating area (SOA). Hetero structure MOSFETs. High-k dielectrics. 2005 Integrated Power Devices and TCAD Simulation. Sin Advanced High Voltage Power Device Concepts.O. metal-semiconductor source/drain junctions. World Scientific. Johnny K. Wiley Publishers. Silicon On Insulator (SOI) –PDSOI and FDSOI. Emerging Research Devices and architectures. McGraw Hill Encyclopedia of Materials Characterization” Edited by Brundle. scaling of properties with particle size. Navakanta Bhat / K. Jayant Baliga. C-V and I-V characteristics Nano MOSFET performance metrics.H. Germanium Nano MOSFETs.R. Wilson. edited by Bruno Murari. Jayant Baliga. breakdown voltage and on-resistance trade-off. quantum confinement. Guiovanni A. MOS capacitor as a building block of FET: Ultrathin SiO2 growth. Jayant Baliga. 2011 E3 327 (AUG) 3:0 Nanoelectronics Device Technology Overview of Nanoelectronics devices and materials requirement. quasi saturation behavior. RF and switching characteristics. non classical transistor structure : Transport in Nano MOSFET. Characteristics of nanomaterials. 1979 and 1987. real-time considerations. John Wiley and Sons. and Rao. basic requirements and techniques for building knowledge-based systems. Bialek. 2006.. single/multiprocessor based..1996. sampling and analog to digital conversion. adaptive relaying. New relaying principles based on AI techniques. and transformers. Yegnanarayana.. 1997. A Course in Fuzzy Systems and Control. 1988. Prentice Hall of India. A. 1997. transmission networks.. Phadke. Prentice-Hall Intl. Performance issues of current and voltage transformers. software considerations. Computer Relaying for Power Systems. loads and control equipment. Power System Dynamics. H. Power System Dynamics and Stability. Intl Edition. power system stabilizers. Current Literature. 1997. ANN approach and Fuzzy Logic (FL) methods for fault detection and fault location. Scheme of Instruction Page 119 .B. E4 231 (AUG) 2:1 Power System Dynamics and Control Introduction to system dynamics. and Von.E4 Power Drives E4 221 (AUG) 3:0 DSP and AI Techniques in Power System Protection Evolution in protection systems.. Relaying algorithms. BPB Publcations. C++ Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic. Inc. C. Overview of the current practice of power systems planning and operation and the problems of the basic mathematical tools used. IEE journals. Current Literature.. Stability and Control. Indraneel Sen Padiyar.. generators. restoration. Knowledge based systems/expert systems. decision and control in monitoring operation.R. J.G.R.. J. Fuzzy systems and control. 1970. K. D Thukaram Wang. II.. Li-Xin. and Bumby. hardware design concepts – microcontroller/DSP based. applications of fuzzy control. A. Chapman and Hall. Digital protection schemes for transmission lines. small signal stability-low frequency oscillations – methods of analysis for single and multi-machine systems. University of Saskatchewan. U J Shenoy Warrington. New Delhi.. J. Playback simulators for testing of protective relays. IEEE Tutorial Course on Microprocessor Relays and Protection Systems.V. concepts of stability. CIGRE. fault locators. Prabha Kundur. Machowski. Power System Stability and Control. Interline Publishing. V. E4 232 (AUG) 3:0 Intelligent Systems applications in Power Systems Review of Artificial Intelligent (AI) techniques.R. signal conditioning. Application examples in power systems. J.W. software tools for digital simulation of relaying signals. Artificial Neural Networks. 1999. Introduction to computer relaying. John Wiley. and Thorp.. Rao. integrated substation protection and control. Vol. Tata McGraw Hill Edn. Technical papers from IEEE transactions. B. 1996. Artificial Neural Networks (ANNs). IEEE Tutorial Course on Advancement in Microprocessor Based Protection and communication. Protective Relaying: Theory and Practice. Power Systems Research Group. modeling of generator. Kluwer Academic Publishers. P. B. Computer Methods in Power System Analysis. Analysis of Faulted Power Systems. 2001. Generation and measurement of high ac. optimal dispatch based on offers and bids. E4 236 (JAN) 3:0 Planning and Management of Deregulated Power Systems Operation of vertically integrated power systems. 2001. data acquisition. Arnold.L. models and examples of deregulated operation. and Fink. B. L. Ltd. A.E. 1989. competitive electricity markets.M. M. pricing schemes... 3 phase models. USA. Power Generation. Reactive Power Control in Electrical Power System. Prentice Hall of India Pvt.E.. M..L.D. John Wiley and Sons. SCADA/EMS system. sparse matrix techniques. J. and Council. 1998.. Galiana. New operation and planning policies.). Automatic Generation Control (AGC)... independent power producers. load flow analysis.. security-oriented functions. programming consideration for large system. Bhattacharya. condition monitoring and asset management of high voltage power apparatus.. transmission pricing and congestion. E5 High Voltage and Insulation Engineering E5 201 (AUG) 2:1 High Voltage Engineering Introduction to testing. G. dc and impulse voltages in test laboratories. Calibration and traceability of Scheme of Instruction Page 120 . A. 1983. reactive power/voltage control. D Thukaram Wood. G. Anderson. McGraw Hill Inc.J.J. and Horker. 1978. Prabha Kundur.P. allocation of spinning reserve. G. security assessment. Prentice Hall of India Ltd. D Thukaram and P S Nagendra Rao Lai. McGraw Hill Inc... Russel.H. 1989. Prabha Kundur. Generation and measurement of impulse current. Computer Aided Power System Analysis. J. John Wiley and Sons Ltd.J. application of intelligent techniques in energy control centres. L..E. load forecasting. Computer Aided Power System Analysis... cogeneration. AC/DC systems. Ilic. Kluwer Academic Publishers. Digital techniques in HV measurements.. and El Abiad. Voltage stability assessment.. Wiley. 1984. and Daalder.. Restructured Power Systems. Kusic.F. P S Nagendra Rao Kusic. McGraw Hill. preventive and restorative controls.J. fast-decoupled solution. John Wiley. Operation and Control.W. 1983. Arilaga. contingency analysis. Computer Modelling of Electrical Power Systems. K. security oriented economic load despatch. Power System restructuring and deregulation. 1984. Miller. Power System Stability and Control. unit commitment. Power System Control and Protection. Academic press. C. power wheeling.. transmission planning under uncertainty. and Wallenberg. B..L. Iowa State University Press. (ed.H. state estimation. demand side bidding. T. F. generation scheduling. Stagg. E4 234 (AUG) 3:0 Advanced Computer Aided Power Systems Analysis Review of matrix representation of power systems. Power System restructuring Engineering and Economics.E4 233 (JAN) 3:0 Computer Control of Power Systems State transition diagram. Bollen. fault analysis. computer configuration for higher order power system control. Power System Stability and Control. M.. Joy Thomas M Kuffel. Oxford. Bharat Heavy Electricals Limited. Garzon. pollution test. and Boya Jian. 345 kV and above EPRI. Protection of Apparatus against Overvoltages.L. L Satish and B S Rajanikanth Bernard Hochart. and Jones G..the measurements. Surge arresters. HV Circuit Breakers – Design and Applications. images in two-layer soil. Udaya Kumar. (ed. M. corona. modern techniques. use of PSPICE. R. behaviour of apparatus and line insulation under overvoltages. 2001. Ryan. transient fields due to finite conductivity. E5 212 (JAN) 3:0 Computational Methods for Electrostatics Laplace’s and Poisson’s equations in insulation design. E. and Kuffel. Power Circuit Breaker: Theory and Design. principle of EMTP lightning discharges.. Partial discharges. SFRA. voltage distribution and composite stress testing.. Cambridge University Press. equivalent circuit. 1987.. 1998. natural frequencies and its measurement. 12th Edn. Marcel and Dekker NY. Capacitance and tan  . 1996. Blume. Udaya Kumar Sadiku.P. ladder network representation. W. Dielectric response analysis. method of images. R. methods of analysis and calculation. P. L. short circuit forces. J. Butterworth-Heineman press. finite element and charge simulation methods tutorials and demonstration on PC. numerical methods.. Non-destructive insulation diagnostics. Finite Elements for Electrical Engineers. 1951. Flurscheim. 1980. VFTO in GIS. Plenum Press.N.S. Selected journal papers. short circuit testing. M J Heathcote. Transformers. Silvester. origin and characteristics of lightning and switching overvoltages. PDC and recovery voltage. Programming assignments. Newnes. John Wiley and Sons. 1989. Zaengl. Current literature from journals and conference proceedings. 2000. and Ferrari. DGA. diagnostics and condition monitoring of transformers. Transformer Engineering. Layout and clearances as well as shielding and grounding of HV lab. Peter Peregrinus Ltd. Laboratory experiments on the above topics.H. short circuit currents. Electromagnetic Fields. TRV.).. 1984. 1951. impulse testing. SF6 Circuit Breaker. E5 206 (JAN) 3:0 HV Power Apparatus HV power transformers. electric arcs. 1975. Dover.. Safety regulations for high voltage tests.D.E.. CRC Press. Second Edn. Introduction to HV switching devices. Transmission Line Reference Book. Introduction to relevant national and international standards. H. Surges in High Voltage Networks.F. measurement of insulation resistance. CB types. L Satish Ragaller. surge phenomenon. Scheme of Instruction Page 121 .O Numerical Techniques in Electromagnetic. finite difference.M..High Voltage Engineering Fundamentals'. Weber.R. oil and SF6 CB. High current tests on surge arresters. E5 209 (JAN) 3:0 Over voltages in Power Systems Transient phenomena on transmission lines. C. Butterworth.. 1996. Dry and wet tests. Peter Peregrinus Ltd. K. air. standing and traveling wave theory. Tata McGraw Hill. Power Transformer Handbook.. The J & P Transformer Book. RIV. insulation co-ordination. for both ac and dc high voltages. porcelain. Computer simulation for estimation of electrical surface and bulk stress.231(JAN) 2:1 OUTDOOR INSULATION Electric power transmission. Overhead transmission lines. UK. ETC. Magnetic pulse compression. Types of line and station insulators up to 1200 kV. 1 & 2. EPRI. Overhead line insulators. Arizona. Homopolar generators. HVDC insulators. 1990.E5 213 (JAN) 3:0 EHV/UHV Power Transmission Engineering Electrical power transmission by HVAC and HVDC. Insulation requirements for pulsed power systems. outdoor insulation functions. environmental. Deterioration of synthetic insulator due to UV rays and corona. Peter Peregrinus Ltd. Insulator performance in polluted environment. wall/equipment bushings. EHV cable transmission . wall/equipment bushings. Joy Thomas M Begamudre R. Aging mechanisms and failure modes. lab experiments on insulator discs/strings for dry/wet (artificial rain) and polluted conditions. “Electrical Insulation”. Temporary. Extra High Voltage AC Transmission Engineering –Wiley Eastern Limited. Subba Reddy B and Udaya Kumar Transmission Line Reference book 345 kV and above. A Bradwell. Power conditioning systems. High Voltage substations-AIS and GIS. Performance of Insulators in polluted/contaminated conditions and remedial measures. Applications of pulsed power systems. glass. mechanical. FCG. London. Switching devices. UWB. Current literature from journals and conference proceedings. Phoenix. Design of line insulation for power frequency voltage. and extraneous and their implications.. solid and magnetic insulation and their behaviour under pulsed voltages. overhead lines. Explosively driven FCGs. Scheme of Instruction Page 122 . air insulated substations. Over voltages in power systems. 1990 Transmission line Reference Book 345 kV & above. Grounding of towers and substations. Electrical Power Research Institute. 1987. air insulated substations. Pulsed power generators. synthetic/composite. thermal. pulsed power systems for high power lasers. AC & DC. Measurement techniques of pulsed power parameters. lightning and Switching over voltages. Laboratory experiments on the above topics Joy Thomas M Advances in Pulsed Power Technology. Corona & associated power loss. liquid. HVDC insulators. Current literature from journals and conference proceedings. Types of line and station insulators up to 1200 kV. E5 215 (AUG) 2:1 Pulsed Power Engineering Overview of Pulsed Power Engineering. overhead lines. USA 1999. Edward Cherney and Jeffrey Burnham.underground cables and GIL. PFN schemes. 1982 Ravi S Gorur. Mechanical vibration of conductors. NEMP and ESD simulators. Railgun. HPM. Surface voltage gradient on conductors. Plenum Press. E5 231 (JAN) 2:1 Outdoor Insulation Electric power transmission. lightning and switching over voltages. Materials used for outdoor insulation. Marx circuits. Vol. 1983 E5 . “Outdoor Insulators”. Maintenance and inspection of insulators in service. Pulse modulators. text book. Bundled conductors. Insulation Co-ordination. wood. USA. Journal Publications. 1982 USA. Energy storage devices.D. Field experience and standards employed for the evaluation. outdoor insulation functions. AC & DC. Pulse transformers. Pulsed power systems for biological and pollution control applications.gaseous. text book. Types of stresses – electrical. (EPRI). IRA. Fields under transmission lines. Radio-noise and Audio-noise & their measurement. New York. Palo Alto. 2003 Scheme of Instruction Page 123 . E Kuffel. “Outdoor Insulators”. Inc. Recent Journal/Conference and CIGRE publications. Recent IEEE Journal/Conference and CIGRE publications. “Guide for the selection of insulators in respect of polluted conditions”. security and safety requirements. ground end electric and magnetic fields. Leroy. textbook published by Butter worth. methodology. NY. Deterioration of synthetic insulator due to UV rays and corona. Edward Cherney and Jeffrey Burnham. Peter Peregrinus Ltd. Computer simulation for estimation of electrical surface and bulk stress. review on insulation coordination/overvoltages for UHV systems. for both ac and dc high voltages. second edition. Design considerations of UHV Substations. Dec 2009. A Bradwell.Materials used for outdoor insulation. earth wire/OPGW. medium and heavy polluted areas. IEEE Std 4-1995. 1982. 2004 Transmission Line Reference Book 345kV and above. International standard. New Delhi. "Insulators for Icing and polluted environments". present status and future growth. USA 1999. Performance of Insulators in polluted/contaminated conditions and remedial measures. switching and lightning surges. IEC-60826.. Upgradation of existing transmission lines. Palo Alto. "Renewable and Efficient Electric Power Systems". earthing and safety measures for 765/1200kV HV substations. John Wiley & Sons. Palo Alto. Types of stresses – electrical. 1982. 1995. right of way (ROW). Subba Reddy B & Udaya Kumar Transmission Line Reference Book 345kV and above. Masters. J. Assignments involving computation of potential distribution. 2000. IEEE Press. UK. “Design criteria of overhead transmission lines”. text book. 1986. Rakosh Das Begamudre. text book. “ Extra High Voltage AC Transmission Engineering”. porcelain. USA. EPRI. Transmission towers. synthetic/composite. 1983 T. Arizona.. Phoenix. Insulators for High Voltage. USA. Aging mechanisms and failure modes. Field experience and standards employed for the evaluation. “Electrical Insulation”. types of conductors/accessories. and extraneous and their implications.3-22 “Technical requirements for substations exceeding 800 kV”. “High Voltage Engg. 2000. USA. Maintenance and inspection of insulators in service. Fundamentals”. introduction to 765/1200kV AC and ±500/800 kV DC transmission systems. wind/ice loading. publishers. W S Zaengl and J Kuffel. Brochure No: 400. Comparison of AIS. IEEE Standard "Techniques for High Voltage Testing". bundle configurations. mechanical. “Polluted Insulators: A review of current knowledge”. reliability. 2000. thermal. London.calculations of clearances for power frequency. Brent Mills. High performance metal oxide surge arresters. New Age International(P) Ltd. Peter Peregrinus Ltd. text book. HTLS. EPRI. glass. recent advances in UHV power transmission. wood. text book. Ravi S Gorur. Publication. Looms. A John Wiley & Sons. 1970 Masoud Farzaneh and William Chisholm. IEC Report Publication – 60815. London. installed capacity and projected growth. 2:1 Advances in ELECTRIC POWER TRANSMISSION Overview of primary and renewable energy sources. environmental. Hybrid-AIS and GIS. CIGRE Working Group SC B. Inc. components of HV transmission systems. Design criteria for overhead transmission lines: general system design. lab experiments on insulator discs/strings for dry/wet (artificial rain) and polluted conditions. Subba Reddy B Gilbert M. UK. Publication 2009.Heinemann (Newness publishers). "Porcelain Insulators & how they grew". CIGRE Task force 33-04-01. E5-232 (May-June) Summer Term. 1988. selection of insulators for light. introduction to nanodielectrics electrical degradation – treeing. gas insulated substations and transmission lines.S. Zaengl. cables. breakdown in vacuum. partial breakdown. solid and composite insulation. Breakdown mechanisms under dc and 50 Hz ac voltages in gaseous insulation. filled polymers for HV applications.E. capacitors. bushings. attachment.ionization. breakdown in compressed gases. Butterworth-Heineman press. time lags in breakdown. solid and composite insulation. and Kuffel J.W. breakdown under impulse voltages. space charge in dielectrics. liquid. 2000 / Papers from IEEE Trans on Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Scheme of Instruction Page 124 .E5 253 (AUG) 2:1 Dielectrics and Electrical Insulation Engineering Introduction to dielectrics and electrical insulation systems used in high voltage power apparatus: gaseous. classification of polymers. circuit breakers. Design of insulation systems used in various power apparatus (case studies) . Joy Thomas M Kuffel. multistress ageing. Laboratory experiments on the above topics. corona. polymer structure and morphology..High Voltage Engineering Fundamentals. volt-time characteristics of breakdown. vacuum. Paschen’s law. high voltage rotating machines. permittivity and dielectric loss. behaviour of electrical insulation under electric stress. Computational dielectrics. stochastic models of breakdown. tracking & erosion. polarization.transformers. relaxation. liquid.. Oxford. breakdown under high frequency voltages. polymers as dielectrics in various electrical equipments. Townsend and streamer theories. partial discharge. McGraw Hill 2nd Edition.. Robert Ericson. inverter circuits-self oscillating and driven inverter circuits... L Umanand Mohan. six step and pulse width modulated operation. Leonhard W. India. Taylor & Francis Group. Fundamentals of Power Electronics. Voltage source drives. Permanent-Magnet-Synchronous and Brushless DC motor Drives. control and protection of power switching devices. Brushless Permanent-Magnet and Reluctance Motor Drives. 2010. design of magnetics. AC motor operation from inverters. G Narayanan Mohan N. Oxford Science Publications... Springer Miller T. G Narayanan Ranganathan V.. MOSFET. single and multiquadrant operation of choppers.J. current hysteresis PWM and space vector PWM control of three phase inverters. 3rd Edition. Undeland and Robbins. 2009 E6 202 (AUG) 2:1 Design of Power Converters Power semiconductor switches. Choppers. Power Electronics: Essentials and Applications.D. sinusoidal PWM control . K Gopakumar Scheme of Instruction Page 125 . DC motor speed control.. closed loop control of drives. Static inverters-Voltage source inverters.. inverter control. closed loop control of AC drives. Front end Ac to DC converter. 1989 Krishnan R. John Wiley. six step operation. Principles. 1997 Umanand L. Multilevel inverters and its control. electromagnetic elements and their design. IGBT). Electric Machinery.E. 1989 Umanand. Analysis and Design . IISc. V/f operation. John Wiley and Sons. Applications and Design. 2005-06 Fitzgerald A. E6 211 (JAN) 3:0 Electric Drives Closed loop control of DC drives. and Umans S. chapters 1 to 7. thermal issues and heat sink calculation. choppers for dc to dc power conversion. pulse width modulation. snubber circuits. inverters. magnetics for switched mode power conversion. Power switching devices (BJT. Course Notes. Tata McGraw Hill.C. 2003. chopper controlled drives. Power Electronics. Chapman & Hall..T. Power Electronics: Converters. efficiency and losses in power electronic circuits. 1989. High frequency switching power supplies. E6 212 (JAN) 3:0 Design and Control of Power Converters and Drives Basics of phase controlled converters. 2009. Current Literature. John Wiley. magnetic amplifiers. drive circuits for MOSFETs and IGBTs. Power Electronics:Essentials and Applications. dc-dc switched mode converter circuits. rectifier circutis. Current source inverter. Speed control of induction motor. L. non-isolated and isolated converters. CRC Press. Wiley India. 1989 Chryssis. G. Electric Drives. dynamic equivalent circuit model of induction motor and vector control of induction motor.E. Kingsley C Jr. Control of Electrical Drives. Generation of the three phase PWM signals from sampled reference phase amplitudes and PWM control in overmodulation region.E6 Electronic Power Drives E6 201 (AUG) 2:1 Power Electronics Overview. steady state analysis. Solar Energy Journal. Fundamentals of Power Electronics. space vector based PWM. Applications for pumping/refrigeration. Issa Batarseh. R. frequency programmed and sliding mode control. Calculation of switching and conduction losses. 2004. McGraw Hill Book Co. Undeland and Robbins. 1995. 2004. E6 224 (AUG) 3:0 Topics in Power Electronics and Distributed Generation Introduction to distribution systems. Scheme of Instruction Page 126 . unity power factor rectifiers. Vinod John Ramanarayanan V. Lecture notes E6 221 (JAN) 3:0 Switched Mode Power Conversion Switched mode power converters: Characteristics. constant V/F induction motor drives. H.. Analysis and Control. relaying requirements for DG systems. Power Electronics. bus clamping PWM. G Narayanan Mohan.Leonhard W. 1998. E6 223 (AUG) 3:0 PWM Converters and Applications AC/DC and DC/AC power conversion. 1997. fault calculations. Current Literature. 1985 Mohan. Course Notes. Prentice Hall.. Solar power drives. Solar radiation and measurement.. Undeland and Robbins. Influence of insolation and temperature. dynamic analysis and frequency domain models. IISc. intentional and unintentional islanding. Solar cell and their characterization. Proceedings of IEEE Photovoltaics Specialists Conference. HS. Chapman and Hall. 1989 Krishnan. controllers. 1989. NY.Oxford Press.M. McGraw Hill. design for efficiency and reliability. inverter modeling. DC power conditioning. E6 222 (JAN) 2:1 Design of Photovoltaic Systems Introduction to photovoltaic energy conversion. 198: Ruschenbach.. Power converters for grid interconnection and micro-source-side power converter topologies.. Maximum power point tracking. Control of Electrical Drives . advanced PWM techniques. Power converter design trade-off considering efficiency and reliability. Robert Ericson. AC power conditioners for grid connection. 1980. Erickson R W. fault contribution and protection coordination with Distributed Generation (DG). Fundamentals of Power Electronics. Gopakumar K. dynamic model of a PWM converter. control methods. March 2001. and White. estimation of current ripple and torque ripple in inverter fed drives. component selection. Overview of applications of voltage source converters. Solar Cells from B to Advanced Systems. resistor emulation principle and applications to rectifiers and active filters. current programmed. Power Electronic Circuits. Springer-Verlag. Converters. Chapman & Hall. practical devices in converter. Applications and Design. Compensation for dead time and DC voltage regulation. Elements of Power Electronics. impact on distribution system voltage profile. pulse modulation techniques for 1-phase and 3-phase bridges. grounding and filtering requirements. John Wiley and Sons. John Wiley. Line-side converters with power factor compensation. Electrical storage with Batteries. L Umanand Chenming. Control requirements for DG. Power Electronics : Converters. stress and sizing of elements. Philip T krein. 1997. Economic analysis of PV system. constituent elements. operating principles. CCE. Vithyathil J. duty ratio. Power Electronics: Principles and Applications. Switched Mode Power Conversion. Energy analysis of PV system. design of feed back compensators. multilevel converters. Electric Motor drives: Modelling. Solar Cell Array Design Hand Varmostrand. Application and Design. R. John Wiley and Sons. Reinhold. slip ring induction motor drives. Ramanarayanan V. harmonics.phase locking. Undelnad. Tore M. W. Arthur R. Scheme of Instruction Page 127 . three level inverters. E6 311 (JAN) 3:0 Selected Topics in Control of AC Motor Drives Vector-control of induction and permanent magnet synchronous motor drives. 1999. voltage and frequency windows. Robbins (3 Edition).. Vittal.. Vector Control of AC Machines. Wiley 2002. Power Systems Analysis (2nd Ed) Prentice Hall. Springer Verlog. direct self-control. advanced PWM schemes. current literature. simulation exercises and mini projects. current control. Bergen. 1985. self-commissioning. Oxford University Press. datasheets. DC bus control. power quality. Switched Mode Power Conversion. parameter adaptation. William P. A substantial portion of the course will consist of student seminars. G Narayanan / Vinod John Pre-requisites: E6 201 and E6 211 Leonhard. Control of Electric Drives. unbalance. P.. surges. Power Electronics: Converters. Current literature. Vinod John IEEE papers and standards. 1990. Applications and Design. Ned Mohan. Vas. sensorless operation. 2007. Transmitter design. E7 231 (JAN) 3:0 Scheme of Instruction Page 128 . Suhara. Haruna. Noise. modulators. diffraction. T. Classical and quantum descriptions of light. micro-opto-electromechanical systems. L. and T. McGraw Hill. diffusion. integrated optics. analog and digital systems. data transmission. Keiser. Koch. light propagation. resonators. Tamir. Kar and T. Optical Fiber Telecommunications IIIA and IIIB. Springer-Verlag. 1991 I. Applications: photonic switch matrices. VLSI photonics T. 1988 E. polarizers. Technology: materials – glass. sensitivity. Optical Fiber Communications. P. J. low. amplifiers. mux/demux. Guided-wave optoelectronics. polymers. transmit receive modules. Tata – Mc Graw Hill. coherent communication systems. Pollock and M.E7 Photonic Devices E7 211 (JAN) 3:0 Photonics Integrated Circuits Principles: Introduction to Photonics. Optical fibers. 2nd Edition. Kluwer Pub. packaging and environmental issues. Optical transmitters: LEDs. Integrated Photonics. Nishihara. nanophotonics. modes. (ed). 1999. Addison Wesley. simulation of optical fiber modes. Murphy. process and device characterization. nonlinear effects. Srinivas. MOEMS. optical signal processing and computing. WDM system. gratings. Fourier optics. SRINIVAS/T. electro-optic. Current literature: Special issues of journals and review articles E7 213 (AUG) 3:0 Introduction to Photonics This is a foundation level optics course which intends to prepare students to pursue advanced topics in more specialized areas of optics such as biophotonics. circuits for smart optical sensors. Broadband local area optical networks and WDM systems. optoelectronics integrated circuits. 2002. tutorial on optical fiber system design. Introduction to topics of current interest: all optical networks. plasmonics MANOJ VARMA / AMBARISH GHOSH Bahaa Saleh and Malvin Teich. Optical Integrated Circuits. bends. Kaminov and T. microwave photonics. numerical techniques and simulation tools. R. compound semiconductors. tapers.. (Editor). 1997. magneto-optic and non-linear optic effects. long distance telecommunications using optical amplifiers and solitons. coherence and lasers. holography. fabrication – lithography. optical modulation. optical waveguide theory. M. McGraw-Hill. planar lightwave circuits. Marcel and Dekker. waveguides and fiber optics. Lip Son. BADRINARAYANA C. Optical Fiber Communications. anisotropic materials. imaging. Optical receivers: Photodetectors. G. delay line circuits for antenna arrays. 2003. lithium niobate. video. dispersion. Selvarajan. (2nd edition). non-linear optics etc. Semiconductor Lasers. acousto-optic. Integrated Optical Circuits and Components: Design and Applications. Wiley & Sons (1991) Hecht E. T SRINIVAS/ ES SHIVALEELA A. polarization. switches. 1990 H. Principles and Systems. Optics. S. silicon. Receiver design. System design and performance: voice. deposition. ion-exchange. photonic bandgap structures. Academic Press. Experiments on characteristics of optical fibers. interference. analog and digital link. filters. 2001 E7 221 (AUG) 2:1 Fiber-Optic Communication Introduction to fiber optics. standards. sources and detectors. photonic waveguide components – couplers. Fundamentals of Photonics. V. Sivarajan. Photonics switching. Control and Management. Broadcast and select networks. Introduction to DWDM Technology. T SRINIVAS / E S SHIVALEELA Prerequisite: E7 221 or equivalent R. 2000 Current literature: special issues of journals and review articles Scheme of Instruction Page 129 . Deployment considerations. Wavelength routing networks. Morgan Kufmann Publishers 2002. S. Virtual topology design. Components for optical networks. Kattalopoulos. (2nd Ed). IEEE Press. Access networks. Recent developments and futuristic issues. N. Ramaswami and K.Fiber-Optic Networks Introduction to Fiber-optic networks. Optical Networks: A practical Perspective. fabrication and testing of some basic passive and active circuits with Industry Standard Softwares. Ray.E8 Electromagnetics. personal communication systems. smith chart. Udaya Kumar Kraus. Electric Field Integral Equation. 1 st Ed. Maxwell’s equations. Gibson: The Method of Moments in Electromagnetics. Peterson.. Surface equivalence principle. Artech House Andrew F. definitions and basic principles of planar antennas. Magnetostatic formulation. periodic structures. Scott L. J. Microstrip and Coplanar waveguide implementations. Numerical dispersion and stability. Antenna and scattering problems with FDTD. elastance and capacitance co-efficient. non-uniform grids. Behavior of passive IC components and networks. DIPANJAN GOPE/K J VINOY A. impedance matching. varactors. time-varying fields. Wiley-IEEE Press E8-242 (JAN) 2:1 Radio Frequency Integrated Circuits and Systems Introduction to wireless systems. Review of EM Fundamentals and Transmission line Theory. conformal grids. terminated transmission lines.R. Taflove and SC Hagness Computational Electrodynamics: The Finite Difference Time Domain Method. Microwaves and Antennas E8 201 (AUG) 3:0 Electromagnetism Review of basic electrostatics. MEMS technologies and components for RF applications: RF MEMS switches. Electrostatic formulation. Harrington: Field Computation by Moment Methods. series and parallel RLC circuits. Electromagnetics. electric field due to steady currents. Chapman and Hall Roger F. microwave network analysis. W. Perfectly matched absorbing boundary conditions. phenomena of induction.. ABCD parameters. simultaneous tuning of 2 port circuits. Green’s reciprocation theorem. Dispersive materials. biasing techniques. scalar and vector potentials. Jeans. RF circuitAdvanced topics in numerical electromagnetics based on recent literature About the course The course will have programming assignments (using Matlab/Fortran/C++). Scheme of Instruction Page 130 .. vector potential. Course will have Lab component involving design. Direct and Iterative Solvers. Static and Dynamic Electricity. IEEE Press Series on Electromagnetic Wave Theory Walton C. J. S parameters. E8 202 (AUG) 2:1 Computational Electromagnetics Maxwell’s equations. Finite difference time domain methods: 1D wave propagation. Raj Mittra: Computational Methods for Electromagnetics. components and interconnects at high frequencies Basics of high frequency amplifier design. High frequency effects in circuits and systems. New York. Introduction to microwave antennas. Cambridge University Press. . CRLH meta materials for microwave circuits and components. inductors and filters. introduction to magnetostatics. McGraw Hill Book Company. dielectrics and boundary conditions.D.H.. yee Algorithm. 3ed Ed. Smythe. noise and distortion.. Magnetic Field Integral Equation. 1st Ed. 1993. The Mathematical Theory of Electricity and Magnetism.. resonant structures using distributed transmission lines. Wave equations. McGraw Hill International. energy and forces. systems of charges and conductors. fundamental theorems in EM Method of moments: Greens Functions. self and mutual inductance. Heck: Advanced Signal Integrity for High Speed Designs. EMI: Partial Element Equivalent Circuit Method. Hall and Howard. Via Models 3D Electrical Analysis for SI. Reflection. Signal Integrity (SI). Simultaneous Switching Noise Fundamentals of: Crosstalk. PI. Proximity Effect. Skineffect. Jitter.A Jose. L. Equalizer. Delay. J Vinoy. Channel Simulation: SPICE with S-parameters. Preemphasis. Thermal Interface MaterialRecent Trends: 3DICs..5D Electrical Analysis for PI: Multilayered Finite Difference Method with gap and fringe corrections. Prentice Hall Scheme of Instruction Page 131 . John Wiley 2003 D M Pozar. K. Johnson and Martin Graham: High Speed Signal Propagation: Advanced Black Magic. Heat sinks. 3D Thermal Analysis: Finite Difference Method. Microwave Engineering. Loss. K. VINOY D M Pozar. Electromagnetic Interference (EMI). Microwave and RF Wireless Systems T H Lee. Through-silicon Vias DIPANJAN GOPE Stephen H.. 2003. Frequency and time domain simulation 2. 2009.K. J. IEEE Computer Society Press Howard W.. 2007. Multiconductor transmission line method.. Power Integrity (PI). Prentice Hall Madhavan Swaminathan and Ege Engin: Power Integrity Modeling and Design for Semincorductors and Systems. Heat Dissipation 2D Electrical Analysis for SI: RLGC extraction. The design of CMOS Radio Frequency Integrated Circuits V K Varadan. RF MEMS and Their Applications E8 262 (JAN) 3:0 CAD for High Speed Chip-Package-Systems Moore’s law and its effect on interconnect technology: System level challenges.. Eye-diagram. Inter-symbol Interference. Thermal vias. discrete Cosine transform (DCT). Davenport. robust estimation. optimality. null space property. Tata McGraw-Hill E9 202 (JAN) 3:0 Advanced Digital Signal Processing : Non-linear Filters Non-linear signal processing. DCT. Non-linear signal processing: A statistical approach. Lefilter. Basic theory: l 1 minimization. group delay. RIP and random matrices. frequency response. Mallows Theorem link between linear and non-linear smoothers and filters. Recovery algorithms and their performance guarantees. Johnson-Lindenstrauss Lemma Stable signal recovery and the restricted eigenvalue property. weighted median smoother. Prentice Hall 1998. Elad. and their consequences. “Sparse and Redundant Representations”. Myriad filtering. Median smoothers. z-transform. Astola and P. Duarte. Special/advanced topics upon student request. Discrete-time Signal Processing . Digital Signal processing : A Computer-Based Approach – Sanjit K Mitra. K Rajgopal Digital Signal Processing . Fundamentals of non-linear digital filtering. MURTHY Pre-requisite: Random Processes.” Radon Series Comp.E9 Signal Processing E9 201 (AUG) 3:0 Digital Signal Processing Discrete-time signals and systems. Matrix Theory M. 2010. F. discrete Fourier transform (DFT). “An Introduction to Compressive Sensing.. L.. generalized Gaussian and stable distributions. M. Math. 1997. Non-Gaussian models. fast Fourier transform (FFT) algorithms. 1 Threshold decomposition of signals. necessary and sufficient conditions for l0 – l1 equivalence. stacking property. Kuosmanen. John-Wiley 2000. R. rank-order filters. A. bandpass signal representation. Sicuranza. “Compressive Sensing and Structured Random Matrices. Wiley 2004.Proakis and Manolakis . discrete Sine transform (DST). M. CHANDRA R. Rauhut. R. Introduction to linear prediction. E9 211 (JAN) 3:0 Adaptive Signal Processing Scheme of Instruction Page 132 . joint densities. Appl. Mutual coherence and the Restructed Isometry property. Baranuik. Non-linear filters based on Votterra series. Hegde. Sprinter. H.” Rice University Connextions Course. relationship between DFT. E9 203 (JAN) 3:0 Compressed Sensing and Sparse Signal Processing Introduction to Compressed Sensing.AV Oppenheim. finite word length effects. 2011. CRC Press. convolution. Weighted median filtering. C. bandpass sampling theorem.PHI. Arce. momemts. G. Hilbert transform. Generalized median/mean filtering : Lestimator. Hilbert transform relations for causal signals. RW Schafer. non-linear filters. design of FIR and IIR filters. 2011. positive Boolean function and stack filterting Introduction to order statistics. V. Faculty Pre-requisite: E9-201 or equivalent. John Mathews and G. “Polynomial Signal Processing”. J. and DST. Karhunen-Loève transform. fast transversal. filterbank interpretation of STFT.BT method. Shannon. ARMA processes . variable stepsize. Iterative solution. the short-time Fourier transform (STFT). Parametric methods for Rational Spectra: . Prony methods. Wiener Solution. Lipschitz regularity. Introduction to Higher-Order Spectra K V S HARI Matlab based assignments. Fix-Strang conditions. Properties. Quantization: optimum Lloyd-Max algorithm.Periodogram. vanishing moments. Time Frequency Analysis Prentice Hall 1995 S. Adaptive Filters. Formulation of the Spatial spectrum problem. analytic wavelets. Chandra Sekhar S / Prasanta Ghosh L. Banach space.Mallat. filtering and prediction. Bias and Variance analysis . regularity. Ref: Introduction to Spectral Analysis by Stoica and Moses. multi resolution analysis. sign. Riesz bases. E9 213 (JAN) 3:0 Time-Frequency Analysis Time-frequency distributions: temporal and spectral representations of signals. global averages and local averages. MA. Frames. Haar and Battle-Lemarié wavelets. Lossless and lossy. Levinson-Durbin algorithm . leaky. dyadic wavelet transform. E9 221 (AUG) 3:0 Signal Quantization and Compression Speech. channel equalization.Cohen.Modified Periodogram methods: Bartlett. subspace parameter estimation. orthogonal bases. Block LMS (BLMS) algorithm: frequency domain BLMS (FBLMS). transform domain LMS algorithm using DFT and DCT. Daubechies wavelets. instantaneous frequency. 2009. orthonormal bases. Gabor transform Spaces and bases: Hilbert space. E9 212 (JAN) 3:0 Spectrum Analysis Estimation of PSD from finite data: Nonparametric methods: . Meyer. instantaneous bandwidth. K Rajgopal Ali H Sayed. Parametric methods for line spectra (sinusoids in noise) -Models of sinusoids in noise . Window design considerations. least mean square gradient algorithm (LMS). of method of steepest descent and its convergence criteria.Yule-Walker method. Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle. Third Edition. multicomponent signals. biorthogonal bases. noise cancelling acoustic and line echo cancellation. Cohen’s class of distributions (kernel method). fast lattice RLS and affine projection algorithms. Applications of adaptive filtering: spectral estimation. Linear Scheme of Instruction Page 133 .Review of estimation theory. Wigner’s theorem. the Wigner distribution and its derivatives. music.Multivariate ARMA processes: State-space representation. Recursive least square (RLS) method. Wavelets: Wavelet transform. wavelet bases. PH 1997. Kalman filter and its application to estimation. companding and adaptive quantization. Gabor’s analytic signal. densities and characteristic functions. Time-Bandwidth Product and Resolutionvariance tradeoffs in window design . Welch. the Hilbert and fractional Hilbert transforms. B-splines. ESPRIT. Pisarenko. real wavelets. John Wiley/IEEE. The Sparse Way. bilinear time-frequency distributions. system identification. A Wavelet Tour of Signal Processing. positive distributions satisfying the marginals. MUSIC. Elsevier. two-scale equation. perfect reconstruction filterbanks. relationship between wavelets and filterbanks. Shannon sampling theorem. image.Covariance properties of AR. shift-invariant spaces. compact support. criteria for convergence and LMS versions: normalized LMS.Higher-order YW method. biomedical signals: waveform and model based compression. 2008. conjugate mirror filters. video. prediction: optimum prediction – open loop Vs closed loop, adaptive prediction, 2D prediction for image/video; oversampling: delta modulation, adaptive delta-modulation, sigma-delta modulation; transform coding: orthogonal transforms, optimum bit allocation, perceptual bit-allocation; vector quantization: generalized Lloyd-Max algorithm, generalized distance measures, structured VQ: treestructured VQ, multi-stage VQ, product-VQ; sub-band coding: perfect reconstruction filter-banks, QMF. T V Sreenivas N. S. Jayant and P. Noill, Digital Coding of Waveforms-Principles and Application to Speech and Video, Prentice Hall, 1984. A. Gersho and R. Gray, Vector Quantifisation and Signal Compression, Kluwer Acad Publication, 1992. L. Hanzo, F. C. A. Somernille and J P Woodard, Voice Compression and Communication, John Wiley, 2001. E9 231 (AUG) 3:0 Digital Array Signal Processing Wave Fields, underlying wave equations, scalar and vector fields, spectral representation, propagation in open and confined media. Sensor array systems: Linear equispaced, circular, planar, random arrays. Direction of arrival estimation: Source waveform estimation. Beam forming, Subspace Methods (MUSIC, ESPRIT), Spatial Smoothing, Performance Analysis. Applications to acoustic source separation and wireless communication. K V S HARI Johnson & Dudgeon, “Array Signal Processing Concepts & techniques”, Prentice Hall 1993. P S Naidu, “Sensor Array Signal Processing”, C R C Press 1999. Lecture notes and current literature E9 241 (AUG) 2:1 Digital Image Processing Continuous image characterization, sampling and quantization, 2D Fourier transform and properties, continuous/discrete image processing, rotation, interpolation, image filtering (shift-invariant filters, bilateral filters, nonlocal means), spatial operators, morphological operators, edge detection, texture, 2-D transforms (discrete Fourier transform, discrete cosine transform, Karhunen-Loève transform, wavelet transform), image pyramid, image denoising, segmentation, restoration. Chandra Sekhar Seelamantula Lim J. S., Two-dimensional signal and image processing, Prentice Hall, 1990. Jain A. K., Fundamentals of digital image processing, Prentice Hall, 1989. Gonzalez R. C. and Woods R. E., Digital image processing, Prentice Hall, 2008. Dudgeon D.E. and Merserau R. M., Multidimensional digital signal processing, Prentice Hall Signal Processing Series, 1983. E9 242 (AUG) 3:0 Selected Topics in Image Processing Image segmentation and clustering: mean-shift, graph cut. Image pyramids and texture analysis. Linear/non l linear scale space theory: Scale Invariant Feature Transform (SIFT). Visual tracking: meanshift, particle filters, feature-based. Background modeling, surveillance and monitoring: event detection/recognition. Face detection and recognition, motion analysis and segmentation, graphical models, Markov random fields and applications. Basics of 3-D vision. K R Ramakrishnan Forsyth, A.A., and Ponce, J., Computer Vision: A Modern Approach, Pearson Education, 2003 Paragios, N., Chen, Y., and Faugeras, O. (Eds), Handbook of Mathematical Models in Computer Vision, Springer, 2006. Bishop, C.M., Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, Springer, 2006. Scheme of Instruction Page 134 Current Literature E9 243 (JAN) 3:0 Computer Aided Tomographic Imaging Introduction to principles of tomography and applications, tomographic imaging. Radon transform and its properties, mathematical framework. Introduction to X-ray tomography, emission computer tomography, magnetic resonance imaging systems. Projection and Fourier slice theorem. Scanning geometries: translate and rotate, translate-rotate, rotate on a circular trajectory for 2-D imaging and helical or spiral scan trajectory for 3-D imaging. Transform domain algorithms: Fourier inversion algorithms, filtered back projection algorithms – reconstruction with non-diffracting sources, parallel projections and fan projections for 2-D and cone beam projections on circular and spiral trajectory for 3-D reconstruction. Computer implementation, iterative reconstruction techniques: algebraic reconstruction techniques, statistical modeling of generation, transmission and detection processes in X-Ray CT, artifacts and noise in CT images. Image reconstruction with incomplete and noisy data, applications of Radon transform in 2-D Signal and Image processing. K Rajgopal Kak, A.C., and Slaney, M., Principles of Computerized Tomographic Imaging, IEEE Press, 1988. Herman, G.T., Image Reconstruction from Projections, Implementation and Applications: Topics in Applied Physics, Vol 32, Springer Verlag, 1979. Natterer, F., The Mathematics of Computerized Tomography, SIAM Classics In Applied Mathematics, Vol. 32, 2001. Natterer, F., and Wubbeling, F., Mathematical Tools in Image Reconstruction, SIAM, 2001. E9 244 (AUG) 2:1 Document Analysis and Recognition Document images – printed, handwritten, camera captured, text in scenic images. Layout analysis, Text localization and extraction from complex colour images. Binarization of colour images, Segmentation of images, graphic items, signatures. Script, orientation, language and font identification, optical character recognition, common features, Skew detection and correction, holistic word recognition. Alignment of curved text, offline and online handwriting recognition, context based postprocessing, verification. Annotated databases. Analysis of Degraded Documents. document image compression. Test and calibration charts. Applications – postal automation, forms processing,digital libraries, digital books for the blind, field extraction from legal documents, translation of text from boards, signs, etc., conversion of ancient manuscripts, bank cheque processing, document authentication. A G Ramakrishnan Prerequisites: E1 213 E1 216 / E9 241or Consent of the instructor. Current Literature. Guide to OCR for Indic Scripts: Document Recognition and Retrieval. Springer, Dec. 2009. Ed: Venu Govindaraju and Setlur Srirangaraj. Cheriet M, Kharma N, Liu C L and Suen C Y. Character recognition systems: A guide for students and practitioners, John Wiley & Sons, 2007. Nagy G., "Twenty Years of Document Image Analysis in PAMI," IEEE Trans Pattern Analysis Machine Intelligence. vol. 22, pp. 3862, Jan 2000. E9 245 (AUG) 3:1 Selected Topics in Computer Vision This course will develop the use of multiview geometry in computer vision. A theoretical basis and estimation principles for multiview geometry, dense stereo estimation and three-dimensional shape registration will be developed.The use of these ideas for building real-world solutions will be emphasised. Topics Stereo estimation: current methods in depth estimation 3D registration: ICP and other approaches Multiple view geometry: projective geometry. Multilinear relationships in images, estimation. Scheme of Instruction Page 135 Venu Madhav Govindu Pre-requisites: E1 216 or permission of the instructor. Hartley, R., and Zisserman, A., Multiple View Geometry in Computer Vision, Second Edn, Cambridge University Press, 2004. Faugeras, O., and Luong, Q-T.,The Geometry of Multiple Images, MIT Press 2001. Current literature E9 251 (AUG) 3:0 Signal Processing for Data Recording Channels Introduction: Review of basic principles behind the physics of magnetic recording, super paramagnetic limits, technological trends in magnetic storage/optical systems, recording schemes in magnetic and optical devices. Signal Modeling: Communication theoretic framework of read/write channels. Models for analog read back signal with inter-symbol interference, noise and distortion sources, notion of channel and user bit densities towards SNR definition. Signal Processing Methods: Equalization and timing recovery, PLLs, ML based timing recovery methods, Detection techniques based on the BCJR algorithm and its low complexity variations, turbo-equalization methods. Coding Techniques: Introduction to constrained modulation codes, review of algebraic and graphical coding techniques, interleaving mechanisms and analysis of the code performance. Implementation: Hardware related aspects for realizing signal processing algorithms on a system-on-chip (SoC). Shayan Srinivasa Garani Bergmans, J.W.M., Digital Baseband Transmission and Recording, Kluwer Academic Press, 1996 Vasic, B., and Kurtas, E., Coding and Signal Processing for Magnetic Recording Systems, CRC Press, 2004. E9 252 (AUG) 3:0 Mathematical methods and techniques in signal processing Review of basic signals, systems and signal space: Review of 1-D signals and systems, review of random signals, multi-dimensional signals, review of vector spaces, inner product spaces, orthogonal projections and related concepts. Basics of multi-rate signal processing: sampling, decimation and interpolation, sampling rate conversion (integer and rational sampling rates), oversampled processing (A/D and D/A conversion), and introduction to filter banks. Signal representation: Transform theory and methods (FFT and variations, KLT), other transform methods. Statistical signal modeling: The least squares method, Pade’s approximation, Prony's method, Shanks' method, iterative pre-filtering, all-pole modeling and linear prediction, autocorrelation and covariance methods, FIR least squares inverse filter design, applications and examples. Inverse problems (signal reconstruction): underdetermined least squares, pseudo-inverse (SVD), min-norm solutions, regularized methods, reconstruction from projections, iterative methods such as projection onto convex sets, expectation-maximization and simulated annealing. Shayan Srinivasa Garani Moon & Stirling, Mathematical Methods and Algorithms for Signal Processing, Prentice Hall, 2000. (required) Monson Hayes, Statistical Digital Signal Processing and Modeling, John Wiley and Sons, 1996. (optional) Class notes E9 261 (AUG) 3:1 Speech Information Processing Overview of speech communication: speech production/perception/linguistics; Applications: speech coding, speech synthesis, speech recognition and speech enhancement. Time-varying signal analysis: short-time Fourier transform, Gabor transform, speech spectrograms; Quasi-stationary analysis: cepstrum linear-prediction (AR) and ARMA models; Time-varying models: timevarying linear-precition; Sinusoidal models: quasi-stationary analysis, chrip signal analysis; Binaural signal modeling, source localization; Auditory models. Scheme of Instruction Page 136 T V SREENIVAS “Speech Science Primer”, by G. J. Borden and K. S. Harris, Williams and Wilkins, 1984 “Discrete-time speech signal processing”, by T. F. Quatieri, Prentice-Hall, 2002. “The Speech Chain: Physics & Biology of spoken language”, by P. B. Denes and E. N. Pinson, W. H. Freeman, 1983. E9 271 (JAN) 3:0 Space-Time Signal Processing and Coding Brief review of single-input single-output (SISO) communication systems. Performance of SISO systems in fading channels. Motivation for Space-Time (or Multiple-Input Multiple-Output (MIMO) communication systems. Capacity of MIMO systems. Space-Time codes: Space-Time Trellis codes and Space-Time Block codes; Design Criteria for code constructions; Constructions using Orthogonal designs and their variations; Algebraic techniques for space-time codes; Decoding algorithms for Space-Time Codes. Distributed Space Time Coding. B SUNDAR RAJAN Pre requisites: Digital Communication Current literature E9 262 (JAN) 3:0 Stochstic Models for Speech/Audio Human speech communication, concept=> signal=> concept & levels of information. Discrete and continuous representations, pattern representation of signals; structure representation through lexicon, grammar. ASR: text recognition, speaker recognition, language identification, keyword spotting. Gaussian models and Bayesian inference; maximum likelihood parameter estimation. Mixture Gaussian models, EM algorithm, relation to K-means algorithm, LBG algorithm and EM generalization. Application to speaker-ID. Units of speech: linguistic, acoustic and stochastic; segmentation problem. Dynamic programming and maximum-likelihood segmentation; segment clustering and automatic sub-word units. Graphical models and Markov models; Language modeling, N-grams and their estimation. Tree structured language model, minimum entropy decision tree algorithm; language perplexity measure. Application to spoken language-ID. Hidden Markov model (HMM): Markov structure for latent variables; Gaussian density, discrete density, mixture Gaussian and semi-continuous density models. HMM evaluation, training and decoding problems: forward-backward algorithm, Baum-Welch algorithm, Viterbi algorithm, segmental K-means (SKM) algorithm. HMM duration density and explicit duration modeling and modified EM algorithm. Finite state network (FSN) of HMMs and lexicon building. Continuous speech recognition (CSR) through FSN decoding using time-synchronous Viterbi algorithm. Viterbi beam search for low complexity. Latent semantic analysis (LSA) of text and discrete sequences. T. V. SREENIVAS Pre-requisite: E2-202 Random Processes or equivalent. * X. Huang and A. Acero and H. Hon: "S poken Language Processing," Prentice Hall, 2001 + Research papers * C.M. Bishop: "Pattern Recognition and Machine laearning," S pringer, 2006. * L.R. Rabiner and B.H. Juang: "Fundamentals of speech recognition," Prentic e Hall, 1993. E9 283 (JAN) 3:0 Medical Imaging Systems and Applications Historical perspective, Generic principles - modality, contrast, SNR, resolution. X-ray projection radiography, Computerized Tomography (CT) - acquisition and reconstruction methods, applications. Nuclear medicine - planer scintigraphy, PET, SPECT imaging. Ultrasound imaging - imaging modes, transducers, beam forming. Magnetic resonance imaging - Physics, data acquisition, image Scheme of Instruction Page 137 PET. Decimator. Prince and Jonathan M. compressed sensing and sparse image reconstruction. L2 (quadratic) regularization. Biomedical Optics: Principles and Imaging (Wiley. Medical Imaging Signals and Systems. optical coherence tomography. V. introduction to biomedical optics. and magnetic resonance imaging. optical coherence tomography. Expander and Filter Banks. Biomedical optical imaging – introduction to optical imaging. Albert Macovski. Manojit Pramanik Prerequisites: Consent from the Instructor. Pipelining and Parallel Processing. L1 regularization for enforcing sparsity. V.-i Wu. sensing of optical properties and spectroscopy.Inverse Problems Overview of linear imaging modalities: Gaussian and Poisson noise in imaging devices. Correlation. Image formation in microscopy. half-quadratic regularization. Monte Carlo modeling of photon transport. L. Optimization algorithms for L1 and half-quadratic regularized inversion of different imaging modalities. Wiley. Regularized reconstruction from reduced measurements: The notion of sparsity in images. DSP applications. reconstruction as regularized inversion. sampling rate converters. 2005. adaptive filters.-i Wu. FIR/IIR filters. Digital signal processing and applications with C6713 and C6416 DSK.reconstruction." 2007. Ultrasound. E9 284 (JAN) 3:0 Biomedical Optical Imaging and Spectroscopy Topics: A brief introduction to medical imaging. L. Regularized reconstruction from noisy measurements: Regularization for noise-stabilized inversion. Wang and H. V. L1 regularization. Manojit Pramanik Prerequisites: Consent from the Instructor. basic principles of imaging modalities such as x-ray. tomography. photoacoustic and thermoacoustic tomography. 1983. diffuse optical tomography. radiative transfer equation and diffusion theory. Weekly laboratory exercises using TI 6x and Beagle boards. Prentice Hall. CT. G N Rathna Rulph Chassaing. SPECT. Tuchin. E9 291 (AUG) 2:1 DSP System Design DSP Architecture: Single Core and Multicore. convolution for broad-beam responses. SPIE Press E9 285 (JAN) 3:0 Biomedical Imaging. hybrid model of Monte Carlo and diffusion theory. Superiority of L1 and halfquadratic regularizations over L2 regularization. single-scatterer theories. Representative papers from the literature. Biomedical Optics: Principles and Imaging. photoacoustic imaging. microscopy. ultrasound modulated optical tomography. Prentice Hall. FFT. 2007). Wang and H. Links. Medical Imaging Systems. Jerry L. "Tissue Optics.Wiley. DSP algorithms: Convolution. Muthuvel Arigovindan Prerequisites: Digital signal processing. 2005 Scheme of Instruction Page 138 . MRI. diffuse optical imaging. ISBN: 978-0-471-74304-0. 2007. and Linear algebra. DCT. Overview of successful compressed sensing methods. Nasser Kehtarnavaz. Elsevier. E9 292 (JAN) 2:1 Real Time Signal Processing Real Time implementation of Digital Signal and Image processing algorithms using Java DSP. FACULTY Scheme of Instruction Page 139 . Nasser Kehtarnawaz. VLSI Digital Signal Processing Systems:Design and Implementation. Nasser Kehtarnavaz. construction of an apparatus/Instrument and testing and evaluation of its performance.Keshab K. Academic Press. the project work is based on a scientific/engineering problem of current interest. TMS320C6x DSK kit . 2008 Current Literature. Academic Press. LabVIEW and crossbow Sensor motes. Digital Signal Processing System Design: LabVIEW-Based Hybrid Programming. K Rajgopal / G N Rathna Pre-requisite: Knowledge of Digital Signal Processing Real–Time Digital Signal Processing based on TMS320C6000. Wiley. 2004 Digital Signal Processing System Design:LabVIEW-Based Hybrid Programming. student Edition. Usually. And every student has to complete the work in the specified period and should submit the Project Report for final evaluation. design of hardware/software. 1999. Parhi. 2008 Materials from webpages EP Dissertation Project EP 299 0:28 Project This includes the analysis. Prof. It also administer an Institute facility. AE AS CE CH ER ME MG MT PD ST Aerospace Engineering Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences Civil Engineering Chemical Engineering Energy Research Mechanical Engineering Management Studies Materials Engineering Product Design and Manufacturing Sustainable Technologies The first two digits of the course number have the departmental code as the prefix.) and PhD. Department of Civil Engg and CiSTUP jointly offers an M Tech Programme in Transportation Engineering. Product Design and Manufacturing and Sustainable Technologies and Integrated Centre for Energy Research. There are specific requirements for completing a Research Training Programme for students registered for research at the Institute. Chemical Engineering. M E Degree Programmes are offered in Aerospace Engineering. ‘Advanced Facility for Microscopy and Microanalysis’. M Tech Programme in Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences. and have been grouped department wise. Civil Engineering Chemical Engineering. For individual requirements. The courses offered in the different departments of the Division have been reorganized after review and revision. instruction by specialists in the field and experts from industries are also arranged. These are identified by the following code.Division of Mechanical Sciences Preface The Division of Mechanical Sciences consists of the departments of Aerospace Engineering. Department of Management Studies offers Master of Management. Materials Engineering and Mechanical Engineering. Management Studies. but in certain areas. M Des is offered in the Centre for Product Design and Manufacturing. Mechanical Engineering. Civil Engineering. Most of the courses are offered by the faculty members of the Division. Earth Sciences. All the Departments/Centres (except the Space Technology Cell) of the Division provide facilities for research work leading to the degrees of MSc (Engg. K Chattopadhyay Chairman Division of Mechanical Sciences Scheme of Instruction Page 140 . Materials Engineering. students are advised to consult the Departmental Curriculum Committee. Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences. static stability and control.. characteristics of the atmosphere. 3rd Edition. any Mathematics course of 3 credits approved by DCC may be taken Project: 19 Credits AE 299 0:19 Dissertation Project Electives: A balance of 21 credits is required to make up a minimum of 64 credits. aerodynamics of airfoils.D. transfer function and response characteristics. O N Ramesh. A minimum of two courses in Aerodynamics/Guidance and Control/ Propulsion/ Structure needs to be taken from the departmental courses listed below.Aerospace Engineering ME Programme Duration: 2 years 64 Credits Hard Core: 24 Credits AE 203 3:0 AE 220 3:0 AE 221 3:0 AE 245 3:0 AE 259 3:0 AE 271 1:2 AE 276 1:2 AE 211 3:0 Fluid Dynamics Flight and Space Mechanics Flight Vehicle Structures Mechanics and Thermodynamics of Propulsion Navigation. stability. Dynamics of Flight: Stability & Control. roll and spin characteristics. derivative estimation. potential flows. longitudinal and lateral modes. flight simulators. Handing qualities. AE 202 (JAN) 3:0 Atmospheric Flight Dynamics Review of equations of motion. John Wiley and Sons. Dineshkumar Harursampath Elkin. vortex motion. B. Joseph Mathew. This leaves approximately 12 credits to be taken from electives within/ outside the department. conservation laws of mass. 1996 AE 203 (AUG) 3:0 Fluid Dynamics Properties of fluids. momentum and energy. feedback and automatic control. motion of a fluid element. inviscid flows. stability and control derivative estimation from wind tunnel and flight tests. human pilot modeling case studies of typical airplanes. boundary layer transition and turbulent flows. L. response to atmospheric gust and turbulence. & Reid. Arnab Samanta Scheme of Instruction Page 141 . Guidance and Control Flight Vehicle Design Experimental Techniques Mathematics for Aerospace Engineers In place of AE 211. aerothermodynamics and design considerations of hypersonic reentry vehicles... Multhop’s method. basic equations boundary conditions for inviscid flow. Hypersonic Flow Theory. R. Fay. C. Viscous interactions. 1996. Prandtl-Meyer flow. Hypersonic small disturbance theory. V.. definition and techniques of estimation of aero-thermodynamic environments including CFD. 1990. K P J Reddy Pre-requisite: AE 206 John J Bertin. axisymmetric flow over a cone. Newtonian impact theory. Hypersonic Aerothermodynamics. effects of sweep and AR. non-equilibrium high enthalpy flows. aerodynamics of wing-fuselage system and aerodynamics of control surfaces. and Basewell.H. Kuethe.. similarity rules. Foundations of Aerodynamics Wiley. Elements of Hypersonic Aerodynamics. Addison-Wesley. E. Wing Theory. Busemann centrifugal correction and shock expansion method. Computational fluid mechanics techniques for hypersonic flows.K. and Crabtree.P. 1959. Holt Ashley and Landhall.. 1965 Jones. R. vortex lattice and double lattice methods. High enthalpy impulse test facilities and instrumentation. R. L. Wiley Eastern. numerical methods for 2-D airfoils. unsteady aerodynamics. characteristic features of hypersonic flows.P. Introduction to viscous flows..T. 1961. non-linear aerodynamics.. London.M. Prentice Hall of India. 1984.. K P J Reddy and G Jagadeesh Pre-requisite: AE 204. J. 1994. shock waves and basic properties of gases.F. Princeton University Press. hypersonic boundary layers.. flow over a wedge. analysis of stagnation region flow-field and pressure distribution over hypersonic flight vehicles. Academic Press. Cox.D. AE 207 (JAN) 3:0 Hypersonic Aerothermodynamics Hypersonic aerodynamics. blast wave analogy. S. AIAA Education Series. Hayes.N. equations of motion of equilibrium and non-equilibrium flows.. Edward Arnold Publishing Company. Introduction of Fluid Mechanics. Aerodynamics of Wings and Bodies. applications to flow over a wedge and a cone. and Chou. Academic Press. 1972. flow over flat plate. ground based test facilities for hypersonic flow. tangent cone and tangent wedge methods. AE 204 (JAN) 3:0 Aerodynamics Introduction to small perturbation theory. AE 206 (AUG) 3:0 Hypersonic Flow Theory Characteristic features of hypersonic flow. methods of generating experimental data for numerical code validation at hypersonic Mach numbers in hypervelocity facilities. and Gupta.L. and Problein. Fluid Mechanics and its Applications.. M. W. hypersonic approximations.G.Gupta.A. High angle of attack aerodynamics. Transport properties of gases. O N Ramesh and N Balakrishnan Pre-requisite: AE 203 Houghton.. 2-D airfoils in subsonic and supersonic flow.. Introduction to Hypersonic flow. Further Aerodynamics for Engineers. R. Scheme of Instruction Page 142 . shock shapes over bodies. 1965. A. S.field measurements including heat transfer and aerodynamic forces.. AE 210 Cherynl. 2nd edition. special aspects of instrumentation for high speed flows. parabolic PDEs. Methods of Mathematical Physics. techniques for eigen value extraction. AE John D Anderson. Linear Algebra: algebraic structures. Pankhrust. Courant. design aspects of low speed wind tunnels. elements of computer-based instrumentation. flow visualization methods. linear transformations.. 1984. S V Raghurama Rao. other high speed facilities like shock tube shock tunnels. iterative solvers. D. Elements of Gas Dynamics. D.. limits.. supersonic flow over twodimensional bodies. 1973. New York. normal and oblique shock relations. An Introduction to Nonlinear PDEs. Alan Pope and Kenneth L Going.C. uniform convergence. solution of linear systems of equations. Gas Dynamics Academic Press. Low Speed Wind Tunnel Testing Wiley and Sons. free piston tunnels. Wind tunnel balances. McGraw Hill. and Roshko. G Jagadeesh or Joseph Mathew Pre-requisite: AE 203 Liepmann. metric spaces. Experimental methods of Hypersonic.AE 209 (AUG) 3:0 Aerodynamic Testing Facilities and Measurements Aerodynamic testing in various speed regimes.. R.. London. integral transforms. R. Elements of high speed wind tunnel testing: design aspects to supersonic and hypersonic wind-tunnels. Marcel Dekker in New York. small disturbance theory of supersonic speeds. Introduction to Partial Differential Equations (PDE). continuity and derivatives of functions. E. linear convection (first order wave) equation. vector spaces. Introduction to Applied Mathematics. Lukasiewicz. High-Speed Wind Tunnel Testing. canonical forms. method of characteristics.W. H. measurements and analyses methods. Wiley-VCH. J. Wellesley Cambridge Press. Wiley and Sons. J.. A. generation of supersonic flows in tunnels. B Vasudevan William H Roe Jr. shock expansion analysis. Modern Compressible Flow. Wind-Tunnel technique... propagation of small disturbances in gases.. Riemann problem. Non-linear convection equation (Burger’s equation): discontinuous solutions and expansion waves. 1990. numerical integration. AE 211 (AUG) 3:0 Mathematics for Aerospace Engineers Real Analysis: series and sequences.. ballistic ranges and low density tunnels.. closed and open sets. John Wiley. Introduction to variational calculus: weighted residual technique. Becker. Wiley Interscience. convex functions and their properties. measurement methods for flow variables. method of characteristics. 1965. hyperbolic systems of PDEs. elliptic PDEs. Sir Isaac Sons Ltd. flow in shock tube. and Holder. Convex Analysis: algebra of convex sets. AE 210 (JAN) 3:0 Gas Dynamics Fundamentals of thermodynamics. nozzle flows. requirements of aerodynamic testing. one-dimensional rarefaction and compression waves. S Gopalakrishnan and D Ghose David Logan. 1957. 1968. and Hilbert.W. and Alan Pope. solution of differential and partial differential equations using integral transforms. Scheme of Instruction Page 143 . Gilbert Strang. 1968. one-dimensional unsteady flow. supersonic flow diagnostics. compactness. N Balakrishnan Pre-requisite: AE 216 Recent literature AE 218 (JAN) 3:0 Computational Gas Dynamics Governing equations of compressible fluid flows. O N Ramesh Tritton. Cambridge Univ. A. Numerical Analysis/ Numerical Methods and any programming language. Physical Fluid Dynamics. E. finite volume methodology. flux splitting methods. reconstruction procedure. relaxation schemes. Introduction to LES and DNS.A. classification of partial differential equations. J. vortex dynamics. Riemann Solvers and Numerical Methods for Fluid Dynamics. monotonicity. Tennekes. Introduction to unstructured mesh computations. The structure of turbulent shear flow. spectrum of turbulence. free shear layers. basic ideas of turbulence modeling. turbulence model implementation for unstructured mesh calculations. positivity.T. Press. Wiley-Interscience publication. basics of discretization. AE 217 (AUG) 2:1 Computation of Viscous flows Review of schemes for Euler equations.. Scheme of Instruction Page 144 . time discretization and stability. schemes for linear convective equation. structured and unstructured mesh calculations. hyperbolic partial differential equations and shocks. Toro. finite difference technique and difference equations. statistical aspects of turbulence. AE 210. D. analysis of hyperbolic conservation laws. schemes for Euler equations. M.. Laney. Computational Gas Dynamics. Oxford University Press. Vol. N Balakrishnan Charles Hirch. A first course in turbulence. numerical methods for scalar and vector conservation laws.J.F. numerical diffusion.I. finite difference and finite volume methods. computation of incompressible flows. concepts of equilibrium and similarity. H.1&2.. scales in turbulence..AE 214 (JAN) 3:0 Turbulent Shear Flows Origin of turbulence. kinetic (Boltzmann) schemes. central and upwind discretization methods. and Lumley. convergence acceleration devices. implicit difference formula. S V Raghurama Rao Pre-requisites: AE 203. pipe flow. analysis of time integration schemes. laminar-turbulent transition. boundary layers.. measurement techniques.. Press. AE 216 (JAN) 3:0 Numerical Fluid Flow Introduction to CFD. Townsend. schemes for viscous flow discretization. Riemann solvers. B. 1990. Numerical Computation of internal and external flows. equations governing fluid flow. mechanics of launch vehicles and satellites. Prentice Hall 2006. Barnard. level flight gliding. Variational Approach to Structural Analysis. Computational Fluid Dynamics––Basics and applications.C. Mass and damping matrix formulation. 2006. Jr. Aircraft Structures for Engineering Students. Eleventh Edition. Response estimation through modal methods. failure theories. McGraw Hill Higher Education 2007.Various element formulations for metallic and composite structures. AE 219 (JAN) 3:0 Numerical Grid Generation and Flow Computations Basics of fluid dynamics. Numerical Grid Generation.C. Megson. Kartik Venkatraman.Godlewski. C. completeness and mesh locking problems. R. isoparametric element formulation. Anderson. S Gopalakrishnan Scheme of Instruction Page 145 . J. loads on aircraft. bending and flexural shear. Principle of Minimum Potential Energy. Numerical Approximation of Hyperbolic System of Conservation Laws. Prakash S Kulkarni Tannehill.H.. John Wiley and Sons. Implicit and Explicit Methods.. Butterworth-Heinemann. D Roy Mahapatra. I. Introduction to aerospace design. 1999. methods of mesh generation. J.V. finite difference. Weighted residual method. structural components and engine options. Hamilton’s Principle. and Galerkin Finite elements. Taylor and Francis.A.. examples of simple flow computations. and Pletcher. Introduction to Flight. Oxford. Ranjan Ganguli and S N Omkar Anderson. introduction to elasticity. Weak form of Governing Equation. AE 223 (JAN) 3:0 Energy and Finite Element Methods Introduction to Energy Methods. and Kermode. Energy and Finite Element Methods in Structural Mechanics. concept of consistency. basics of discretization. Fifth Edition. Raleigh Ritz Method.G. finite volume methods. torsion. P. Introduction to super convergent finite element formulation and spectral finite elements. and Raviart. governing equations of fluid dynamics. R. Finite element methods for structural dynamics and wave propagation. 1991.. AE 220 (AUG) 3:0 Flight and Space Mechanics Pioneers in aerospace history. Finite Element Method . Wallerstein. power. flexural shear flow in thin-walled sections.. 2001. Principle of Virtual Work. Joe Thompson. various levels of approximation. space marching and time marching approaches. basic aeroelasticity. Airplane performance.. airflow in standard atmosphere. A. New York. D. Computational Fluid Mechanics and Heat Transfer. gas dynamics. Glimpses of new technologies like unmanned.H.D. Anderson.. Mechanics of Flight. elastic bucking. Variational principles and energy methods.. geometrical complexities for mesh generation.R. Introduction to Variational Methods.. D.L. Philpott. Numerical Integration. Mechanics of Aircraft Structures.. John Wiley and Sons. partial differential equations.H. basics of flight. D... Dineshkumar Harursampath and Suhasini Gururaja Sun. and Dym. micro aerial and hypersonic vehicles. thrust. Introduction to Finite elements. analysis of composite laminates. Airplane aerodynamics– airfoils and finite lifting surfaces. direct time integration. mesh-less methods. AE 221 (AUG) 3:0 Flight Vehicle Structures Characteristics of aircraft structures and materials.. take-off.T. C. T. stability and control. Shames. E. landing and basic manouvres.H.. R.. I. membranes. 2007 F. Morse.. anisotropy. exact closed – form and approximate numerical solutions.E. Varadan. M. analysis of sandwich plates. Hinkle. ‘Vibration and Waves in Continuous Mechanical Systems’. R. 2nd Edition. Reddy. momentum integrals. initial and boundary value problems. Malkus. composite tailoring and design issues. D. T. expansion theorem.M. John Wiley. R. Smart Material Systems and MEMS. and Roy Mahapatra.. Overview of flexible multi-body dynamics and applications in aerospace vehicular dynamics. 2006.Vibration of continuous systems: Vibration of strings. Mechanics of Laminated Composite Plates and Shells – Theory and Analysis. S. forced response of systems. Oxford University Press. Rodrigues parameter. concepts of isotropy vs. John Wiley. Bathe. Lagrange’s and Kane’s methods. multi-body kinematics and dynamics. equilibrium points and linearization about the equilibrium points. 2nd Edition. and Gopalakrishnan. John Wiley & Sons. CBS Publishers. preliminary design of composite structures for aerospace and automotive applications. and Plesha. Rayleigh-Ritz method. Jayaprakash / S. S. I.M. Gopalakrishnan. partial velocities and partial angular velocities. Mechanics of Composite Materials. Prentice Hall. modal analysis and decoupling of EOM. K.J. Finite Element Procedures. ‘Vibration of Continuous Systems’. CRC Press. D’Alambert’s wave solution.Prerequisite: AE 221/ME 242/ CE 214 and knowledge of MATLAB Cook.. load-transfer mechanisms). Hagedorn.. 2007. statics and elastic stability of initially curved and twisted composite beams. New York. 2nd Edition.K. 2005. Dasgupta. CRC Press. 2008. John Wiley & Sons. J. 1995. V. inertia dyadics. hygrothermal stresses. modal analysis. Taylor & Francis.orthogonality conditions. UK. G Narayana Naik and Suhasini Gururaja Gibson. solution by Green’s function approach. Jones.. 1967 S. Gopalakrishnan L. angular momentum. ‘Analytical Methods inVibrations’. Galerkin’s method). 1996. generalized speeds. Dineshkumar Harursampath.D. Overview of current research in composites. buckling analysis of laminated composite plates. D. Vinoy. forced response due to arbitrary excitations (Duhamel/convolution integral). Chakraborty. R.. Tse. Finite Element Analysis. Principles of Composite Material Mechanics. 2004.J. Engineering Mechanics of Composite Materials. delamination models. Rao. E. generalized impulses and momentum.. vector differentiation. bending of composite plates. A. Classical Lamination Plate theory (CLPT). Spectral Finite Elements. 2007 P.F. AE 225 (AUG) 3:0 STRUCTURAL DYNAMICS Vibration of discrete systems: Variational approach to derive the equations of motion (EOM). Euler-Bernoulli beams and Timoshenko beams). bars. Generation and solution of equations of motion using computer algorithms and software packages from amongst MotionGenesisTM Kane. failure criteria.. S.. 2010 (Indian Print). holonomicity. ‘Mechanical Vibrations Theory and Applications’. R.. K. parallel axes theorems. Dinesh K Harursampath Scheme of Instruction Page 146 . and Ishai O. Rayleigh quotient. UK. A..N. beams (Rayleigh beams. energy integrals. K.. composite micromechanics (effective stiffness/strength predictions. configuration and motion constraints. 2nd Edition.. First Order Shear Deformation Theory (FSDT). S. AE 224 (AUG/JAN) 3:0 Analysis and Design of Composite Structures Introduction to composite materials. Variational approach to derive the EOM. Comparing Newton/Euler’s. MacMillan. Meirovitch. Coupled. New York. approximate methods (Ritz method. AUTOLEVTM MATHAMATICA® and MATLAB®.S. 2002 AE 227 (AUG) 3:0 Multi-Body Dynamics using Symbolic Manipulators Computer-aided modeling and simulation of 3D motions of multi-body systems. Springer Verlag. design of laminates using carpet and AML plots. multi degree of freedom system. reference frames. generalized forces. inter-laminar stresses.. Daniel. C. USA. continuous and discrete Fourier transform. Suresh. J. Fatigue of Structures and Materials. J. signal processing and spectral estimation. Wave propagation in Structures. D. Kartik Venkatraman Pre-requisite: An understanding of mechanics.. R. longitudinal wave propagation in rods. H..F.Kane. Springer Verlag. Fatigue mechanism (macro and micro aspects). spectral element formulation. and Cooper. AE 232 (AUG/JAN) 3:0 Wave Propagation in Structures Structural dynamics and wave propagation.L . KKT conditions. linear programming. 1991 J. K.R. Dynamics Online: Theory and implementation with AUTOLEV TM..E. sampled wave forms. Finite difference. The Mathematica® book.. 2002. 2000. FFT. Wave motion in Elastic Solids.. Introduction to Structural Dynamics and Aeroelasticity. AE 228 (AUG/JAN) 3:0 Fatigue and Failure of Materials Fatigue and damage tolerance in aerospace structures. wave propagation in two dimensions. CA. Mitiguy. John Wiley. 2003. CRC Press 2005.. Fung.. S. analytical and automatic differentiation. Fracture Mechanics: Fundamentals and Applications. flutter identification. AE 234 (JAN) 3:0 Engineering Optimization Constrained and unconstrained minimization of linear and nonlinear functions of one or more variables. 1975. CA. S Gopalakrishnan Doyle. San Mateo.L.L. P. R. Advanced Dynamics and Motion Simulation.. Newton and quasi-Newton methods. wave propagation in complex structures.. Wright. Cambridge University Press. fracture mechanics). numerical methods in unconstrained optimization. damage summation. dynamic response of a wing to gust and atmospheric turbulence. multi-axial fatigue theories. 5th Edition. Current literature. concept of stress concentration factor. flexural wave propagation in beams. Y. aeroelastic control. steepest descent and conjugate gradient methods. New York. 1996. Cambridge University Press. higher order beam theories. J. USA... Cambridge University Press. strain-life. Bisplinghoff. T. and Levinson. etc). effect of notches. Dover edition. 2008. Aeroelasticity. 1989.. 3rd Edition. An Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticity. dispersion relations.Schijve. 2008. 2002. necessary and sufficient conditions in optimization.. effect of residual stresses. Current Literature. Introduction to Aircraft Aeroelasticity and Loads. one dimensional search. Sunnyvale. total-life approaches (stress-life.H. bending . Dover. and Halfman. Special topics on fatigue in composites will also be covered. Online Dynamics Inc. G.Anderson.torsion flutter of a wing. Grof. higher order rod theory. MotionGenesis. D. New York. Fatigue of Materials. propagating and reconstructing waves. and Alvin Pierce. Hodges. Ashley. Suhasini Gururaja S. spectral analysis of wave motion. wave propagation in plates. Dover edition.F. Wolfram. fatigue properties and strength.. Kluwer Academic Publ 2001 T. constant and variable amplitude loading (cycle counting. Scheme of Instruction Page 147 . AE 230 (JAN) 3:0 Aeroelasticity Static aeroelasticity. AE 238 (AUG/JAN) 3:0 Rotary Wing Aeroelasticity Review of structural dynamics. Bramwell. Rotary Wing Structural Dynamics and Aeroelasticity. Ground resonance and air resonance.. Stability analysis methods: constant coefficients. forced response and vibration. 1994. Research Techniques in NDT. Universities Press.. global modal analysis methods in time and frequency domain. calibration and sensitivity analysis in modal testing. stochastic optimization methods. W.. AE 235 (JAN) 3:0 Non-Destructive Testing and Evaluation Fundamentals and basic concepts of NDT & E. D. 1995. acoustic emission. Kenneth G. Bramwell’s Helicopter Dynamics. Current Literature. lag and torsion. AIAA Education Series. sensors application in modal parameter (natural frequency. Current Literature. Sharpe. Detection and characterization of defects and damage in metallic and composite structural components. harmonic balance method. signal and system analysis. Metals Handbook -Vol. radiography. 1992. Vibration: Fundamentals and Practice. Vehicle trim. modal analysis of rotating structures. Coupled and modified structure analysis. McConnel. Aerodynamic loads. Application of modal analysis to practical structures and condition health monitoring. finite element in time. John Wiley & Sons. Floquet theory.numerical methods for constrained optimization. Johnson. Ranjan Ganguli Ranjan Ganguli. 2001.L. elastic blades. exciters..A. M R Bhat Pre-requisite: AE 221 or equivalent. properties of FRF data for SDOF and MDOF systems. Principles and applications of different NDE tools used for testing and evaluation of aerospace structures viz.. response model and spatial models. Dover. CRC press New York. ultrasonics. blades in flap. Modal analysis: Theory and Practice. 1999. Helicopter Theory. orthogonal arrays. R. S B Kandagal Ewins. response surface methods in optimization. derivation of mathematical models – modal model. R.J. Engineering Optimization: A Modern Approach. Vibration testing: Theory and Practice. Research Studies Press Ltd. New York. 2000. Clarence W. damping and mode shape) estimation. Frequency Response Function (FRF) measurement. Balmford. electromagnetic methods. Inc. de Silva. Done.. Vibration standards for human and machines. modal parameter estimation methods. rotor speed characteristics and fan plots. Ranjan Ganguli Bielawa. AE 240 (JAN) 3:0 Modal analysis: Theory and Applications Introduction to modal testing and applications. Butterworth-Heineman. England. 2010. Scheme of Instruction Page 148 ..17. Blade aeroelastic instabilities. thermography. Dynamics of rotating beams: hinged rigid blades. electro restrictive. R. American Elsevier Pub. Gas Turbine Theory. Vibration with Control. 1972.N. analysis of simple reactions.A. Smart Structures: Analysis and Design.K... AE 245 (AUG) 3:0 Mechanics and Thermodynamics of Propulsion Introduction to propulsive devices. 1985. Droplet combustion. I and II John Wiley. propeller theory. M. John Wiley. magneto restrictive and shape memory alloys.L.M.. Premixed flames: Rankine-Hugoniot relations. Cambridge. air-breathing and non-air-breathing systems.. 1985. 2001.. Scheme of Instruction Page 149 . J. 1985. Diffusion flames: Burke-Schumann theory. Vibration damping. Cambridge University Press. velocity and altitude performance. D. electro restrictive. Law. engine propeller matching.. S.J. component analysis. H.G. thrust augmentation starting. Jones. New York. Kerrebrock. Pearson Education.K. H. Constitutive modeling of structures with PZTs/PVDF materials. and Peterson. Conservation equations of multi-component. 1965.D. axial turbines. An Introduction to Combustion. S B Kandagal Nashif. New York. quenching and flammability limits.. Addison-Weseley. Elements of Gas Turbine Propulsion. McGraw-Hill. PVDF films. Inman. P. visco-elastic polymers as constrained and unconstrained configuration in passive vibration control. 1958.G. Concept of vibration isolation. 2005. Closure problem. Aircraft Engines and Gas Turbines. K.. Aerospace Propulsion.R. T S Sheshadri and D Sivakumar Zucrow.. piston engines. Saravanamuttoo. AE 246 (JAN) 3:0 Combustion Thermodynamics of reacting systems.F. Wiley. dynamic vibration absorber..V. D.. theories of laminar premixed flame propagation. Addison Wesley. Non-rotating components: combustion chambers. cycle analysis of ramjet. Rotating components: centrifugal and axial compressors. Principles of Combustion.J. Rogers.. MIT Press. Kuo. magneto restrictive materials and shape memory alloys (SMA) in structural vibration control.AE 241 (AUG) 3:0 Structural Vibration Control Introduction to vibration control. turbojet. and Peterson. Mechanics and Thermodynamics of Propulsion. transport phenomena: molecular and convective transports.. Srinivasan... C. Hill. 2006. Shepherd. J.A.. Combustion Fundamentals.C. Cambridge University Press... 2000. Mattingly. afterburners. 1986. C. and McFarland. steady-state and partial equilibrium approximations. F.R.G. Application of PZT patches. C. turbulent combustion.. laminar jet diffusion flame. Williams. Explosion theories. and Cohen. Combustion Theory. D. Chemical kinetics: equilibrium. D. 2001.P. John Wiley. Performance parameters. Strehlow. AE 247 (JAN) 3:0 Aircraft Engines Description of air breathing engines. J. Aircraft and Missile Propulsion. ramjets.G. premixed and non-premixed turbulent combustion. reacting systems. 2006. D Sivakumar and Santosh Hemchandra Hill. 1977. D. A. McGraw-Hill. P.I. Mechanics and Thermodynamics of Propulsion. turbo-jet. turbofan. Introduction to DNS and LES K N Lakshmisha Turns...H. and Henderson. Tata McGraw-Hill. principles of component design/selection and matching. passive and active vibration control.. intakes and nozzles. 1992. turbo-fan and turbo-prop engines.. Combustion Physics.I. turbo-prop. C. Vols. Flame stretch. AE 203 or equivalent.Premixed flames: Thermodynamical considerations – Rankine Hugoniot relations: deflagration and detonation. Modern engineering for design of liquid-propellant rocket engines. types of nozzles. M. intermittency. Peters. Elsevier Co. solid propellant rocket internal ballistics. Turbulent Premixed Flames: Regime Diagrams. G. 2000 Recent review literature AE 258 (JAN) 3:0 Robust Control System Synthesis for Aerospace Vehicles Control system specifications for aerospace vehicles. Williams. AIAA. frequency content of rounds. Rocket Propulsion Elements.I Conservation equations. Barrare. Pope. components and motor design of solid propellant rockets. 1981. Cambridge 2006 Combustion Theory by F. 1992. These can however be waived after discussion with the course instructors. scalar dissipation rates. T S Sheshadri Allan d’Pierce. PID controller. quasi-one-dimensional nozzle flow. acoustic energy. coupling functions.P. aero-thermochemistry. Acoustics McGraw Hill Book Company. specific acoustic impedance.Review of Reynolds transport theorem and conservation equations.K. K N Lakshmisha and Charlie Oommen Sutton. Non-premixed flames: mixture fraction. 1960. multi-layer transmission and reflection. and spacecraft propulsion. and Huang. energy spectra. Burke Schumann flame and droplet combustion. robustness issues: robust stability and robust performance. thrust equation.AE 248 (JAN) 3:0 Rocket Propulsion Introduction to rocket engines.. features of chemical rocket propulsion. Scheme of Instruction Page 150 . dead beat control. Lieuwen. Cambridge.Chemical structure of a premixed flame. Favre averaging. Turbulent Non-Premixed Flames: Mixing. Introduction to Combustion Instabilities. S. LFT & μ. B. Hemchandra Pre-requisites: AE 246 or equivalent. rocket equation.. mixing.K. adiabatic flame temperature. performance parameters. thrust control and vectoring. intensity and source power.. D. Law. eigen structure assignment techniques. propellant chemistry. flame speed and thickness phenomenology. Reflection. flame speed with stretch. Kalman filter and implementation. Westview Press 1994 Turbulent Combustion by N. Adiabatic flame speed and flame speed with heat loss. Monopoles and Green’s functions. A. length scales. K. Turbulent flame speed. et al. AE 250 (AUG) 3:0 Advanced Combustion Introduction. John Wiley and Sons. extinction. LQG/LTR. LQR. ignition transients. D. H2 and H∞ control optimization. Cambridge 2000 Unsteady Combustor Physics by T.. Rocket Propulsion. experimental techniques to determine laminar flame speed. review of chemical equilibrium. transmission and excitation of plane waves. AE 249 (AUG) 3:0 Introduction to Acoustics . Cambridge 2012 Turbulent Flows by S. elements of liquid propellant rocket engines. spherical waves. Chaudhuri and S.Introduction to Turbulent Combustion: RANS equations.synthesis. Reciprocity in acoustics. levels and the decibel Fourier series and long duration rounds. 2001. Combustion Physics by C. LMI methods.. Huzel. heat of combustion. wave equation.. radiation from vibrating bodies. kinetics. .. N. frequency domain characteristics. LORAN... static optimization. NJ. numerical methods in systems engineering. transfer function representations. R. John Wiley. 1994. 2004. Nise. A. Wiley Eastern Ltd.N. stability. 1982. Wiley. Y-C. Kreyszig. AE 259 (AUG) 3:0 Navigation. 4th Ed. Third Ed. AIAA. Prentice Hall. Wiley.Introduction to neuro-fuzzy control. An overview of LQ observer and Kalman Filter theory for state estimation. 1975. Advanced Control Systems Design. Overview of flight dynamics. Ogata K. state space representation of dynamical systems. Lyapunov stability theory for autonomous systems.J.. Recent journal publications. 1993. stability. Kayton. D. Zarchan.(ed).. Nelson. 4th Ed. Introduction to Radar Systems. Exposure to state space analysis..... Green. Radhakant Padhi Pre-Requisite: AE 259/260 or equivalent. Flight Stability and Automatic Control. W. D Ghose and V Mani Skolnik.E. Omega. root locus. N. M..I. Avionics Navigation Systems. pole placement observer design. K. INS GPS. Lecture notes AE 260 (AUG) 3:0 Linear Control Systems Design Review of classical control systems. 2004. time response of linear systems in state space form.C. pole placement control design. 8th Ed. 1994. Control: Control systems – classical linear time invariant control systems. linearization. and Ho. guidance laws: pursuit.R. C. 1995. and Ho.. Prentice-Hall. Modern Control System Theory. McGraw Hill.. Applied Optimal Control. Y-C. McGraw-Hill. LOS and PN laws. optimal control design. VOR. 1999. 2004. Gopal. NY. guided missiles. Applied Optimal Control. Bryson. review of linear algebra and matrix theory.. P. time domain characteristics. Taylor and Francis. Tactical and Strategic Missile Guidance. Familiarity with MATLAB Nise. Advanced Control System Design. Prentice Hall. Decca. 1996. Control and Dynamic Systems. C-F.. Lin. and Fried. Doyle. M. motivation for modern control design. J. controllability and observability of linear systems. Prentice Hall. 1989.T. Current Literature Lecture Notes Scheme of Instruction Page 151 .C. Modern Control Engineering. types of navigation.. Wiley.. Guidance and Control Navigation and guidance: continuous waves and frequency modulated radars.. Second Ed.. Control Systems Engineering. Linear Quadratic Regulator (LQR) theory and its extensions. C-F. Prentice Hall. Advanced Engineering Mathematics.. Bryson. Control Systems Engineering. Series Publications. M. E. Academic Press. K. M.E. 2004. 1975. Application of linear system theory for flight control design. and Glover. Linear Robust Control. Zhou.. examples of state. Leondes. A.. output feedback and tracking control systems for aerospace vehicles: MATLAB/simulink implementation M Seetharama Bhat Pre-requisite: AE 259 or equivalent. Lin.. MTI and Doppler radars. Robust and Optimal Control. and Limebeer. Nyquist and Bode plots. Taylor and Francis. trail laying. Spacecrafts Mission Design. Siouris. Bong Wie. 2002. 1976. combinatorial optimization. adaptation.A. self-organizing networks. flocking. Recent advances in guidance theory. interception and avoidance. Spacecraft attitude dynamics.D. fibre optic gyroscopes. AIAA.. multi-agent systems. Simon Haykin. proportional. station keeping/orbit control. McCulloch-Pitts neuron. Prentice-Hall. S N Omkar Prerequisite: Working knowledge in MATLAB or any other programming language Bonabeau. 1999. and tournament and rank based selection. G P S Systems and case studies. Kaplan. 1997. P R Mahapatra Kayton.. Aerospace Avionics systems – A Modern Synthesis. neural networks – different learning techniques.. AE 262 (JAN) 3:0 Guidance Theory and Applications Fundamentals of guidance. Orbital Mechanics. Inc. Swarm intelligence – basic ideas. crossover.. Collision detection and avoidance strategies. replacement and reproduction strategies. satellite navigation systems. Springer Verlag. AIAA Publications. Dorigo. 1996. Altitude estimation. differential games and pursuit evasion problems.. perceptrons. gyroscopes and accelerometers. Oxford University Press. Siouris. 2004. C. applied optimal control and optimal guidance laws. Modern Spacecraft Dynamics and Control. self-assembling. E. John Wiley.M. V. 1999. GPS and GNSS. Inertial navigation principles. 3rd Edition. gravity gradient. fundamentals of quarternion algebra. Wiley. AE 265 (AUG/JAN) 3:0 Biologically Inspired Computing and its Applications Introduction. random. Brown. Debasish Ghose and A Ratnoo Zarchan..M. Introduction to evolutionary computing and GA.A. 4th Edition.Sneyhdor. task handling. Scheme of Instruction Page 152 ..R.. dual spin stabilization. Sidi. augmented satellite navigation. elements of geodesy. 2nd Edition. GA terminology and operators (mutation. N. three-axis stabilization and control. hybrid navigation concepts. M. MEMS gyroscopes and accelerometers. Unmanned aerial vehicles and mobile robots. W. taxonomy of guidance laws. Fitness. Applications to guided missiles. geometric concepts of navigation.AE 261 (AUG) 3:0 Space Dynamics and Control Elements of orbital mechanics. G. Current Literature AE 264 (JAN) 3:0 Principles of Aerospace Navigation Aerospace missions. delta rule. Avionics Navigation Systems. Missile Guidance and Control Systems. spin stabilization. 2nd Edition. coordinate systems and their interrelationship. ring laser gyroscopes. radial basis function network. classical and empirical guidance laws. self-organization.. Ellis Horwood Publishers. Selection. P. orbit determination. inversion). inertial sensors and operating principles.J. Spacecrafts Dynamics and Controls. orbital perturbations. Swarm Intelligence: From Natural to Artificial Systems. M. Eds.. AIAA 1998. M. Space Vehicle Dynamics and Control. M Seetharama Bhat Chobotov. swarm behavior. M. orbital transfer and rendezvous. AIAA.. Tactical and Strategic Missile Guidance.. G. multilayer perceptron networks. 2002. Neural Networks – A Comprehensive Foundation. 1998. 2002. Academic Press 1993. G. Cambridge University Press.H. Applications of biologically inspired algorithms in engineering. Missile Guidance and Pursuit. and Fried. and Theraulaz. Cambridge University Press. numerical methods for partial differential equations. Prentice Hall. S.. Elsevier Science & Technology Books. AE 271 (AUG) 2:1 Flight Vehicle Design Design process. Berlin. William H Press. structural mechanics. 3rd Edn. cost estimation. interpolation and polynomial approximation. Prentice-Hall. G. Theory and Applications of Numerical Analysis. back-propagation and multi-layer feed-forward network. S N Omkar Haykin. S N Omkar Erwin Kreyszig. Hand outs on the experiments. Springer-Verlag..M. Jan Roskam. numerical methods for ordinary differential equations. Pearson Prentice Hall. landing gear layout.O. Aircraft Design: A Conceptual Approach.. Taylor. New Jersey. nonlinear equations. Saul A Teukolsky. Current literature AE 266 (AUG) 3:0 Introduction to Neural Network and Engineering Applications Introduction. Numerical Recipes in C. Scheme of Instruction Page 153 . data screening. basics of iterative methods. network topology. 4th Edition. and initial design and sizing. Thomas C Corke. combustion and control. numerical optimization. radial basis function network. power plant selection. AE 268 (AUG) 2:1 Numerical Programming Floating point arithmetic. and Peter J. medical diagnosis. environmental issues. S N Omkar Daniel P Raymer. solid mechanics. nonlinear airfoil characterization. learning–supervised. Advanced Engineering Mathematics. fuselage layout. John J Mathews and Kurtis D Fink. Design of Aircraft. combustion and controls. AIAA Education series. linear systems. Z. standards. online monitoring of manufacturing process. 1999. engineering applications. Eigen value and eigen vector problems. airworthiness. Faculty Experimental methods for Engineers Holman Doeblin E. wing and tail design.M.Michalewicz. University of Notre Dame. Current literature. 8th Edition. numerical integration.. advanced techniques of measurements in fluid mechanics. unsupervised and reinforced. overall configuration and systems. recurrent networks. Phillips. Dimensional analysis. Experiments in aerodynamics. safety. Genetic Algorithms+Data Structures=Evolution Programs. Neural Networks: A Comprehensive Foundation. modern instrumentation systems. aircraft performance. perception and adaline. mass and balance.. 2 nd Edition. 2 nd Edition. Numerical Methods using Matlab. 1996. error analysis. William T Vetterling and Brain P Flannery. AE 276 (JAN) 1:2 Experimental Techniques Basic concepts of measurement. experiments design. requirements. Wiley. Roskam Aviation and Engineering Corporation. Measurement System. Airplane Design" Part Ι – VIII. Inc. C. Frederick. Consent of Instructor Lighthill. and Reid. Helicopter quasi-steady and unsteady aerodynamics. forces and moments.AE 281 (JAN) 3:0 Introduction to Helicopters Hover. Theory of linear and weakly nonlinear oscillations and waves. Ranjan Ganguli and S N Omkar Gessow. Re-published. Joseph Mathew Pre-requisite: AE 203 or equivalent. 1978. AE 259 Randal W. Cambridge University Press. different reference planes.G.. lateral and longitudinal autopilots. A. project is aimed at training the students to analyse independently any problem posed to them.. Drazin. Path following and guidance: Straight line and curve following. critical appreciation of the existing literature and analytical and/or experimental or design skill. G. Ashwini Ratnoo Pre-requisites: AE 220. rigid blade flapping in forward flight.. Cambridge University Press. Waves in Fluids. impulsively started flows. vision based guidance. gyros. 2000. New York. The project report is expected to show clarity of thought and expression. P. Scheme of Instruction Page 154 . In a few cases. W. Faculty AE 315 (JAN) 3:0 Unsteady Flow Examples of unsteady flows. the project may also involve a sophisticated design work. UAV navigation: accelerometers. 2007 Current Literature AE 299 (0:19) Dissertation Project The M. J. 2012 Kimon P. Unger Publishing Co. Unmanned aircraft systems: coordinate frames. kinematics and dynamics. axial flight and autorotation. 1967. Voronoi partitions. rotor wake modeling and dynamic stall.Valavanis: Advances in Unmanned Aerial Vehicles: State of the Art and the Road to Autonomy. GPS.J. Springer. Princeton University Press.E. Jr. a completely experimental one or a combination of both. stability. Aerodynamics of the Helicopter. Path planning algorithms: Dubin’s curves. way-points. and Myers.Beard and Timothy W.. AE 282 (JAN) 3:0 Unmanned Aerial Vehicles History of Unmanned Air Vehicle (UAV) development. Current literature. Cambridge University Press.McLain: Small Unmanned Aircraft: Theory and Practice.H. Future directions and the road ahead. G. multi-blade coordinates. Helicopter design process. Leishman.. Floquet theory. introduction to rotor control performance and vibration.. Principles of Helicopter Aerodynamics. Hydrodynamic Stability.. 1991. The project may be a purely analytical piece of work. DNS and LES for transitional and turbulent flows. Tollmien-Schlichting waves. Rayleigh-Taylor. Annual Conference proceedings. Global stability theory. AE 330 (AUG) 3:0 Dynamics of flow past on oscillating wing Small disturbance flow past a wing and a wing section. 2004 Current literature AE 328 (AUG/JAN) 3:0 Research Techniques in Non Destructive Evaluation Quantitative non destructive evaluation involved probabilistic methods of quality control and life assessment. Hsun Chen. AE 355 (JAN) 3:0 Advanced Topics in Electromagnetic Scattering Oscillations of a sphere. discussion of KelvinHelmholtz. Arnab Samanta Pre-requisite: AE 203 or equivalent.. Review of progress in quantitative Non Destructive Evaluation. Low-speed aerodynamics. Rayleigh scattering and Mie scattering from ablate spheroids. Richtmyer-Meshkov. Hydrodynamic stability. Fundamentals of propagation through and scattering from chiral media. Weakly non-parallel shear flow instability: Parabolized Stability Equation (PSE) methods. applications of perturbation techniques. Introduction to absolute instability. Eds. Signal analysis and image processing in NDE. 2001 Drazin. TriGlobal methods. Max Platzer.E.H. 2005. & Reid. W. extensions to include nonlinearity.. D. consent of Instructor. P. P. Tuncer Cebeci.G. thermographic and tomographic methods for evaluation of composites. extended T-matrix approach to RCS computations for spacecraft structures. Springer. comparisons with method of moment solutions and asymptotic techniques. ultrasonic. Kuo-cheng Chang. Cambridge University Press. Volume 17. unsteady incompressible potential flow past an oscillating airfoil and wing. Linearized flow equations. & Henningson. D. 2001. Rayleigh-Benard and other instabilities. dual role of viscosity. the Eigen-Value Problem (EVP) and instability criteria: Rayleigh equation. Springer. Jian P Shao. and Chimenti. secondary instability theories. RCS modification using chirality. M R Bhat (ASM) American Society of Metal Hand Book.. effect of dielectric constant on scattering cross sections. Thompson.AE 316 (JAN) 3:0 Hydrodynamic Stability Hydrodynamic stability theory for laminar-turbulent transition. Boundary layer stability: Orr-Sommerfeld equations. unsteady compressible subsonic potential flow past an oscillating airfoil and wing. design to geometric fixed structures for EM scattering. solutions of Maxwell’s equations for scattering from arbitrary cross sections.O. Schmid. numerical examples of Mie resonances in scattering. unsteady compressible supersonic potential flow past an oscillating airfoil and wing. Non-modal treatment of hydrodynamic stability as an Initial Value Problem (IVP). Kartik Venkatraman Pre-requisite: An understanding of mechanics. Scheme of Instruction Page 155 . Josep Katz and Allen Plotkin. Stability and transition in shear flows. Cambridge University Press. normal-mode analysis. D. Analysis of low speed unsteady airfoil flows. non-parallel two and three—dimensional flow with multiple inhomogeneous directions: BiGlobal. familiarity with MATLAB Marquez. AE 360 (JAN) 3:0 Nonlinear Mechanics of Composite Structures Introduction to classical geometrical and physical non-linearities and non-classical geometro-physical non-linearities in structural mechanics. Press.. Lyapunov stability theory: autonomous systems. Nonlinear Systems. mathematical preliminaries. AE 361 (JAN) 3:0 Applied Optimal Control and State Estimation Introduction and motivation review of static optimization.. control constrained problems. Effects of nonlinearities on stability of thin-walled structures. Progress in Astronautics & Aeronautics Series. 213.. Computer Techniques in Electromagnetics.A. International Journal of Solids and Structures etc. Review of functional analysis. neighbouring extremals and sufficiency conditions. plate and shell theories.J. State Transition Matrix (STM) solution. stability proof. Current Literature. I. Applications to engineering structures like pipes. 1996. approximate dynamic programming and adaptive critic design. AIAA. robust control design through optimal control and state estimation. W.. state constrained problems. gradient method and quasi-linearization. H. Applications of neural networks in control system design. neuro-adaptive control. constrained optimal control systems: Pontryagin minimum principle.J. H. extensions of LQR. MPSP Design.L.. Lecture Notes. calculus of variations and optimal control formulation. Variational Principles of Continuum Mechanics. Radhakant Padhi Scheme of Instruction Page 156 . Radhakant Padhi Pre-Requisite: AE 259/260 or equivalent. Slotine. Applications. Linear Quadratic Regulator (LQR) design: Riccati solution. I. Springer..C. Oxford Univ. Intelligent Systems and Control. Interaction of Mechanics & Mathematics Series. 1991. extended Kalman filter. Behera. V. advanced nonlinear flight control. Pergamon Press 1973..E. J. Prentice Hall. numerical solution of two-point boundary value problems: shooting method. Fundamentals & II. 2006 Berdichevsky. Chapter 3 Volume 7 Mitra. J. Non-classical effects resulting from non-linearities. topology and matrix theory. R. Lyapunov stability theory: non-autonomous systems. springs and rotor blades. Wiley. Introduction to nonlinear finite element analysis including mixed formulations. dynamic inversion (feedback linearization). 2009. Ed. nonlinear observers. K. adaptive control.. 1990. D. AE 357 (AUG/JAN) 3:0 Applied Nonlinear Control Introduction and motivation.). Electromagnetics.. Special issue on Chiral media. Nonlinear Control Systems Analysis and Design. optimal state estimation: Kalman filter. Prentice Hall. Variational asymptotic methods of constructing nonlinear composite beam. Khalil.H. Applied Nonlinear Control. Numerical Solutions of Electromagnetic problems. phase plane analysis. State Dependent Riccati Equation (SDRE) design. New York & London 1941.N Balakrishnan Stratton. McGraw-Hill Company.. Waterman. and Li. Electromagnetic Theory.. Discrete time optimal control: Generic formulation. dynamic programming: HJB theory. Mechanics of composite lamina and laminates including response and failure as affected by nonlinearities. L. 2009 Current literature (International Journal of Nonlinear Mechanics. back-stepping design. P. 2003. Nonlinear Composites Beam Theory. and Kar. Dineshkumar Harursampath Pre-requiste: AE224 or equivalent Hodges. discrete LQR. Fundamentals of Kalman Filtering: A Practical Approach. Dover Publications. Cooperative Control of Dynamical Systems. CRC Press. Cooperative Control of Distributed Multi-Agent Systems. Generalized cyclic pursuit. Current Literature Lecture Notes AE 362 (AUG) 3:0 Cooperative Control with Aerospace Applications Introduction to cooperative control. Bryson. Stengel: Optimal Control and Estimation. Sinha. Interest to learn the subject and use MATLAB to carry out the exercises.F. Operation in uncertain environments and uncertainty. and Kalman filter formulations. Optimal State Estimation. 2004.. Andrews. 2007. Y-C. R. AIAA. optimization. D. Kirk. damper system. consensus for single and double integrator dynamics. and in monitoring and controlling of hazards. Optimal Control Theory: An Introduction. Wiley. UAV applications in search. Musoff. linear systems. Distributed multi-vehicular cooperative control. State and parameter estimation. direction. Applied Optimal Control. D. A. Linear Systems: Optimal and Robust Control. 1975. extended. Estimation with measurement noise alone and together with process noise. P. statistics. Current literature Scheme of Instruction Page 157 . T. Stengel. Junkins. Simon. Distributed Consensus in Multi-vehicle Cooperative Control: Theory and Applications. F. Kalman Filtering Theory and Practice using Matlab. Optimal Estimation of Dynamic Systems.Naidu. 2005. Optimal Control.): Applied Optimal Estimation.. D Ghose Shamma. R. particle and ensemble Kalman filters. Role of communication. allied topics with measurement and process noise.). Rasmussen. 2001. and matrix theory. spacecraft formation flying. D. linearised. space debris. and Shima. 1970.. Sage. consensus in position. (Eds. and Beard.E.. 2007. 2009. 1974. (ed). Taylor and Francis.. 2008. S. 1986. S. Prentice Hall. W.E. L. 1977. 1994. matrices for cooperative control.. 2006. and term papers. Spring-mass-. and attitude dynamics. CRC Press. Consensus algorithms. John Wiley. probability. random processes. GPS/INS integration. A. and White. Wiley. Wiley. and Ho. Zarchan and H. A.P. F.. 2008.S. J. Springer Verlag. Optimal Control and Estimation. and surveillance of large areas. coverage. Current Literature. Springer.. C. stability of formations. data fusion. UAV Cooperative Decision and Control: Challenges and Practical Approaches.L. Prentice Hall. Linear. Grewal and A. Routing and path planning of UAVs. M. Z. Optimal Control Systems. Dover Publications. Radhakant Padhi Pre-Requisite: AE 259 or equivalent.. mathematical preliminaries: algebraic graph theory. P.. L. J.C. Filter tuning to obtain the best possible optimum solutions.. CRC Press. Lewis. Qu. III. The MIT Press. AE 363 (JAN) 3:0 Kalman Filter And Applications Brief introduction to randomness. Optimum Systems Control. 2nd Ed. 2002. 1994. Crassidis and J. tracking. R. SIAM Publications.. assignments. Gelb (Ed. Ren. C. Academic Press.I. properties of moist air. and Albhecht. atmospheric stability. Gill.A. Holton. consequences of pv conservation. first and second principles of thermodynamics.. P. Springer Verlag. I. 2nd Edition.J. Relevant Journal Articles. and Hobbs. Atmospheric Science – An Introductory Survey.. thermodynamics of dry air.A. B..Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences M Tech Programme in Climate Science Duration: 2 years Total Credits: 64 Core Courses: 21 Credits AS 202 3:0 AS 203 3:0 AS 204 3:0 AS 205 3:0 AS 211 3:0 AS 216 3:0 Geophysical Fluid Dynamics Atmospheric Thermodynamics Atmospheric Radiation and Climate Atmosphere and Ocean Dynamics Observational Techniques Introduction to Climate System One 3:0 Mathematics Course offered at (SERC/ Maths/CHE/CAOS/CEas) Project: 28 Credits Elective: A balance of 15 credits required to make up a minimum of 64 credits for completing the M Tech Programme. Atmospheric Thermodynamics. AS 202 (JAN) 3:0 Geophysical Fluid Dynamics Large-scale. Kelvin and Rossby waves.. Waves. W. Atmospheric Thermodynamics. Oxford University Press. jets and undercurrents on the equatorial beta plane. water vapour in the atmosphere. nucleation. Tsonis. slowly evolving flows on a rotating earth.R.V. A Short Course in Cloud Physics.F. D Reidel Publishing Company. 2002. Atmosphere and Ocean Dynamics. potential vorticity (pv). Geophysical Fluid Dynamics. isobaric and isothermal processes. Jai Sukhatme and D Sengupta Pedlosky. 2006. Bohren. concept of saturation vapour pressure. and Godson.R.. Poincare. Vorticity. An Introduction to Atmospheric Thermodynamics.. Academic Press Inc. 1977. A. 1982. Waves and large-scale flow in the atmosphere and ocean from observations. effects of stratification and the rotating-stratified Boussinesq equations. Academic Press.. Cambridge University Press.. Scheme of Instruction Page 158 .V. R. An Introduction to Dynamic Meteorology. 1979. 2nd Edn. Wallace. Basic concepts of tropical dynamics. Rotating shallow water equations. Rossby waves on the mid-latitude beta plane. kinetic theory of gases.M. 2nd Edn. Pergamon Press.. effect of aerosols. J. AS 203 (AUG) 3:0 Atmospheric Thermodynamics Vertical structure and composition of the atmosphere. A. Rogers. A Chakraborty Iribarne. clouds and precipitation. parcel and area methods. 1971. J. 1992. 1998.. Quasi-geostrophic flow and pv.. forms of atmospheric convection.. N. Introduction to Atmospheric Radiation. AS 209 (JAN) 3:0 Mathematical Methods in Climate Science Review of probability and statistics: probability distributions. T. J. & U. G. infrared and microwave techniques for measurement of temperature. radiation budget. terrestrial radiation. Wisconsin. cyclostrophic flow. limb sounding.. solar radiation. Academic Press.W. An Introduction to Dynamic Meteorology. J Srinivasan and S K Satheesh Kidder. circulation and vorticity. Academic Press. Basic equations in isobaric coordinates. 2002. J Srinivasan and S K Satheesh Petty. D. and Rodgers. Brigham.W. Thermal.. A. A first course in Atmospheric Radiation. C.. radiative transfer in gases. 2008 Cushman-Roisin. ocean general circulation. Random Variables and Stochastic Processes. 2006. Pillai. stratification and stability. Sundog Publishing. Sverdrup flow. aerosols. G. principal component analysis (PCA). and R. L. Elsevier.. McGraw Hill. Academic Press. Rayleigh and Mie scattering.AS 204 (AUG) 3:0 Atmospheric Radiation and Climate Black body radiation. Ekman layer in the ocean. AS 208 (JAN) 3:0 Satellite Meteorology Introduction to radiative transfer. Plumb. wind-driven ocean circulation. Cambridge Univ. F. vertical thermal structure. Remote Sensing of Atmosphere. 2nd edition. Momentum. 4th edition. 2002. 1974. Balanced flow: inertial flow. and J-M Beckers. Atmospheric sounders. Academic Press. Ravi S Nanjundaiah and P. 2nd edition. 1995. First Edition..R. Kirchoff’s law. sample statistics.. 2nd edition. B. 1984. properties of surfaces. Madison. 4th Edn .R. H. Hypothesis testing. Fast Fourier Transforms. Houghton. J. Swift.. image analysis. Atmospheric general circulation. mixed layer. cloud forcing. 2006. Probability. A. 2011.. 2011. AS 205 (AUG) 3:0 Atmosphere and Ocean Dynamics Introduction to weather and climate. geostrophic currents. Vinayachandran Holton. radiative properties of the atmosphere. Taylor. O. W. Academic Press. scattering of radiation.T. Introduction to Geophysical Fluid Dynamics. calculation of vertical velocities.. Introduction to physical oceanography. Pickard. Ocean and Climate Dynamics. Statistical Methods in the Atmospheric Sciences.Q. Press. J. radiation budget. J. goodness of fit tests.N. continuity and thermodynamic energy equations. Boussinesq approximation.D. 6th Edn. Atmosphere. and Vonder Haar.. thermohaline circulation. Marshall. K. Scheme of Instruction Page 159 . Thermal wind. radiative properties of surface. 2004. Satellite Meteorology. San Diego. Confidence intervals. properties of sea water and their distribution. and simple climate models. Descriptive Physical Oceanography. Elsevier. D. Liou. Talley L.. Wilks. Planetary boundary layer. time-series analysis: Fourier transforms. scale analysis. S. Prentice Hall. V Venugopal Papoulis. Emery and J. humidity and cloud height. AS 203. wind. H. Satheesh Guide to Meteorological Measurements and Methods of Observation. tropical cyclones. AS 301 (JAN) 3:0 Tropical Climate Annual and seasonal mean energy budget. tropical biennial oscillation. Kluwer Academic Publishers.wmo. interactions and energy exchange between different scales. observed mean state of the atmosphere and oceans. 3rd Ed. Teukolsky. and Markgraf. Flannery. J Srinivasan and S K Sateesh Pre-requisite: AS 202. principles of radiative transfer.. fundamentals of field measurements. Beer’s law. fundamentals of atmosphere and radiation. 2007. Peixoto and A. P. Madden Julian oscillation. Tower based techniques and automatic measurement systems.Press. Measurements in the ocean. S. precipitation and aerosols. quasi-biennial oscillation. available on line at www. Diaz. G. absorptivity and albedo of surfaces. laws of thermal radiation. AS 216 (AUG) 3:0 Introduction to Climate System Equations of motion for the atmosphere and oceans. in situ measurement of atmospheric temperature. AS 211 (JAN) 2:1 Observational Techniques Principles of measurement and error analysis. AS 306 (AUG) 3:0 Radiative Transfer in the Atmosphere Electromagnetic spectrum. American Institute of Physics. 1990. El-Nino and the Southern Oscillation. climate variability. radiation. energy and water between the atmosphere and surface. 1998 .. 1996. World Meteorological Organization Publication No.K. Vetterling. T. H. exchange of momentum. Pacific Decadal oscillation. A. the role of radiation in climate. Arindam Chakraborty Hastenrath. monsoon. W. radiosonde techniques. Press. G S Bhat and S. Cambridge University Press. Geneva. Indian Ocean Dipole. W. Modern measurement techniques. An Introduction to Meteorological Instrumentation and Measurement. 7th Edition.. 8.. and B. Physics of Climate. V. emissivity. Climate Dynamics of the Tropics. El-Nino and Southern Oscillation. approximation of radiative transfer. Academic Press. Upper air observations. North Atlantic oscillation. dominant modes of variability. theory of scattering. Prentice Hall. radiative transfer in a plane parallel atmosphere. entropy in climate system. El-Nino and Southern oscillation. T. radiation. CTD. humidity. global water cycle. Philander.int DeFelice. S.P. angular momentum cycle. ADCP and ARGO. pressure.. 2000. energetics.(Eds). Numerical Recipes in C/Fortran: The Art of Scientific Computing. AS 207 or an equivalent background in the dynamics and thermodynamics of the atmosphere Scheme of Instruction Page 160 . Cambridge Univ. Govindasamy Bala J..H. WMO.F. Oort. .. momentum transport by organized convection. Radiative transfer in the atmosphere and oceans. KA : Atmospheric Convection. 1999.N. parameterization of moist convection. Cambridge University Press. G. Oxford University Press. Cambridge. implications of convection for large scale flows. and Stammes. aerosols and clouds. The MIT Press. super parameterization. USA Scheme of Instruction Page 161 . G S Bhat. implication of convective quasiequilibrium for large scale flow.E. clouds and climate change J Srinivasa. Academic Press. AS 311 (AUG) 3:0 Topics in Tropical Convection Meso-scale organization of deep convection. 1980.Liou. K. Relevant journal articles. An Introduction to Atmospheric Radiation. Online materials. Arindam Chakraborty and Ravi S Nanjundiah Pre-requisites: AS 207 and AS 203. Emanuel. K.. J and R J Charlson: Clouds in the Perturbed Climate System. Thomas. Mass. 1994 Heintzenberg. Water Quality Modeling Design of Water Supply and Sewerage Systems One 3:0 core course from either the Geotechnical Engineering or the Structural Engineering streams A suitable 3:0 mathematics course will be identified by the department at the beginning of the term. Scheme of Instruction Page 162 . of which at least 9 credits must be from among the group electives listed below. Project: 22 Credits CE299 0:22 Dissertation Project Electives: 18 Credits. of which at least 9 credits must be from among the group electives listed below.CIVIL ENGINEERING M.E. CE 231 2:0 CE 232 2:0 CE 234 2:0 CE 236 2:1 CE 237 2:0 CE 239 3:0 CE 240 3:0 CE 241 3:0 CE 242 3:0 CE 266 3:0 Soil Stabilization by Admixtures Fundamentals of Soil Behaviour Soil Dynamics Behaviour and Testing of Unsaturated Soils Rock Mechanics Computational Geotechnics Engineering Seismology Introduction to the theory of Plasticity Probabilistic Methods in Civil Engineering Pavement Engineering Water Resources and Environmental Engineering Hard Core: 24 Credits (All courses are mandatory) CE 207 3:0 CE 208 3:0 CE 209 3:0 CE 210 3:0 CE 211 3:0 CE 212 3:0 Computational Fluid Dynamics in Water Resources Engineering Surface Water Hydrology Ground Water and Contaminant Hydrology Systems Techniques in Water Resources & Environmental Engineering. CE 255 CE 256 CE 258 CE 259 3:0 3:0 3:0 3:0 Urban Hydrology Stochastic Hydrology Remote Sensing and GIS for Water Resources and Environmental Engineering Regionalization in Hydrology and Water Resources Engineering. Project: 22 Credits CE299 0:22 Dissertation Project Electives: 18 Credits. Programmes Geotechnical Engineering Hard Core: 24 Credits (All courses are mandatory) CE 201 CE 202 CE 203 CE 204 CE 205 CE 206 3:0 3:0 3:0 3:0 3:0 3:0 Basic Geomechanics Earthquake Geotechnical Engineering Earth and Earth Retaining Structures Foundation Engineering Geoenvironmental Engineering Ground Improvement and Geosynthetics One 3:0 core course from either the Structural Engineering or the Water Resources and Environmental Engineering streams A suitable 3:0 mathematics course will be identified by the department at the beginning of the term. Economics and Environment Technology and Sustainable Development Scheme of Instruction Page 163 . Project: 22 Credits CE 299 0:22 Dissertation Project Electives: 18 Credits of which at least 9 credits must be from among the group electives listed below.ME 201 3:0 AS216 3:0 Fluid Mechanics Introduction to Climate Systems Structural Engineering Hard Core: 24 Credits (All courses are mandatory) CE 214 CE 215 CE 216 CE 217 CE 218 CE 219 3:0 3:0 3:0 3:0 3:0 3:0 Solid Mechanics Mechanics of Structural Concrete An Introduction to Finite Elements in Solid Mechanics Linear Structural Dynamics Optimization Methods Stability of Structures One 3:0 core course from either the Geotechnical Engineering or the Water Resources and Environmental Engineering streams A suitable 3:0 mathematics course will be identified by the department at the beginning of the term. CE 204 3:0 CE 206 3:0 CE 267 3:0 CE 215 3:0 CE 216 3:0 ST 202 3:0 ST 203 3:0 Foundation Engineering Ground Improvement and Geosynthetics Transportation Statistics and Micro-simulation Mechanics of Structural Concrete Introduction to Finite Elements in Solid Mechanics Renewable Energy – Technology. CE 273 3:0 Fracture Mechanics CE 275 3:0 Nonlinear FEM in Structural Engineering CE 276 3:0 Structural Masonry CE 287 3:0 Stochastic Structural Dynamics CE 291 3.0 Uncertainty Modelling and Analysis CE 294 3:0 Monte Carlo Simulations in Structural Mechanics M Tech Programme in Transportation and Infrastructure Engineering Hard Core: 25 Credits (All courses are mandatory) CE 266 3:0 Pavement Engineering CE 212 3:0 Design of Water Supply and Sewerage Systems CE 263 3:0 Modelling Transport and Traffic CE 218 3:0 Optimization Methods MG 223 3:0 Applied Operations Research ST 210 3:1 Principles and Applications of GIS and Remote Sensing MA 261 3:0 Probability Models MG 221 2:1 Applied Statistics Project: 22 credits CE 299 0:22 Dissertation Project Electives: 18 Credits of which at least 9 credits should be from among the electives listed below. . 2002. foundations and earth retaining structures for seismic loading. A Guide to Soil Mechanics. Allowable bearing pressure. Analysis of seismic site response. Reinforced soil beds. embankments. John Wiley. Settlement of shallow foundations. basic clay mineralogy. 2003. Robert W. stability of retaining walls. Pearson Education. Analysis and design of slopes.W. Soil Behaviour and Critical State Soil Mechanics.. Effect of local soil conditions on ground motion. Taylor. McGraw Hill. 1991. CE 203 (AUG) 3:0 Earth and Earth Retaining Structures Lateral earth pressure coefficients. 1976. B. The Engineering of Foundations. Theoretical Soil Mechanics. Bolton. Machine foundations. McGraw-Hill. soil laboratory tests. permeability and flow. Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering Handbook. Wiley Eastern Limited. Lambe. Plate tectonics. Stability analysis of earth and rock-fill dams. Kramer. D... J. stability of vertical cuts. Principles of Foundation Engineering. Mohr circles. 1996. 1965. Foundation Analysis and Design. 1984. Scheme of Instruction Page 164 . Morgenstern and Price methods.W. Dynamic behaviour of soils. Shear Strength and Stiffness of Sands. Laboratory and in-situ testing for seismic loading. CE 204 (AUG) 3:0 Foundation Engineering Bearing capacity of shallow foundations. stability of finite slopes.. M. Critical state and stress paths. Mitigation techniques and computer-aided analysis G Madhavi Latha Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering By Steven L.V. M. Consolidation. D.. penetration tests. plate load tests. R. Graphical constructions.M. passive earth pressure with curved rupture surfaces. John Wiley. 1988 & 1996.. CE 202 (AUG) 3:0 Earthquake Geotechnical Engineering Introduction to engineering seismology. Rankine and Coulomb theories. R. Soil Mechanics. anchored sheet piles. 4th and 5th Ed. Bearing capacity and settlement of piles and pile groups in soils. T. T G Sitharam Bowles. McGraw-Hill. arching. Methods of slices . Principles of foundation design. Earthquake magnitude. Das. settlement. 1991. Case histories. Principle of effective stress. Introduction of deep foundations. Jyant Kumar Terzaghi. Cambridge University Press.W.. settlement tolerance.W. Salgado. Fundamentals of Soil Mechanics.CE 201 (AUG) 3:0 Basic Geo-mechanics Introduction to genesis of soils. Stresses and Strains. Bowles. K. shear strength and stiffness of clays Tejas. Liquefaction phenomena and analysis of pore pressure development. 5th Edn. stability of infinite slopes.Swedish.. McGraw-Hill. failure criteria.. Brooks/Cale Engineering Division. Braced excavations. elastic and consolidation settlements. 2008. Day. Cambridge University Press. J. and Whitman. G Murthy Wood. Ground motion. 1948.D. Analysis and Design of Foundations. estimates from penetration tests. Foundations on problematic soils. Wheatley. Curvilinear co-ordinates and grid generation. numerical solution of ODEs. Transport in subsurface. stability. H. 2013. applications of geo-synthetics in bearing capacity improvement. hydrometeorology. Introduction to finite difference. Inc. Solution methods for Parabolic. Computational Fluid Dynamics in Drinking Water Treatment. H. preloading and vertical drains. dewatering systems. CE 207 (Aug) 3:0 Computational Fluid Dynamics in Water Resources Engineering Governing equations of fluid dynamics. N. IWA Publishing. slurry walls. etc. drainage and seepage control with geo-synthetics. Computational Fluid Dynamics for Engineers. Geoenvironmental Engineering. Effects on geotechnical properties and case studies. D.. edited by Paul D. CE 206 (JAN) 3:0 Ground Improvement and Geosynthetics Principles of ground improvement. R. 1994 CE 208 (AUG) 3:0 Surface Water Hydrology Review of basic hydrology. Waste Stabilization and Landfills: Design and Evaluation.. and Inyang. infiltration. Engineering Principles of Ground Modification. 2007. Classification of Quasi-Linear PDEs. Application of CFD to open channel flow. New York. Mohan Kumar Computational Fluid Dynamics: Applications in Environmental Hydraulics. Applied Numerical Analysis. Hausmann. Hydrologic statistics. chemical modification. reuse of waste materials. finite volume and finite elements method. Inc. evapotranspiration. 1998. F. New York. Ferguson. pipe flow. 1990. distributed and dynamic approaches. McGraw-Hill Pub. Waste disposal facilities such as landfills and impoundments. London.P. 2004. chemical and biological interactions in soil. M. University Press.. embankments on soft soil. properties of geo-synthetics. 2011. Geotechnical Practice for Waste Disposal. Wiley. Butterworth Publications.Principles and Applications Marcel Dekker. Modification by admixtures. Lane. Chaoqun Liu. stabilization using industrial wastes. 1996. Chapman and Hall.. production and classification of wastes.. electro-kinetic dewatering. and Lewis. E.J. Elliptic and Hyperbolic PDEs and their analysis. By Andersson et al. Computational Fluid Dynamics: A Practical Approach. Jones. Flood routing . by Jiyuan Tu. Designing with Geosynthetics. Waste Containment Systems. porous media and contaminant transport problems. 1993. S. geo-synthetics in landfills. Contaminated site remediation. D. slope stability. L. retaining walls. Guan Heng Yeoh. Soil pollution processes. 1st edition. Addison and Wesley.basic concepts. soil nailing and other applications of geosynthetics. P V Sivapullaiah Daniel. grouting.. C. Properties of compacted soil. 1994. S. soil reinforcement principles. 2012. Physical. Prentice Hall Inc. Stuart N. Co. filtration. Madhavi Latha Manfred R. and pavements. G L Sivakumar Babu and G. by Bas Wols. M.CE 205 (JAN) 3:0 Geo-environmental Engineering Source. Sharma. Robert I. Reinforcement and Soil Structures. Bates. Hydraulic modification. Elsevier. 2000. Fundamentals of Computational Fluid Dynamics. Cambridge University Press. design and construction.P. Barrier systems.. John Wiley & Sons. by Tapan K Sinha. Reddi. Koerner.E. Frequency Scheme of Instruction Page 165 . run-off and hydrograph analysis. compatibility and performance. by Curtis F. mechanical modification.lumped. classification of PDEs. Gerald and Patrick O. Dynamic Programming (DP). Maidment. Linear Programming (LP). Linsley. M Sekhar Freeze.. and Mujumdar. Addison Wesley.P. Mays. groundwater monitoring. and Haith..W.. stochastic DP.. and Poulhus. Batu. Domenico.J.A. Prentice Hall. slug tests.L. 1979.A. Englewood Cliffs. ‘Water Resources Systems: Modelling Techniques and Analysis’. L. Vedula.constrained and unconstrained optimization. Ground Water. J. resiliency and vulnerability of water resources systems. mass transport in groundwater. N. and Schwartz. Physical and Chemical Hydrogeology.R. 'Water Resources Systems Planning and Analysis'. completely and incompletely mixed systems. C.porous and fractured media. D. stoichiometry and reaction kinetics..analysis and probability. P. McGraw Hill. CE 210 (AUG) 3:0 Systems Techniques in Water Resources and Environmental Engineering Optimization Techniques . B. R.. 1981. 1991. reservoir sizing. M.dissolved oxygen and pathogens.R. Aquifer Hydraulics. A. A. D. J. Chance constrained LP. groundwater quality. McGraw Hill. Water Quality. stochastic optimization. V. S. Vol. P. 1990.. Nielsen. Lerner. aquifer tests . International Contributions to Hydrogeology.N. Tata-McGraw Hill. Simulation .. Prentice Hall. Hydrology and Floodplain Analysis.. Applied Hydrology. D. and Simmers.. Surface Water Quality Modeling. Kuhn-Tucker conditions.A. Scheme of Instruction Page 166 . P. pumping tests. Y-K. Practical Handbook of Groundwater Monitoring. multipurpose reservoir operation for hydropower. 2005.A.. groundwater recharge.reliability.. Water quality modeling in lakes and ground water systems. Scale effects of dispersion.D.K. Water quality modeling in rivers and estuaries . Introduction to environmental hydrology. D. V V Srinivas Bedient.. Transport in fractured media.. Mathematical models of physical systems.'Hydrosystems Engineering and Management'. and Tung. Stedinger. flood control and irrigation..M. Lewis Publishers. 1997. Design issues in hydrology. Tchobanoglous. Movement of contaminants in the environment. and Cherry. Verlag Heinz Heise. Review of probability theory. John Wiley. 1985. M Sekhar Chapra. Tracer tests.S.. P.R. Groundwater Recharge.W.C. water allocation. applications in water resources. and Mays. equations of flow. Kohler.H. McGraw-Hill. 1992.. D Nagesh Kumar Loucks. L. and Huber. Chow. Well hydraulics: Models and methods. Issar. E.. J. regional groundwater resources evaluation. Surface water quality control. F. 1987. Hydrology for Engineers. McGraw-Hill 1988.T.. CE 211 (JAN) 3:0 Water Quality Modelling Basic characteristics of water quality. Prentice Hall.W. W. 2002. John Wiley. CE 209 (Aug) 3:0 Ground Water and Contaminant Hydrology Groundwater movement and balance. V. Solute transport modeling.8. and Schroeder. D. 1998.. Multi-objective optimization. 1990. I. G.. S. New Delhi. Urban hydrology. D. and Dolan. C.M. eigenvalues. Deformation gradient. shear and torsion. Zerna. Betti-Maxwell reciprocal theorem. World Scientific. Seismic resistant design. Venant's Principle. material symmetry. 2006 Scheme of Instruction Page 167 . failure theories. Methods for predicting the behavior of pre-stressed concrete members and structures. areas and volumes. C. Sundaram Fung. CE 213 (JAN) 0:1j Experimental Methods in Environmental Engineering Water quality measurement – chemical and instrument methods. Advanced wastewater treatment and water reuse. Momentum balance.. Contaminant transport through water and soil-water medium. Theoretical Elasticity. Design of water supply units. M Sekhar and M S Mohan Kumar Current literature/ Laboratory manuals CE 214 (AUG) 3:0 Solid Mechanics Introduction to tensor algebra and calculus. generalized Hooke's Law. Design of Prestressed concrete structures. Airy stress functions. Polar decomposition theorem. warping. Divergence theorem. body forces. Lagrangian and Eulerian description of deformation. Introduction to yield and plasticity. plane stress. and Pin Tong. Outline of Mindlin plate theory. matrices of tensor components. USA. change of basis formulae. and Lynn P. creep and shrinkage. Prentice Hall 1974. Pure bending of thin rectangular and circular plates. cylindrical and spherical coordinates. H. Cauchy's theorem. stress at a point. Green and W.. plane strain. A. wastewater flows and collection systems. Selected problems in elasticity. deflections. Strength of RC elements in axial. J.P. A. 1968. Deformation of lines. RC columns under axial and eccentric loading. elastic strain energy. Experiments on aeration. Tractions. elastic moduli. M S Mohan Kumar Mark J Hammer & Mark J Hammer Jr. Virtual Work.. wastewater processing.. 2001 Boresi. isotropic linear elasticity in Cartesian. McGraw Hill. Water distribution systems. Y. indicial notation. 2004 Lin and Burns. Cauchy-Green and Lagrangian strain tensors. Experiments on water conveyance systems – pipes and open channels. Piola-Kirchhoff stress tensors. Water and Wastewater Technology. Principle of stationary potential energy. flexure. Stress-strain behavior in multi-axial loading. Dover Publications CE 215 (AUG) 3:0 Mechanics of Structural Concrete Introduction. Torsion in circular and non-circular shafts and thinwalled tubes.. John Wiley and Sons. Green's solids. Symmetry of the Cauchy stress tensor. plasticity and fracture. Chandra Kishen Nilson. Navier's formulation. Classical and Computational Solid Mechanics.. W. Narayan K. Compatibility. Infinitesimal strains. operation of networks. Columbus. A. St. 2004. Elasticity in Engineering Mechanics. Kirchhoff's uniqueness theorem. Beamcolumn joints. Introductory chemistry and biology.E. small deflection problems in laterally loaded thin rectangular and circular plates. Pearson Prentice Hall. Fifth Edition. Design of concrete structures. Yield line theory of slabs. Strut and Tie modelling. Elementary measures of strain. ductility.CE 212 (JAN) 3:0 Design of Water Supply and Sewerage Systems Basics of hydraulics and hydrology. Darwin. water processing.P. Limit state design philosophy of reinforced concrete. Infinitesimal strain-displacement relations in cylindrical and spherical coordinates. 1989. Introduction to Optimization. Behavior of ideal columns. McGraw-Hill. Evolutionary algorithms. Stability functions.. a brief overview of eigensolution techniques.Earthquake resistant design of structures. orthonormal bases and eigenfunction expansions. Rayleigh-Ritz and weighted residual methods.J. weighted residual methods. Isoparametric formulation. Hamilton’s principle. solutions of governing PDEs through separation of variables. Inelastic buckling. stochastic programming. finite element semi-discretizations of continuous dynamical systems.S. Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis. virtual work and weak formulations. Ananth Ramaswamy Arora. Fourth edition. equations of motion by Reynolds transport theorem. semi-discrete MDOF systems and eigenvalue problems. Thermal buckling. O. free and forced vibration responses. 2006. D. CE 219 (JAN) 3:0 Stability of Structures Analysis of beam columns. Applications to various engineering problems. Variational methods: Raleigh-Ritz. linear and nonlinear programming. Wiley Eastern.. principle of virtual work. Imperfection sensitivity and post critical behavior. Energy principles. Bifurcation buckling and limit point instability. . S. The Finite Element Method: Vol. John Wiley and Sons. 1984. 1 (The Basis).D. Kuhn-Tucker conditions. 2012.. Cook R. Buckling of beams on elastic foundations. Parametric instabilities and stability under nonconservative forces. John Wiley. Computational aspects and applications Debraj Ghosh Zienkiewicz. R. Static and dynamic formulations. Ant Colony and Particle Swarm Optimization. Continuum BVP and their integral formulation. CE 216 (AUG) 3:0 An Introduction to Finite Elements in Solid Mechanics Concepts of the stiffness method.S. Malkus. New Delhi. Optimization: Theory and Applications. C S Manohar Scheme of Instruction Page 168 . New York. Finite element formulation. Divergence and flutter. Lagrangian equations of motion.. R. Buckling of frames. Dynamic analysis of stability. McGraw-Hill (Int.. Ltd. Elements of Vibration Analysis.edition). Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. treatment of discrete variables.C. Genetic algorithm. PDEs of motion for taut strings. J. Mechanical models of stability. S. Lateral torsional buckling of beams. CE 218 (JAN) 3:0 Optimization Methods Basic concepts.. simulated annealing. damped MDOF systems.L. Euler-Bernoulli beams and Kirchhoff plates. Energy methods. Finite element formulation of one. New York.Agarwal and Shrikhande. Butterworth-Heinemann. Rao. L Meirovitch. modal dynamics and the notion of an SDOF model. Plesha and Witt. direct integration techniques including Euler and Newmark-beta methods. D Roy D Roy and G V Rao. Elements of Structural Dynamics: A New Perspective. CE 217 (AUG) 3:0 Linear Structural Dynamics An overview of continuous dynamical systems. arches and plates. structures under support excitations. and Taylor. 1992 Current Literature. 2000. two and three dimensional problems. formulation of the problem for the multi-degree freedom system. Measurements of soil suction. L. Vibrations of soils and foundations. 1975. different types of waves. Fundamentals of Soil Behaviour. excavations. O.. 2006 CE 234 (JAN) 2:0 Soil Dynamics Fundamental of vibrations. Amsterdam. P V Sivapullaiah Ingles. Fang & J. J.D. Vibration Analysis and Design of Foundations for Machines and Turbines. Mitchell. tests to evaluate collapse potential.lime. Elsevier. J M T Thompson and G W Hunt. wave propagation in bar and elastic media. John Wiley. Consolidation and shear strength of fine-grained soils. Bowen. London. Woods.. matric and osmotic suction. 1970. vibration isolations. 1962. 1972. 1997 Fredlund. K. Methods of stabilization . R. collapse. Introductory Geotechnical Engineering-An Environmental Perspective. John Wiley. bitumen and special chemicals. 1973. A general theory of elastic stability. Day.G. Yong & B. Application to embankments. Major. mechanisms. P.. steady state vibration and cross hole shear tests. 2005. Theory of elastic stability. Effective stress concepts. identification of clay minerals. soil structure. block vibration test for determining stiffness and damping coefficient of soil mass. R. F. Soil Stabilization. 1993. Taylor and Francis. seismic bearing capacity of foundations and seismic earth pressures. liquefaction analysis. Elsevier.. Grouting in Engineering Practice. Purpose-based classification of soils. Principles and Practice. Butterworths. soil .B.E. foundations and sensitive soils. flow through unsaturated soils. effective stress concepts. Methods and applications of grouting. cement. Collets. Soil Mechanics for Unsaturated Soils. analysis of free and forced vibrations using spring dashpot model. and Hall. 1963. Y. Warkentin. Robert W. Fundamentals of structural stability. Jyant Kumar Richart. Daniels. London CE 231 (AUG) 2:0 Soil Stabilization by Admixtures Principles of soil stabilization. Role of admixtures. Problematic soils M Sudhakar Rao & P Raghuveer Rao J. N. and Metcalf. McGraw-Hill. soil classification. H. and Rahardjo. role of mineralogy in hydraulic conductivity. Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering Handbook.water interactions in the environment. comparison with spring-dashpot model.. R. 2002 CE 236 (JAN) 2:1 Behaviour and Testing of Unsaturated Soils Identification and classification of expansive and collapsing soils.R. McGraw Hill. CE 232 (AUG) 2:0 Fundamentals of Soil Behaviour Origin of soils. geophysical survey using reflection. 1975. Use of fly ash and other waste materials.. G J Simtses and D H Hodges. H. Mechanics of Residual Soils. J. Prentice-Hall. G.E. resonant column test for determination of elastic and shear modulus. refraction.G. uses and limitations. Wiley-Interscience Publications. Allied Science Publishers Ltd. M Sudhakar Rao & P Raghuveer Rao Blight. effect of different pressure distribution. Taylor & Francis Pub. heave and strength characteristics of unsaturated soils. Laboratory evaluation of swell pressure and swell potential.S P Timoshenko and J M Gere.1993 Scheme of Instruction Page 169 . A. cyclic shear test. Soil Properties and Behaviour. theories for foundations on elastic half space.. D. E. Transitional materials engineering property evaluation. risk and vulnerability Studies. John.D. selected Scheme of Instruction Page 170 . R. Drucker-Prager). Local site effects. Concepts of seismic magnitudes and intensity. Soil Behavior and Critical State Soil Mechanics. yield criteria (Tresca. Mohr-Coulomb. G Madhavi Latha Desai.convexity. A.J. Slope stability and foundation problems. Review of basic concepts. phenomenological basis of assumptions in plasticity. CRC Press Washington 2004. tsunamis. Constitutive modeling of soil response. Numerical Methods in Geotechnical Engineering. Finite element method. Drucker's postulate. Anbazhagan Earthquake Engineering – From Engineering Seismology to Performance-Based Engineering Edited by Bozorgnia.deterministic and probabilistic. V. Eds. Integration of hazards using GIS. Regional seismicity and earthquakes in India. K. McGraw-Hill. Bathe.M.0 Introduction to the Theory of Plasticity 1D plasticity and viscoplasticity. Measured soil response. Development of response/design spectrum.Nelson..J. Strong ground motions..T. D. and underground opening. velocity and displacement. Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering Pearson Education. Finite difference method. 2003. recurrence relation. Application for solving geotechnical engineering problems. Seismic zonation – scales. J. John Wiley and Sons. Franklin and Maurice B. Application of rock mechanics in engineering. introduction to upper and lower bounds. Seismic station. Discrete element method. NJ. D. Dusseault. Wiley-Interscience Pub. normality. C.. T G Sitharam Goodman. Y. Solution of nonlinear systems of equations. Body waves and surface waves. Steven L Kramer. Rock Engineering.V.). Cambridge University Press. ground motion amplifications. Finite Element Procedures in Engineering Analysis. Illyushin's principle. elasticity and strength of rocks in situ stress determination.S. geometry of yield surfaces. McGraw-Hill Publishing Company. slipline fields. 1989. Expansive soils. Wood. attenuation. liquefaction. Overview of plate tectonics and earthquake source mechanisms. landslides. (1992) CE 237 (JAN) 2:0 Rock Mechanics Classification of inferential testing. CE 240 (JAN) 3:0 Engineering Seismology Introduction to earthquake hazards. mechanical and digital sensors. Rock Mechanics (2nd Edn. physical basis of plasticity. Friction in rocks. 1977.. CE 239 (JAN) 3:0 Computational Geotechnics Introduction to numerical modeling in geotechnical engineering. Interpretation of seismic records – acceleration. finite element and discrete element computer codes. 1982. problems in rigid-perfectly plastic solids. J. shakedown. 1990. Sensors and data loggers. Englewood Cliffs. macro and micro. New York. Earthquake hazard Analysis – Issues and Insights Columbia University Press New York 1990. CE 241 (JAN) 3. flow rules and hardening . Using finite difference. and Christian. Seismic hazard analysis . New York. Laboratory methods and in-situ tests. Site characterization – different methods and experiments. von Mises. Leon Reiter. and Bertero. Liquefaction hazard assessments. P. Levy-Mises equations. plastic / viscoplastic potentials. Theory of wave propagation. 1982.Problems and Practice in Foundation and Pavement Engineering. Prentice-Hall. and Miller. uniaxial tensile test & Bauschinger effect. Artificial Neural Networks. Fitting probability distributions to hydrologic data. (FOSM) method. 2006 Calladine. decisions based on samplings. Hasofer-Lind approach. engineering judgment. Elsevier. Dover. Shaw. Reliability and Statistics in Geotechnical Engineering. G.. (2003). sampling techniques. open channel flow in urban watersheds. simulation methods. use of fault tree and event tree analysis and examples in civil engineering. depression storage. loads and resistances. Nathabandu T. M. modeling uncertainty. New York. 2008 CE 242 (Aug) 3:0 PROBABILISTIC METHODS IN CIVIL ENGINEERING (3:0) Randomness. Chapman & Hall. sampling plans. C. P P Mujumdar Butler. Storm water runoff generation.T.B. Vol. A. R. functions of random fields. New Delhi. probability theory. 3rd Edn. Hall. Akan A.rigid-perfectly plastic and elastic-plastic boundary value problems. Woodhead. London and New York CE 255 (AUG) 3:0 Urban Hydrology Review of basic hydrology. hydrologic risk. John Wiley and Sons. radial return and other integration algorithms Tejas G Murthy & Narayan K Sundaram Chakrabarty. Hydrology in Practice. Chinchester. decision making. Commonly used probability distributions in hydrology. Spon Press. random variables. E. first order second moment. New York. concepts of sampling.J. estimation of runoff rates from urban watersheds.H. Data generation. Urban Drainage. Probability. Stationary processes. 1993. 1975. probability mass and density functions. John Wiley. Hann..2 . Vol. uncertainty. storm water drainage structures. Wiley. introduction to probability. McGraw-Hill International edition. USA. New York. A.H. Butterworth. John Wiley.L. CE 256 (JAN) 3:0 Stochastic Hydrology Introduction to random variables. 2nd Edn. Baecher.. G L Sivakumar Babu Ang. and Rodriguez-Iturbe . J. Plasticity for Engineers.. Introduction to urban ground water systems. Probability plotting and frequency analysis.J.O and Hioughtalen R.. Source control techniques. "Statistical Models in Hydrology". Plasticity Theory. 2000 Lubliner J. Dover Publications. Clarke.. Kottegoda and Renzo Rosso (1998) Statistics. R. Bayes theorem.. and Tang. moments of distribution. measures of variability. P P Mujumdar Bras. Hydraulics and Storm Water Quality – Engineering Applications and Computer Modeling. Modeling of hydrologic uncertainty . & Davies. levels of reliability. C. combined loss models. (1975 and 1984). Scheme of Instruction Page 171 ..S.. branching.auto correlation and spectral density functions. random number generation. 2004.W.T. and Tang.H. J. 1995. “Random Functions and Hydrology”."Probabilistic concepts in Engineering Planning Design". First East-West Press Edition. Urban Hydrology. advanced hardening models.-S. return period. reliability methods. flow routing. Analysis of hydrologic time series . first order Markov processes. storm water detention. D. 1994. 1984. frequency analysis – IDF relationships.R. structural and non-structural control measures. autocovariance functions. W..T. 1994. 1 and Vol. 1.purely stochastic models. Probability Concepts in Engineering Planning and Design. urban storm water models. Theory of Plasticity. infiltration.. and Reliability for Civil and Environmental Engineers. introduction to computational plasticity. interception storage. "Statistical Methods in Hydrology". Urban Hydrology. Basic Principles.M. Applications to hydrologic forecasting. comparative discussion. statistical properties of random variables. and Christian. John Wiley & Sons 2003. W.H. Ang. J. stationary and non-stationary distributions. S. 2000. 254. John Wiley and Sons. Kirkby. Ortuzar and L. Approaches to regionalization of hydrometeorological variables and extreme events. Digital image processing.M. D Nagesh Kumar Lillesand T. 1997. An Introduction to Geographical Information Systems. Cornelius.probability weighted moments and its variations. Rao. May. Prentice-Hall. Y. U. D. Heywood. I.. Irrigation management. J. New York. Use of relevant software for remote sensing and GIS applications. activity based travel demand modelling. M. 2008. drainage.V. Pavement Analysis and Design. 2001. 2009 Huang. and Carver. S. Pavement Engineering. B.Principles and Interpretation. R. traffic flow theory.. Planning and Economics.R. selection of pavement design input parameters. J. failure criteria: pavement design of overlays and drainage system: pavement performance evaluation: non-destructive tests for pavement: IRC.CE 258 (JAN) 3:0 Remote Sensing and GIS for Water Resources & Environmental Engg Basic concepts of remote sensing.W. Schröder. CRC Press. Regionalization in Hydrology. Environment and ecology. 1998. CE 259 (JAN) 3:0 Regionalization in Hydrology and Water Resources Engineering Prediction in ungauged basins. trip-based modelling approach. delay and saturation flow models. M. and their use in hydrologic design. traffic loading and volume.. Springer Publishers. CE263 (AUG) 3:0 Modelling Transport and Traffic Approaches to travel demand modelling. 58. A.. Willumsen. de D.. Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation. Regional frequency analysis.. Remote Sensing . Estimation of probable maximum precipitation and probable maximum flood. New Jersey. 1990 Vuchic Vukan R.F. Regional Frequency Analysis: An Approach Based on L-Moments. CE 266 (AUG) 3:0 Pavement Engineering Introduction to pavement engineering: Design of flexible and rigid pavements. J. Modelling Transport. 1999. Applications to rainfall . and Wallis. AASHTO design codes: maintenance and rehabilitation of pavements P Anbazhagan Rajib B Mallick and Tahar El-Korchi. Freeman & Co. Geographic Information System. regional goodness-of-fit test.An Approach Based on Cluster Analysis. 1993.. V.G. F.. John Wiley & Sons. Series: Water Science and Technology Library. Watershed management. A.H. Drought and flood monitoring.. Pearson Education. IAHS Publication no. 1986. Urban Transit: Operations. 2005. land use-transport models. Scheme of Instruction Page 172 . pedestrian flow modeling. Prentice–Hall. Airborne and space borne sensors. R. V V Srinivas Prerequisite: CE 208 Diekkrüger. optimization of public transport system Ashish verma J. Vol. Prediction of hydrometeorological variables in gauged and ungauged basins. Introduction to digital elevation modeling and Global Positioning System (GPS). Hosking. Cambridge University Press. Vegetation monitoring.. and Kiefer R. Sabins. Regional homogeneity tests. and Srinivas. deterministic and stochastic models of traffic flows. Principles and Practice. Regionalization of Watersheds . material characterization. Traffic Flow Fundamentals.runoff modeling. Prentice Hall. Elementary Engineering Fracture Mechanics. critical energy release rate. regression models for transportation. P. Computational fracture mechanics. Ashish Verma C. Non-linear fracture models with softening. masonry in tension. 2004. Cambridge University Press. 2008. Masonry characteristics. Plasticity for structural engineers. CRC Press. The Netherlands. common probability distributions in transportation. CRC Press. and Ouyang. M. Thermo-mechanical analysis. 2011. John Wiley and Sons. J N Reddy. use of ANOVA. R-curve. S. New Delhi. Compression failure theories. S. Introduction to fracture of quasi-brittle materials like concrete.E. Strength of masonry arches. traffic micro-simulation models. Swartz. Wiley New York. J . Crack mouth opening displacement. numerical summary measures. J. Spiegelman. Anderson. graphical methods for displaying transportation data. W. Statistics. Elasto-plastic fracture mechanics and J-integral. Design of reinforced and un-reinforced masonry structures. random variables in transportation. 2014. W. W F Chen and D J Han. Review of continuum mechanics: stress and strain measures. R. Laterally loaded un-reinforced walls. Size effect in fracture of concrete. B Moran. Non-linear continuum mechanics for finite element analysis. McGraw-Hill Book Company. Second Edition. T. Principles of Pavement Design. shear and biaxial stress. and R D Wood. A. Oxford University Press. Mixedmode crack propagation. B V VENKATARAMA REDDY Hendry. Alphen Aan Den Rijn. 2008. H. E. Fracture Mechanics: Fundamentals and Applications. Fracture toughness. Park. W K Liu. and hardening. Rilett. L. Wiley. E.R. and Decisions for Civil Engineers. Sijthoff and Noordhaff.. J Bonet. Yoder. New Delhi. Benjamin and C. Total Lagrangian and updated Lagrangian formulations for geometrically nonlinear solid continua. Rock and Other Quasi-Brittle Materials. Review of continuum plasticity: rules for yield. USA CE 275 (JAN) 2:0 Nonlinear FEM in Structural Engineering Concept of material. and K I Elkhodary. S. USA. J. CE276 (JAN) 3:0 Structural Masonry Masonry materials. Nonlinear finite elements for continua and structures.. Energy release rate. balance laws. Cambridge. fatigue crack propagation. General solution techniques C S Manohar Pre-requisite:: Background in FEM and solid mechanics T Belytschko. Probability. MacMillan Press. 1998 Scheme of Instruction Page 173 . CE267 (JAN) 3:0 Transportation Statistics and Micro-simulation Role of statistics in transportation engineering.. Structural Masonry.. A. FE formulations for inelastic solids with linear/nonlinear strain-displacement relations.Ross publishing / Cengage Learning. geometric. flow. analysing micro-simulation outputs. use of sampling and hypothesis testing in transportation. Shah. 1975. An introduction to nonlinear finite element analysis. Bayesian approaches to transportation data analysis. performance measures. J M Chandra Kishen David Broek. 2 nd Edition. Fracture Mechanics of Concrete: Applications of Fracture Mechanics to Concrete. Witczak. C. 1970. and L. Problems of structural dynamics. Cornell. CE 273 (JAN) 3:0 Fracture Mechanics Definition of stress intensity factor. and contact nonlinearities. Transportation Statistics and Microsimulation. Chichester. Current literature CE 287 (JAN) 3:0 Stochastic Structural Dynamics Introduction to random variables and processes: probability, random variables. Transformations of random variables. Stationary, ergodic and non-stationary stochastic processes. Linear transformation of stationary-ergodic stochastic processes. Normal Gaussian Stochastic processes. PSD functions. Wiener processes and an introduction to Ito calculus. Response of SDOF and MDOF oscillators under random inputs. Oscillators subject to white noise excitations. Input-output relations in time and frequency domains under the assumption of response stationarity. Handling non-stationarity in the response. level crossing and first passage problems. Nonlinear oscillators under random inputs: sources of non-linearity. Equivalent linearization and perturbation methods. Numerical integration and Monte Carlo simulations: Ito-Taylor expansions. Stochastic Euler and Heun methods. Higher order implicit and explicit methods. Errors in Monte-Carlo simulations. Variance reduction techniques. D Roy Lin, Y K, Probabilistic Structural Dynamics, McGraw-Hill Kloeden, P.E. and Platen, E., Numerical Solutions of Stochastic Differential Equations, Springer Ghanem, R.G and Spanos, P D, Stochastic Finite Elements: A Spectral Approach, Springer-Verlag. CE 291 (JAN) 3:0 Uncertainty modelling and analysis Deterministic vs. nondeterministic perspectives. Sources of uncertainty. Epistemic vs. aleatoric uncertainty. Data driven vs. physics driven uncertainty modelling. Different approaches such as probabilistic, interval, fuzzy. Introductory probability and statistics --- point estimation, hypothesis testing, time series. Modelling: connecting data to the probabilistic models. Discretization of random fields. Tools for uncertainty propagation. Computational aspects of uncertainty propagation. Debraj Ghosh Applied Statistics and Probability for Engineers by Douglas C. Montgomery & George C. Runger, John Wiley and Sons, 2010 Selected works from the current literature will be given by the instructor CE 294 (AUG) 3:0 Monte Carlo Simulations in Structural Mechanics Review of probability and statistics. Pseudo-random numbers; tests for randomness; generation of scalar and vector random variables; transformation techniques; accept-reject method; Markov Chain, Monte Carlo, Review of random processes. Simulation of scalar and vector random processes; Fourier and Karhunen-Loeve expansions; filtered white noise models and SDE-s. Applications to structural reliability estimation. Variance reduction techniques; subset simulations; Girsanov transformation; Sequential Monte Carlo. C S Manohar Prerequisites: Background in theories of probability and random processes. J.S. Liu, Monte Carlo strategies in scientific computing, Springer, New York, 2006. P.E. Kloeden and E.Platen, Numerical solution of stochastic differential equations, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1992. A.Papoulis,, Probability, random variables and stochastic processes, 3rd Edition, McGraw-Hill, New York. 1991. Scheme of Instruction Page 174 CE 299 0: 22 Dissertation Project The project work is aimed at training the students to analyze independently problems in geotechnical engineering, water resources and environmental engineering, structural engineering and transportation and infrastructural engineering. The nature of the project could be analytical, computational, experimental, or a combination of the three. The project report is expected to show clarity of thought and expression, critical appreciation of the existing literature, and analytical, computational, experimental aptitudes of the student. Faculty Scheme of Instruction Page 175 Chemical Engineering ME programme Duration 2years 64 Credits Core: 17 Credits CH 201 3:0 Chemical Engineering Mathematics CH 202 3:0 Numerical Methods CH203 3:0 Transport Phenomena CH 204 3:0 Thermodynamics CH 205 3:0 Chemical Reaction Engineering CH 206 1:0 Seminar Course CH 207 1:0 Applied Statistics & Design of Experiments Project: 32 Credits CH 299 0:32 Dissertation Project Electives: A balance of 15 credits to complete the 64 credits of the M E programme, out of which a minimum of 9 credits are to be taken from the courses offered in the department. CH 201 (AUG) 3:0 Chemical Engineering Mathematics Linear algebraic equations, linear operators, vector and function spaces, metric and normed spaces, existence and uniqueness of solutions. Eigen values and eigen vectors/functions. Similarity transformations, Jordan forms, application to linear ODEs, Sturm-Liouville problems. PDE’s and their classification, initial and boundary value problems, separation of variables, similarity solutions. Laplace and Fourier transforms.. Prabhu R. Nott Linear Algebra and its Applications, Gilbert Strang, Thompson (Indian edition). Mathematical Methods for Physicists, J. B. Arfken and H. J. Weber, Academic Press (Indian reprint). Mathematical Methods in Chemical Engineering, S. Pushpavanam, Prentice-Hall India. Advanced Mathematical Methods for Scientists and Engineers, C. M. Bender and S. A. Orszag, McGraw-Hill/Springer-Verlag (Indian/International student edition) CH 202 (AUG) 3:0 Numerical Methods Basics of scientific computing, numerical errors, solution of linear algebraic equations, linear least squares, eigen values, eigen vectors, solution of nonlinear equations, optimization methods, nonlinear least squares, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration, solution of ODEs – initial and boundary value problems, finite differences for PDEs M Giridhar Scheme of Instruction Page 176 Chapra, S.C. and Canale, R.P., Numerical Methods for Engineers, McGraw Hill, NY, 6th edition, 2010. Gupta, S.K., Numerical methods for Engineers, New Age Publishers, India 2009. Beers, K.J., Numerical Methods for Chemical Engineering, Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge, UK 2010. CH 203 (AUG) 3:0 Transport Processes Basic transport laws and transport properties; shell and differential balances; Navier-Stokes equations, equations of change for temperature and concentration in dilute systems; similarity of three transport processes; steady and unsteady transport, forced and natural convection; convective diffusion in dilute solutions; integral balances and connection to unit operations; boundary layer theory, turbulence. V Kumaran Bird, R.B, Stewart, W.E. and Lightfoot, E.N., Transport Phenomena, Wiley, 1994. Denn, M.M, Process Fluid Mechanics, Prentice Hall, 1980. Whitaker, S., Fundamental Principles of Heat Transfer, New York, Pergamon, 1997. CH 204 (AUG) 3:0 Thermodynamics Classical thermodynamics: first and second laws, Legendre transforms, properties of pure substances and mixtures, equilibrium and stability, phase rule, phase diagrams, and equations of state, calculation of VLE and LLE, reaction equilibria, introduction to statistical thermodynamics. Sudeep Punnathanam Tester, J.W., and Modell, M., Thermodynamics and its Applications, Third Edn, Prentice Hall, 1997. Callen, H.B., Thermodynamics and an Introduction to Thermostatics, John Wiley & Sons, 1985. McQuarrie, D.A., Statistical Mechanics, University Science Books, 2000. Hill, T.L., An Introduction to Statistical Thermodynamics, Dover Publications, 1960. CH 205 (JAN) 3:0 Chemical Reaction Engineering Overview, review of background material. Differential and integral balances for homogeneous reactive systems. Ideal reactors: batch/CSTR/PFR. Uniqueness and multiplicity of steady states, heterogeneous reactions and reactors, non-ideal reactors. K Kesava Rao and Rahul Roy Aris R., Elementary Chemical Reactor Analysis, Prentice-Hall 1969. Schmidt, L.D., The Engineering of Chemical Reaction, Oxford, 1998 Froment G.F., Bischoff K.B., and Wilde, J.D., Chemical Reactor Analysis and Design, Wiley, 2011. CH 206 (AUG) 1:0 Seminar Course The course aims to help students in preparing, presenting and participating in seminars. The students will give seminars on topics chosen in consultation with the faculty. K. Ganapathy Ayappa and Prabhu R Nott Scheme of Instruction Page 177 NY.R. J. Hansen. Wiley. modeling of complex situations of interest to chemical engineers through lumped parameter models. independence. John Wiley & Sons. structure and molecular weight determination. Dotson. Laurence. classification of models.B. 1995. Principles of Polymerization. non-equilibrium thermodynamics.CH 207 (JAN) 1:0 Applied Statistics and Design of Experiments Introduction to probability and statistics. 2003. design of experiments. Sanjeev K Gupta Lecture notes provided by instructor.. Theory of Simple Liquids.. analysis of variance.. F. hydrodynamic fluctuations. New York. thermodynamics and solution properties. polymer classification.. A. statistical mechanics of ideal gases. NY 2005 CH 235 (AUG) 3:0 Modeling in Chemical Engineering Model development principles. correlation functions. Wiley 1966. Galvan. New York. continuum models. application of parameter estimation and hypothesis testing. R. Viva Books.. R. Polymerization Process Modeling. M Giridhar / P C Ramamurthy Odian.. M Giridhar Montgomery. G. D.. stochastic models. network models. McQuarrie. CH 237 (AUG) 3:0 Polymer Science and Engineering Introduction. statistical inference for two samples. 1990.. and McDonald. projection operator formalism. and fractal analysis of complex geometries. linear response theory. D. viscoelasticity and rubber elasticity. 7th ed. N.C. Billmeyer. CH 236 (JAN) 3:0 Statistical Thermodynamics Introduction to kinetic theory. various techniques of synthesis and their kinetics. structure. Tirrell. C. Scheme of Instruction Page 178 . polymer processing and rheology. L. theory of Brownian motion. conditional probability. discrete and continuous random variables and distributions. Introduction to Physical Gas Dynamics. 1984. 2nd Ed. I.A. Textbook of Polymer Science. Academic. Design and Analysis of Experiments. 5th ed. sampling distributions. statistical kinetic theory. M S Ananth Vincenti and Kruger. G. M. D. population balance models. application of parameter estimation and hypothesis testing: statistical inference for one sample and two samples.C. John Wiley & Sons. Statistical Mechanics. John Wiley & Sons.. Monte Carlo methods. factorial experiments. 1981.. percolation concepts. linear and non-linear regression. classical mechanics. chemistry and applications of commercial plastics.. 2011.. confidence interval. W. McGraw Hill.. Montgomery. and Runger. solid state properties.. Applied Statistics and Probability for Engineers. 2005 Roy Jackson. V Edition. singularity solutions. IR spectrophotometry. Kim and S. Brenner. Inertial flow: fluid-particle and particle-particle interactions. A. 2000 CH 243 (JAN) 3:0 Mechanics of Particle Suspensions Forces acting on particles in a fluid-particle suspension. D. Murray. M. Flow regimes. 1991 M. Dean J. filtration. chromatographic techniques such as. Non-linear rheology and segregation. Springer (3rd edition). disease epidemiology. Narendra M Dixit J. flame emission and atomic absorption spectrometry. Cambridge University Press. H. quality standards. electro-analytical techniques. Karrila. conductimetry. G. Happel and H. rheology and self-diffusion of dilute Stokesian suspensions. Hydrodynamic interactions between suspended participles. inductively coupled plasma atomic emission spectrophotometry. 6th edition. errors and statistical methods of data handling. fluorescence and phosphorescence spectrophotometry. contaminants and their effects on human health.CH 239 (JAN) 3:0 Modern Instrumental Methods of Analysis Introduction to absorption and emission spectroscopy. Continuum description of suspensions using volume and ensemble averaging. May and R. L.. I. 2000 CH 244 (AUG) 3:0 Treatment of Drinking Water Availability of water. A. Applications to living cells and other biological systems. Anderson. reverse osmosis. M. host immune response. polarography. The dynamics of fluidized particles. A. J R Mudakavi Willard. New York. adsorption and ion exchange. 1986. Creeping flow: Fundamentals of Stokes flow. drug pharmacokinetics and therapy. Prentice-Hall. LC and HPLC. Dover. bacterial chemotaxis. CBS. Marcel Dekker. HIV and hepatitis C virus infections. tumor progression and cancer. coagulation and flocculation. 2003 R.A.. Instrumental Methods of Analysis. turbidance and reflectance methods. Oxford. within-host dynamics of viral infections. Karl Fischer moisture analysis gas analysis. Sedimentation. Analytical Instrumentation Hand Book. M. Removal of contaminants by various processes: chlorination. Prabhu R Nott Prerequisites: Post-graduate course in Fluid Mechanics J. introduction to NMR spectroscopy. interacting population dynamics. Oxford. 1990 CH 242 (AUG) 3:0 Special Topics in Theoretical Biology Motivation for theoretical studies of biological phenomena. Low Reynolds number hydrodynamics: With special applications to particulate media. W. nephelometery. Infectious Diseases of Humans: Transmission and Control. X-ray techniques. L. 1965 S. Rainwater harvesting K Kesava Rao Scheme of Instruction Page 179 . voltametry. and the fluid velocity disturbance due to an isolated particle. reaction-diffusion systems. Quantitative Inorganic Analysis. Mathematical biology I & II. biological oscillations and chaotic systems. May. Ewing. Microhydrodynamics: Principles and selected applications. Meritt. Virus Dynamics: Mathematical Foundations of Immunology and Virology. ultraviolet and visible spectrophotometry. virus-cell interactions.. Dynamics of concentrated suspensions. Nowak and R. and Settle F.. GC. process instruments and automatic analysis. ELBS. 1986 Vogel. extended Lagrangian dynamics. Wiley-Vch. Separation Process Principles. and Henley. Frenkel and B. Transport Phenomena. Current applications of these techniques. Theory and Practice of Water and Wastewater Treatment. conservation laws. estimation of pressure. and Parkin. Chapman & Hall/CRC Mathematical & Computational Biology.. Tata McGraw Hill. growth. Life. computational techniques for governing equations for transport processes in multi-component mixtures. Fletcher. 2nd Ed. velocity verlet. and particulate processes such nucleation. ISBN-13: 978-0716798972. E. Modeling dynamics of bioprocesses and Cellular signaling.. 2006. Axel Kowald. Topics: Properties of biomolecules.Droste.N. R. Edda Klipp. Chemistry for Environmental Engineering and Science. Ganapathy Ayappa and Sudeep Punnathanam M. H. 2007. Multicomponent Mass Transfer. Biological networks. C. Academic Press.. NVT.. Systems Biology. Hans Lehrach. Understanding Molecular Simulation: From Algorithms to Applications. Scheme of Instruction Page 180 . Ewald summation. McCarty. Wolfram Liebermeister. 2002 CH 248 (JAN) 3:0 Molecular Systems Biology Various topics highlighting experimental techniques and modeling approaches in systems biology for problems ranging from molecular level to the multi-cellular level will be covered. Freeman. and breakup of particles. Seader. Taylor. Second Edn. Philip Nelson. auto-correlation function. E. Computer simulation of Liquids. Stewart. No prior knowledge of biology is needed but a non-biologist will have to self-educate. Computational Techniques for Fluid Dynamics. leapfrog.. Second Edn. chemical potential. Gibbs Ensemble technique. Rahul Roy Course Notes: The course is intended for Masters and PhD students. P. Fifth Edn.F. San Diego.. constraint dynamics. P. John Wiley. Uri Alon. 2004 Sawyer. 2002. W. integration schemes: verlet. Christoph Wierling.N. and Krishna. and Lightfoot. Basic grasp of calculus.J. Biomolecular Forces. ISBN: 978-1584886426.L. 2004. R. Modeling cellular reactions and processes. Allen and D. W. Fluctuations and noise in biology. ISBN: 978-3527318742. Information. similarities between various transport processes. J. umbrella sampling. An Introduction to Systems Biology: Design Principles of Biological Circuits.. aggregation. Thermostats and barostats. Oxford University Press. algebra and programming skills in C. Wiley-India. R.E. New York. Second Edn. Tildesley. Undergraduates with sufficient background may approach the instructor regarding the course. species balance for multi-component and particulate systems. ionic solutions.L. Smit.D. K. 2009. Molecular heterogeneity. K S Gandhi and Sanjeev K Gupta Bird. configuration bias technique. CH 245 (JAN) 3:0 Computational Transport Phenomena Review of conservation equations.. C.. John Wiley. Wiley (Asia). radial distribution function. Enzyme kinetics. Classical diffusive and convective transport solutions and population balances.. 1987 D. Biological Physics: Energy. G. 1993. Vol. CH 247 (JAN) 3:0 Introduction to Molecular Simulations Introduction to molecular dynamics...A. Self-organization. Ralf Herwig. Stefan-Maxwell and other constitutive relations. Molecular motors. Metropolis algorithm... 2006. R. introduction to Monte Carlo techniques.J.B. mass transfer in concentrated solutions and high flux corrections. Matlab or Mathematica is recommended. NPT and GCMC simulations. Single molecule experimental techniques. 1. Springer. 1991. J. Cellular variability. and analytical. critical appreciation of the existing literature. the project may also involve sophisticated design work. The project report is expected to show clarity of thought and expression. Faculty Scheme of Instruction Page 181 . experimental or design skills. The project may theoretical. or a combination. In few cases. experimental.CH 299 0:32 Dissertation Project The ME project is aimed at training the students to analyze independently any problem posed to them. WW Norton. aggregate demand and supply. market structure and product pricing. demand theory and analysis. 2005.Management Studies Master of Management (M. Alternatively students have the option to get exposure to business incubators. cost theory. Pricing of goods and services. and Cases.Mgt) Program Duration: 2 years Hard Core: 24 credits MG 201 3:0 Economics MG 211 3:0 Human Resource Management MG 212 2:1 Behavioral Science MG 221 2:1 Applied Statistics MG 232 3:0 Principles of Management MG 241 3:0 Marketing Management MG 251 3:0 Finance & Accounts MG 261 3:0 Operations Management Stream Core: 12 Credits (to be chosen from either one of the two streams) Stream 1: Business Analytics Stream MG 223 3:0 Applied Operations Research MG 225 3:0 Decision Models MG 226 3:0 Time Series Analysis and Forecasting MG 265 2:1 Data Mining Stream 2: Technology Management Stream MG 271 3:0 Technology Management MG 274 3:0 Management of Innovation and Intellectual Property MG 281 3:0 MG 298 2:1 Management of Technology for Sustainability Entrepreneurship for Technology Start-ups Electives: 12 credits Project: MG 299 0:16 Management Project Summer Internship: No credits. Applications. 6th Edition. GDP measurement. inflation and price level. Micro and macro economics. national income accounting. Every student is required to spend a minimum of eight weeks in an identified industrial enterprise or public sector organization during the summer period after the first two semesters. M H Bala Subrahmanya Allen. MG 201 (AUG) 3:0 Economics Introduction to managerial economics. fiscal and monetary policy. pricing and employment of inputs. Scheme of Instruction Page 182 . Bruce et al: Managerial Economics: Theory. production theory. venture capital firms and successful start-ups. 1995. Villages within cities and the political economy of land. Edwin S Mills and Bruce W Hamilton. Amitabh Kundu and Singh. Economics of urban energy. 2008. Beardwell and Holden. 2005. price indices in India. monetarism. Akhilesh and Nagaraj. Personnel functions of management.N. demand for urban transportation. India’s macroeconomic crisis: causes and dimensions. McGraw-Hill. Werther and Davis. career planning and development. 1997. rural-urban linkages. need analysis and evaluation. 1990. incentives. Sivaramakrishnan. trade unionism. housing in a high-cost urban environment. Faculty Arthur O’Sullivan. 2005. Integrated HRPD system. Urban Economics. 4th Edition. Urban poverty. measurement of GDP in India. occupational health and safety. benefits and services. water and the privatization of public goods. Cambridge University Press. How banks create money. human resource management in the future. Personnel and Human Resource Management.Industrial Disputes Act.. Scheme of Instruction Page 183 . 2007. Human Resources and Personnel Management. performance appraisal and counseling. Urban Economics. Wilkinson. Case studies on macroeconomic issues. monetary policy in India.. Labour legislation . Concept of resource cities. job analysis. managing organizational change and development. the economics of identity. Recent Issues. Economics of urban water supply. inflation and its measurement. Pearson Education. 1988. private initiatives. Nick. MG 211 (JAN) 3:0 Human Resource Management Historical development . LLC. grievance handling. Gender and the urban economy. Philipp’s curve and theory of rational expectations. Government of India. Macmillan. Froyen. employee relations in a changing environment. employee training and management development. K B Akhilesh DeCenzo and Robbins. Kulkarni and Edwin G. Reserve Bank of India: Annual Reports. Dolan. Wiley Eastern. B. money and banking. Keynesian Theory. Horizon Textbook Publishing. K. aggregate demand and aggregate supply. induction. fan clubs and other mass organizations. Economics of urban security. wage and salary administration. Prentice Hall. global linkages. Oxford University Press. workers participation and consultation. Personnel research. financing the city: public institutions. Indian Trade Unions Act. supply side fiscal policies. dealing with unions. supply of urban transportation. MG 202 (AUG) 3:0 Macroeconomics Macroeconomics: Overview. recruitment and selection. Addison Wesley. 2005. Managerial Economics: A Problem-Solving Approach.Kishore G. autonomy and uniformity in Indian cities.welfare to HRM in India. national income accounting. Understanding Macroeconomics. economic drivers of urbanization. The Indian policy framework: From decongesting cities to cities as engines of growth. M H Bala Subrahmanya Ministry of Finance: Economic Survey. Human Resource Management.C. Industrial Employment (Standing Orders) Act. Macroeconomics: Theories and Policies. McGraw Hill Series in Urban Economics. MG 205 (JAN) 3:0 The Economics of Indian Cities Introductory: Conceptualizing the economic dimensions of Indian cities. HRM 2000. Economics of the urban environment. 1996. Monetary Policy: Its instruments and uses. Handbook of Urbanization in India. urban culture and its economics. human resource planning. assessment center. attitude. McGraw-Hill. Oxford and IBH Publishing Company.). standardization). Second Edition. Wayne. deviance. R. Introduction to generalized linear models . polytomous and ordinal responses. t-test. New Jersey. MG 221 (AUG) 2:1 Applied Statistics Brief introduction to probability theory and mathematical statistics. Organizations and the Psychological Contract. et al. independence and interdependence). structure (size.. Organizations. 1988. two and multi-way analysis of variance. H. Organizational Behaviour. perception. propensity scores. formalization. hypotheses testing. communication. Sign Test.MG 212 (AUG) 2:1 Behavioral Science Understanding human behaviour. Organizational Theory and Design. process (decision making. organizational development. individual. (3rdEdn.R. Wiley. Osborn. regression diagnostics. Harper and Row 1985. General analysis of quantitative response – simple and multiple linear regression modeling. X2-test. group and organizational levels. Organizational Theory. interaction effects. Weiten. variance and proportions – Z-test. MG 222 (AUG) 3:0 Advanced Analytics Review of multiple linear regression . J. C. 1986. McGraw-Hill International Edition. 1999 MG 213 (AUG) 3:0 Organizational Behavior Organization . independence and goodness-of-fit. Introduction to design of experiments. multiple and partial effects and correlations. Munn. One and two sample problems for mean. interventions at job. Kutner. objectives (nature of goals. New York. John Neter & William Li. Logistic regression . et al. Anjula Gurtoo Luthans. and Cox C. Child. learning.R.. Wilcoxon Rank–Sum and Signed-Rank test. Cooper C. Chiranjit Mukhopadhyay Michael H.A.variable selection.likelihood inference. intra-personal and inter-personal differences. Christopher J. residual analysis. behaviouristic and social learning theories.its characteristics. University Press. 1978.. and prediction. technology.models for log-odds. cognitive. etc. Applied Linear Statistical Models. X2-test of homogenity. organizational learning and growth. managing conflicts. et al. John Wiley. dummy variable techniques (analysis of covariance). Prentice Hall. 1975. emotions. Organizational Behaviour.. functionalist. F. Nachtsheim.N. decision making. authoritative vs participative styles).. multiple comparisons. E. Quantitative response with qualitative factors – one. power dynamics. leadership motivation. centralization. McGraw-Hill 1985. Scheme of Instruction Page 184 . F-test. Fifth Edition. Organization and its environment. Makin P. groups and social behaviour. residual analysis and goodness-of-fit.L. defense mechanisms.. conflict management. N. K B Akhilesh Babbit. estimation and hypothesis testing. Books/Cole. Gerloff. 2005. model checking. personality. Rao: Linear Statistical Inference and its Applications. Introduction to Psychology. 1980. Psychology Applied to Modern Life. Alternative ways of formulating practical linear programming models. Sweeny. Fundamentals of linear programming. Phillips. 10th Edition. Optimization in Operations Research.J. Support vector machines: Learning methodology. 4th Edition. 1990. Their advantages and disadvantages. and Moeschbergerer Melvin L. integer programming formulations and applications. inference and model checking. and Lemeshow Stanley.T. and Kelton. McGraw-Hill. and Wichern Dean W. Data envelopment analysis: relative efficiency measurements. perceptron learning rule. and Solberg J. Johnson Richard A. Wiley. A. graphical representation. Chiranjit Mukhopadhyay and Abinanda Sarkar Hosmer David W. and pairwise comparisons between elements at each level. Case studies and applications of linear programming. M. Applied Logistic Regression. Sixth Edition. Sensitivity analysis in transportation programming. linear learning machines. Applied Multivariate Statistical Analysis. Second Edition. Basics of heuristic optimization. Operations Research – Principles and Practice. Third Edition. 2000. Taylor. multivariate analysis of variance. MG 225 (Aug) 3:0 Decision Models Analytical hierarchy process: structuring of a problem into a hierarchy consisting of a goal and subordinate features of the problem. Pearson MG 223 (JAN) 3:0 Applied Operations Research Introduction to management decision making and operations research. Mitchell. McGraw-Hill. The Analytic Hierarchy Process. emergent structures and dynamic behaviors. DEA model and analysis. 2005. South Western. A. Pearson. Solution approaches.. and dual DEA model. soft constraints. McGraw-Hill/Irwin. implications of sensitivity analysis. 2007. principal component analysis. 2005. 2nd Edition. Introduction to Management Science. John Wiley and Sons. Hillier. Klein Jhohn P.. 2010. Introduction to Management Science. factor analysis. D. Machine learning. Transportation and assignment programming. and Williams. 2000. L. Multivariate ananlysis – multivariate Normal distribution and its properties. M Mathirajan Anderson. Neural networks: neuron model and network architecture. McGraw-Hill.censored data. Parthasarathy Ramachandran Saaty. D.Survival analysis . identifying the efficient frontier. Pearson. 2003. Applications of dynamic programming [Entire course will use real-life business applications]. T. 1997. Selecting input probability distributions and output data analysis. 2010. Springer. 11th Edition. 1991. semi-parametric models for regression... Simulation Modeling and Analysis. Discrete event simulation: random number generators and generating random variates. Ravindran . Dynamic programming. Goal programming: Pareto optimality. R. duality and sensitivity analysis. and back propagation. proportional hazards and partial likelihood. kernel-induced feature spaces. models and estimates for survival functions and hazard functions.. Law. 2013. Rardin.. L. W. Survival Analaysis: Techniques for Censored and Truncated Data. An Introduction to Management Science: Quantitative Approaches to Decision Making. T. one two and multisample problem for multivariate Normal distribution. Scheme of Instruction Page 185 . Agent based modeling: complex adaptive systems. Chapman and Hall. contributions of Taylor. functional team-work. product life cycle. Evolution of management thought. functional strategy. Frequency domain analysis – spectral density. Govindarajan M. seasonal and irregular components. Strategy formulation: situation analysis and business strategy. 13th Edition. new products. Srinivasan. formulation and interpretation of policy. Essentials of Management – An International Perspective. New Delhi. etc. Consumer behavior. Eastern Economy Edition. internal scanning. Chris: Analysis of Time Series: An Introduction. Springer-Verlag. R Srinivasan Scheme of Instruction Page 186 . New Delhi. MG 242 (AUG) 3:0 Strategic Management Strategic management process. Case Studies in Marketing – The Indian Context. Corporate governance. strategic alternatives. VAR models – stability. Elementary trend modeling . Planning and Control. staff.L. forecasting. Helmut: Introduction to Multiple Time Series Analysis. Types of managerial organizations. Role and functions of top management. 2009. R. Advertising and promotion. Management of sales force. forecasting. strategy implementation and control. Gilbreth. Springer series in Statistics. R Srinivasan Phillip Kotler. 2012..auto-covariance and partial auto-correlation functions. and Natarajan S. Prentice-Hall of India.growth models. Charles W. Issue of instructions and delegation of responsibility. Henri Fayol and others. markets. forecasting. relevance. cyclical. marketing environment. marketing control. Prentice-Hall of India. Product policy. Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. corporate strategy. Environmental scanning. Seasonality modeling – SARIMA models. distribution. Stochastic trends – unit root tests. impulse response analysis. Principles of Management – Special Indian Edition. marketing mix. polynomial and logistic trends. internal and external structure of organizations. Marketing Management . ARIMA modeling.MG 226 (JAN) 3:0 Time Series Analysis and Forecasting Classical decomposition of time series into trend. forecasting. 2012. PHI Learning Pvt.. challenge of globalization. New Delhi.. Chiranjit Mukhopadhyay Brockwell. relationship with other functions. MG 232 (AUG) 3:0 Principles of Management Scientific techniques of management. Sixth Edition. Steven L McShane. Richard A: Time series: Theory and methods. strategic planning in India. Sales forecasting. AR and ARMA models. standards for planning and control.Analysis. 8th Edition. charts and manuals. Principles of Management. MG 241 (JAN) 3:0 Marketing Management Marketing function. Peter J & Davis. Levels of authority and responsibilities. MA. Yadnyvalkya Harold Koontz and Heinz Weihrich. Ltd. Ltd. industry analysis.. marketing concept. Pricing. board of directors. 5th Edition. line. Diversification. stationarity. market segmentation. Marketing organization. Chatfield. Second Edition. Lutkepohl. Stationary stochastic processes . mergers and acquisition. 2009. committee. Ltd. Social responsibilities of management. periodogram. 2009. marketing planning. Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. organizational analysis. Hill. cycle discovery. R. Srinivasan, Strategic Management – The Indian Context, Prentice-Hall of India, 4th Edition, 2012. R. Srinivasan, Case Studies in Marketing – The Indian Context, Prentice-Hall of India, 5th Edition, 2012. MG 243 (JAN) 2:0 International Marketing Scope and size of international markets, conceptual framework, trade theories, institutional and policy framework, cultural environment for international business, political and legal environment, international markets - selection, market planning, control, product policy, market research, advertising, promotion, pricing and distribution. R Srinivasan R. Srinivasan, International Marketing, Prentice-Hall of India, 3rd Edition, 2008. R. Srinivasan, Case Studies in Marketing – The Indian Context, Prentice-Hall of India, 5th Edition, 2012. MG 244 (AUG) 3:0 Services Marketing Basic issues, conceptual framework, service strategy, service design and mapping, perceived service quality. Customer satisfaction, product support services. Pricing. After service strategy, customer retention and relationship marketing. Service profitability and loyalty. R Srinivasan R. Srinivasan, Services Marketing, Prentice-Hall of India, 3rd Edition, 2012. R. Srinivasan, Case Studies in Marketing – The Indian Context, Prentice-Hall of India, 5th Edition, 2012. MG 251 (AUG) 3:0 Finance and Accounts Nature and purpose of accounting, financial statements: learning, understanding the basic financial statements. Preparation of P and L account, balance sheet, basic accounts and trial balance. Income measurement, revenue recognition, depreciation accounting. Cash flow statements. Analysis and interpretation of financial statements; concepts and elements of cost, activity based costing. CVP analysis, break-even point, marginal costing, relevant costing. Cost analysis for decision making: opportunity cost concept, dropping a product, pricing a product, make-or-buy and product mix decisions. Joint products, by-products. Process costing. Standard costing, budgeting – flexible budget, master budget, zero based budgeting. Overview of Financial Management, time value of money, fund and cash flow statement, risk and return. Working capital management: estimating working capital, financing working capital, receivables management, inventory management, cash management, money markets in India. Capital Budgeting: appraising long term investment projects, make vs. buy investment decisions, estimating relevant cash flow. Capital Structure: Estimation of cost of debt, cost of equity, overall cost of capital, CAPM. Capital structure planning: Capital structure policy and target debt equity structure, EBIT-EPS analysis. Leasing. Introduction to valuation of firm. Introduction to derivatives. P. Balachandra Anthony and Reece, Accounting Principles, AITBS, Sixth Edition, 1998 S.K. Bhattacharyya and John Dearden, Accounting for Management, Vikas Publishing House, Third Revised Edition, 1998. Horngren, Foster and Dattar, Cost Accounting, PHI Publication, Tenth Edition. Brearly R. and Myers S, Principles of Corporate Finance, McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, Fifth Edition. Prasanna Chandra, Financial Management: Theory and Practice, Tata McGraw-Hill, Fifth Edition. Scheme of Instruction Page 187 MG 261 (AUG) 3:0 Operations Management Introduction to Production/Operations Management (P/OM), P/OM strategy, forecasting, process management, facility layout, capacity planning and facility planning, aggregate planning, material requirement planning, scheduling, inventory management, waiting line, project management, management of quality. Introduction to simulation and to supply chain management. M Mathirajan Stevenson, William, J., Production/Operations Management. 6th Edition. Irwin/McGraw-Hill. Krishnaswamy, K.N. and Mathirajan, M., Cases in Operations Management, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2008. Heizer, J, and Render, B., Production and Operations Management – Strategies and Tactics, Allyn and Bacon. Gaither N., and Frazier, G. Operations Management. 9th Edition, Cengae Learning India Pvt. Ltd. 2004. Mahadevan, B. Operations Management: Theory and Practice, 2nd Edition, Pearson, 2007. MG 265 (AUG) 2:1 Data Mining Introduction to data mining. Data mining process. Association rule mining: Apriori and FP tree. Classification: ID3, C4.5, Bayes classifier. Clustering: K-means, Gaussian mixture model. Bayesian belief networks. Principal component analysis. Outlier detection. Parthasarathy Ramachandran Jiawei Han and Micheline Kamber, Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques, Morgan Kaufman Publishers 2001. Richard J. Roiger and Michael W Geatz, Data Mining: A Tutorial-Based Primer, Addison-Wesley 2003 Mehmed Kantardzic, Data Mining: Concepts, Models, Methods and Algorithms, Wiley, 2003 MG 271 (JAN) 3:0 Technology Management Definition of technology, technological transformation process, adaption. Adaption and innovation experiences in selected developed and developing countries. Technology transfer and its relation to technology transformation, diffusion and commercialization, rural technology management. Forward and backward integration. Some concepts in relation to technology management – productivity, employment, human resource and organizational development and corporate strategy. MOT scope and focus, measuring technology content and intensity, organizing the high technology enterprise. Concurrent engineering and integrated product development, managing technology based projects, technology evaluation and selection, leading technology teams. K B Akhilesh Thahaman, H.J., Management of Technology, New Jersey: John Wiley & Sons, 2005. Betz Frederick, Strategic Technology Management, New York: McGraw Hill, 1994. Day, G.S., Schoemaker, J.H.P., and Gunther, E.R., Wharton on Managing Emerging Technologies, New York: John Wiley & Sons, 2000. MG 272 (AUG) 3:0 R & D Management Strategic human resources; understanding and managing R&D personnel, selection, recruitment and human resource policies suitable for different kinds of establishments. Leadership, uncertainty, creativity and innovation; creative processes, group interaction, problem solving, organizational climate, team building. Individual, interpersonal and group factors, neurotic teams, organizational development, organizational structures and functioning, competence building at the individual, group and organizational levels. Scheme of Instruction Page 188 Evaluation of R&D Projects; pre-initiation evaluation, need, risks associated with project selection. K B Akhilesh Hawthorne E.P., Management of Technology, McGraw-Hill, 1978. Beattie, C.J. & Reader, R.D., Quantitative Management in R&D, Chapman and Hall, 1971. Gibson J.E., Managing Research and Development, Wiley & Sons Inc., New York, 1983. MG 274 (AUG) 3:0 Management of Innovation and Intellectual Property Organizational and technological innovation – definition of innovation vs inventions, role of organizational design and processes – strategic role of intellectual property protection in case studies, the R&D value chain, stage gates, differences in priority with the R&D value chain, NPD - international, national, organizational, individual actors, organizations and vehicles to manage intellectual property, critical steps in managing R&D, process management during stage gates for patent searches, technology landscaping, specification writing, timeline management, rights and responsibilities in competitive technology environments, innovative inventions, commercial potential, processes to enhance technological know-how transfer, open source approach, incubators, assessing patent value, information technology support systems in managing innovation and intellectual property, prior art laboratories sessions and working with a client. Mary Mathew Trott, P., Innovation Management and New Product Development, Financial Times, Pitman Publishing, GB, 1998. Petrusson, U., Intellectual Property and Entrepreneurship, Creating Wealth in an Intellectual Value Chain, CIP Working Paper Series, Centre for Intellectual Property Studies, Gotenburg, Sweden, 2004. Rivette, K.G. & Kline, D., Rembrandts in the Attic, Unlocking the Hidden Value of Patents, Harvard Business School Press, Boston, Massachusetts, 2000. MG 275 (JAN) 3:0 Knowledge Management for Innovation Basics of knowledge management, related terminology, tacit and explicit knowledge, IT support systems, knowledge sharing culture and communication, classification approaches. Case of Apollo 11. Learning theory, measurement of learning, learning curve, measurement and contextualization of correct responses and errors in various technology situations such as technology “S” curves, maturation, decline, R&D investments, R&D project evaluation and R&D project termination, learning in sub systems, learning organization systems, learning from patent data. Management of knowledge in technological innovation and patent data. Classification of patent data and use in Knowledge Management. Patent price analysis. Technology domain analysis using patent and non patent literature. Indices of innovation potential, citations, science orientation, distance to market, crowdedness. Learning in the context of open innovation and open source. Mary Mathew Miller, W.L. and Morris, L., Fourth Generation R&D – Managing knowledge, Technology and Innovation, John Wiley and Sons, Inc, NY, 1999. Parr, R.L. and Sullivan, P.H., Technology Licensing – Corporate Strategy for Maximizing Value, John Wiley and Sons, Inc, NY, 1996. Alan L. Porter MG 276 (AUG) 3:0 Energy Policy Introduction to concepts on energy sources, carriers and energy flows in the economy, issues in energy supply from both short and long term perspectives. Energy consumption from sectoral and end-use perspectives. Linkages between energy and economic development. Energy modeling, Scheme of Instruction Page 189 energy economics, energy efficiency and renewable energy, interactions between energy and environment, integrated approaches to energy planning, energy policy instruments and institutions. P Balachandra Ristinen, R.A. and Kraushaar, J.J., Energy and the Environment, 2nd Edition, Wiley 2005. Munashinghe, M., and Meier, P., Energy Policy Analysis and Modeling, Cambridge University Press, New York, 1993. Goldenberg, J., Johansson, T.B., Reddy, A.K.N., and Williams, R.H., Energy for a Sustainable World, Wiley Eastern Ltd., New Delhi, 1988. MG 277 (JAN) 2:0 Public Policy Theory and Process Introduction to policy; conceptual foundations; practice of policy making; theories: social, institutional rational choice, punctuated equilibrium, and stages; frameworks and models; government and politics; rationality and governance; role of rules, strategies, culture and resources; member dynamics (institutional and non-institutional); analysis: meta, meso decision and delivery levels. Anjula Gurtoo Weimer, D.L., and Vining A.R., Policy Analysis: concepts and practice, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2004. Lindbhlom, C.E., and Woodhouse, E.J., The policy making process, Prentice Hall, 1993. MG 281 (JAN) 3:0 Management of Technology for Sustainability Concepts of sustainability and sustainable development. Components of sustainability (social, economic, environmental). Linkages between technology and sustainability. Sustainability proofing of technology life cycle. Frameworks for measuring sustainability. Indicators of sustainability. Interactions between energy and technology and their implications for environment and sustainable development. Technological innovations for sustainability. Sustainable innovations – drivers and barriers. Policy and institutional innovations for sustainability transition. P Balachandra Dorf, Richard C., Technology, humans, and society: toward a sustainable world, Academic Press, 2001. Rogers, P.P., Jalal, K.F. and Boyd, J.A., An Introduction to Sustainable Development, Earthscan, London, 2007. Weaver, P., Jansen, L., Grootveld, G.V., Spiegel, E.V. and Vergragt, P., Sustainable Technology Development, Greenleaf Publishing, Sheffield, 2000. MG 283 (AUG) 3:0 Science & Technology Policy Introduction to science, technology and society; sociology and politics; science and environment; religion and modernity; technology creation and diffusion; social and economic perspectives; ethics; life sciences and biotechnology (policy development and dynamics); genetics, nature and society; analytical frameworks: impact analysis and qualitative issues in research. Anjula Gurtoo Crow, M. (2000). Linking scientific research to societal outcomes. 25th AAAS Colloquium of Science and Technology Policy, held April, 11-13, Washington D.C. Jasanoff, S., Markle, G. E., Petersen, J. C., and Pinch, T. J. (Eds.) .Handbook of Science and Technology Studies. Sage Publications, 1995. Sismomdo, S. An Introduction to Science and Technology Studies, Edition 6, Wiley-Blackwell Publishing. 2008. Williams, R. and Edge, D. The social shaping of technology. Research Policy Vol. 25, pp. 856-899, 1996. Scheme of Instruction Page 190 Theoretical modeling. project organization. Cooper. quality and risk management. Essentials of Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management. business models.). K. 2005 Tom Peters. Parameshwar P Iyer Thomas W. Project Management Institute. Scarborough. Experimentation. A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge. Project Management: A Managerial Approach. New Delhi.. The entrepreneurial team. PA. Vikas Publishing House. management of hi-tech projects. marketing and positioning. Research and ethics. 1992.W.K. managing strategy and innovation. 1995. work definition. Knopf. New Delhi. UK: Tata McGraw Hill/Irwin. and P. Prentice Hall of India. Vikas Publishing. The Circle of Innovation. software for project management. MG 298 (JAN) 2:1 Entrepreneurship for Technology Start-ups Opportunity recognition. NY.. 1996. Readings in International Enterprise. & Schnieder. Boston: Irwin. Jr. C.).R. Mary Mathew & Anjula Gurtoo Emory. 1997.). Case Studies in Management. Newton Square. Parameshwar P. Prem Vrat. Business Research Methods (11th ed. Engineering Project Management with Case Studies. IPR and contracts. Research designs for various functional areas. scheduling and network analysis. Meredith. 2010. D.. S. new product development. Measurement and measurement errors. including software projects.MG 286 (AUG) 3:0 Project Management The systems approach. 1995. R. Business research methods (4th ed. John Wiley and Sons. Parameshwar P Iyer Iyer. New York. Research methods for business: A skill building approach (2nd ed. PERT and CPM. finance and venture capital. U. Faculty MG 301 (AUG) 3:0 Methodology of Management Research Nature of science and scientific thinking. Hypothesis testing. Report writing. 2009. Developing a personal entrepreneurship strategy. Routledge. USA. John Drew. Zimmer and Norman M. Research Analysis. The research process – specifics from various field of business and management. project control and management. Scheme of Instruction Page 191 . 2002. P. & Cooper. and Mantel. Questionnaire design and data collection..J. New Delhi..R. MG 299 (JAN) 0:16 Management Project The project work is expected to give intensive experience for a student with respect to industrial organizations or institutions in the context of chosen field of specialization. resource–constrained scheduling. Statistical Analysis.. Students are encouraged to carryout individual project works. business plans and financial requirements. Sampling design. Alfred A. New York: John Wiley. Jain. Sekaran.K. 1991. Validation and reliability. J. D. Ahuja. project costing and assessment. London. Simulation. Russian Language Publishers. speech patterns. Moscow. Russian Language. and Menon R. Bagga R.FOREIGN LANGUAGES FL 141 (JAN) 3:0 Preliminary Course in Russian Phonetics.S.N. lexical and grammatical exercises and dialogues Yadnyvalkya Budoi. tables. Scheme of Instruction Page 192 . . Euler's equation and integration. compressible flows. McGraw Hill. processing maps. John Wiley. 1982.K.L. fracture and fatigue of bio-materials. and Cohen. Elsevier. Kelvin's and Helmholtz's theorems. Sixth Edn. P.Mechanical Engineering M E Programme Duration: 2 years 64 credits Hard Core: 19 credits ME 201 ME 228 ME 240 ME 242 ME 271 ME 297 ME 261 MA 211 MA 251 PH 205 3:0 Fluid Mechanics 3:0 Materials & Structure Property Correlations 3:0 Dynamics & Control of Mechanical Systems 3:0 Solid Mechanics 3:0 Thermodynamics 1:0 Seminar Course 3:0 Engineering Mathematics OR 3:0 Matrix Theory OR 3:0 Numerical Methods OR 3:0 Mathematical Methods of Physics OR Any other course recommended by the department Project: 27 Credits ME 299 0:27 Dissertation Project Electives: The balance of 21 credits required to make up a minimum of 64 credits to complete the M. Navier-Stokes equations.. crystal structure point. I. and Street. dislocation concepts of plastic deformation. concepts of bio-materials.. boundary layer concept. White. 1986. 2005. fracture-microscopic descriptions. line and areal defects in crystal structure. strengthening. pipe flows. Program. vorticity.M. Kutta-Joukowsky theorem.. momentum and energy theorems and their applications. ME 201 (AUG) 3:0 Fluid Mechanics Fluid as a continuum. interactions between dislocations and work hardening. mechanics of viscosity. potential flows. kinematics. ME 228 (AUG) 3:0 Materials and Structure Property Correlations Atomic structure of materials.M. Elementary Fluid Mechanics. Mechanisms of metals.. F. Vennard.K. Natural and synthetics. M S Bobji and Narmrata Gundiah Scheme of Instruction Page 193 . introduction to turbulence. J. J H Arakeri and R N Govardhan Kundu. atomic bonding. Satish Vasu Kailas. Fluid Mechanics.E. Fluid Mechanics. critical resolved shear stress. R. S. fundamental balance laws. Senturia. LII. R. 2010 S. numerical methods for solutions of ODEs. materials properties and their role in micro-systems. 2000. Rayleigh. Peters. explicit and implicit methods. Third Edition. Mechanical Behaviour of Ceramics.PLIF. Micro and Smart Systems. piezoelectric-mechanical. stiff systems and stability. V. approximations and idealizations.S. M. frequency domain in analysis of linear systems.. G K.. lumped modeling of micro-systems. stability analysis of numerical solvers. Schoen F. Rudra Pratap and G K Ananthasuresh Pre-requisite: Multi-variable calculus and numerical analysis.D. PWS-Kent Publishing Com pany. modeling of turbulent reacting flows. laser diagnostic methods applied to reacting flows . Raman. No prior background in micro-systems or mechanics is assumed.. Combustion Physics. combustion instability and control. R. 2012. Ravikrishna. Rudra Pratap Hirsh. Law. R. Reed-Hill. Differential Equations. Materials Science and Engineers. mechanics issues relevant to micro. et at.J. V. state-space description. PIV... Coupledsimulations of multi-energy domain systems including electrostaticsmechanical. Turbulent Combustion. Turns. Introduction to biomechanics at the small sizes. maps. chemical kinetics. Pratap. Applied Combustion Diagnostics. electro-thermal. Physical Metallurgy Principles. McGraw Hill International. bifurcations and chaos. error and accuracy. Concepts and Applications. Taylor and Francis. An Introduction to Combustion. 1993. RANS and LES methods. pollutant formation.. Partial Differential Equations for Scientists and Engineers. fluidic issues such as squeezed-film effects. J. Cambridge University Press. single component and multi-component droplet combustion. velocity. 2006. 1974. Davidge. J. R. instability issues in industrial gas turbines and aero-engines. 2010 ME 238 (AUG) 3:0 Special Topics in Combustion Review of combustion fundamentals – conservation equations.. Academic Press. laminar premixed and diffusion flames. 1986. Cambridge University Press. Farlow S.E. nonlinear systems. Ananthasuresh. thermo-mechanical. Application of numerical techniques such as finite element and boundary element methods in solving steady-state and transient regimes. 2002. Microsystem Design. Academic Press 1996. Dynamical Systems and Linear Algebra. R. ME 239 (JAN) 3:0 Modeling and Simulation of Dynamics Systems Axioms of mathematical modeling. Case studies of selected micro-systems devices and systems.. S. scaling laws.An introduction to Materials in Medicine. governing equations.D. Getting Started with MATLAB 7. combustion instability .. Oxford University Press. E.Raghavan. Wiley-India.. Kluwer Academic Publishers. and Smale. Lemons. Katharina Kohse-Höinghaus and Jay Jeffries.. FFT and power spectra. Ratner B.W. Dover Publications Inc. spray combustion. N.. ME 240 (AUG) 3:0 Dynamics and Control of Mechanical Systems Scheme of Instruction Page 194 . Biomaterials Science. 1992. Prentice Hall. species and soot concentrations. and Abbaschian. acousticvortex-flame interactions. K. 1979. 2006. R. measurement of temperature. Saptarshi Basu C. solution of ODEs..systems. Cambridge University Press.basic concepts and mechanisms. Hoffman .A. ME 237/ (AUG/JAN) 3:0 NE 211 Mechanics of Microsystems An overview of micro-systems and micro-fabrication. . Goldstein. 1990. finite strain and deformation-Eulerian and Lagrangian formulations. Cambridge University Press. Measurement Systems: Application and design. Scheme of Instruction Page 195 . Feedback Control of Dynamic Systems.J. principle of material frame indifference. state space method. linear and angular momentum. St. E. rotation. Franklin. universal testing machine. ME 246 (JAN) 3:0 Introduction to Robotics Robot manipulators: representation of translation. The art of electronics. Prentice Hall. PID control. S. E. 1989. 1.Representation of translation and rotation of rigid bodies. Introduction to the Mechanics of a continuous medium . temperature measurement techniques. M. linearized elasticity.J. L.. 1990. small vibrations. Mechanics of Continuous Media. position and force control and simulation. L. two-dimensional elasticity problems.C. Y. 1983.. Basu. motion of a rigid body and multi-body systems. review of feedback control. Bode diagrams. Addison W esley. and Abbas Emam i-Naeini.. C S Jog and K R Y Simha Fung. Namrata Gundiah Doeblin. stress.. control system design and computer simulation. Cauchy's stress principle. Powell.. Second Edn.. Advanced Mechanics of Solids. analysis of strain. constitutive laws for solids and fluids. Allyn and Bacon. C S Jog Malvern. S. accelerometers. 1969. Entropy and the second law. Foundations of Solid Mechanics. and Hill... Fluid mechanics measurements. Vol. ME 241 (JAN) 2:1 Experimental Engineering Introduction to modeling of system response and sensor dynamics.T. Principles of Dynamics. Prentice Hall. Sokolnikoff. Hunter. rate of deformation and spin tensors. Hemisphere Publishing Company. ME 243 (AUG) 3:0 Continuum Mechanics Introduction to vectors and tensors. elastic wave propagation.. and energy.D. 1983. Experiments using photo-elasticity. root locus. Introduction to electronics. data acquisition and analysis. 1988. Prentice Hall. dynamic equations of motion. Prentice Hall. G.S. Mathematical Theory of Elasticity.E. Pramod Kumar. McGraw Hill.. stress-strain relations.O. discussion of isotropy. An Introduction to Continuum Mechanics. degrees of freedom and generalized coordinates..S. Ellis-Horwood. Horowitz. D. relative deformation gradient. I. Computer Aided Kinematics and Dynamics of Mechanical Systems..F. Gurtin. stress tensor. Haug. P. conservation laws for mass.. Srinath.1987. Venant torsion. elastic instability and thermal stresses. J. R.. Tata McGraw Hill. energy methods. direct and inverse kinematics and workspace of serial and parallel manipulators. Lagrangian and equations of motion. airy stress functions in rectangular and polar coordinates. ME 242 (AUG) 3:0 Solid Mechanics Analysis of stress. hot-wire anemometry. Academic Press. links and joints.C. A Ghosal and Rudra Pratap Greenwood. computer generation and solution of equations of motion. 1981. fluid velocity. axisymmetric problems. fluid mechanics. W. compatibility conditions. . noise criteria. sound radiation from simple sources.L. joint contact analysis. sound in enclosed spaces. its use and measurement. Structure-Borne Sound. Structures and their Interaction. M. and Sanders. and Ungar. Fluid-structure coupling in 2-D flexiblewalled waveguides using asymptotic expansions (rectangular and cylindrical geometries)... ME 249 (JAN) 3:0 Fundamentals of Acoustics Fundamentals of vibration. V R Sonti Kinsler.H. E. Mechanisms of noise radiation and outdoor sound propagation. MIT Press. and Feit. sound in enclosures (rectangular box and cylinders). concept of impedance. spherical coordinates.C. resonances. Irwin. A. Coincidence and wave number spectra. I-D acoustic wave equation. 1986. radiation efficiency. Sommerfeld radiation condition. V R Sonti Pre-requisite: Consent of Instructor Junger.E. Acoustics of Ducts and Mufflers. octave bands. Williams. C. 1987. D.. scattering..A. 1987.. decibels. and Graf. D.V. Cremer.. Physiology of the human ear and subjective response to SPL. Brief introduction to diffraction.J. Wiley -Interscience.. L. Sound radiation from finite rectangular plates and cylindrical shells.B. Spon Press. Oxford University Press. vibrations of continuous systems (strings and rods).R. Fundamentals of Acoustics.. directivity of sources. M L Munjal Bies. spherical harmonics. Laplace Transforms and PDEs. piston in a sphere. Near field and far field. Complex variables. Englewood Cliffs. Frey. Third Edn. piston in a baffle.. Sound.. Green function (Dirichlet and Neumann).. power level and impedance. 1985. scattering from a rigid sphere. 1-D Green Function..D. sound power. Heckl. Coupling of sound with flexible enclosures. Engineering Noise Control. Industrial Noise and Vibration Control. 1979. M. complex notation. F. J. L. Fahy. standing waves and travelling waves. A. hearing damage risk and environmental noise level criteria. harmonic solutions. J. wave impedance. Springer-Verlag. structure and composition of biological tissues. John W iley. Sound and Structural Vibration. lumped parameter modeling of acoustic systems. refraction. Notes and recent research papers. Kirchoff-Helmholtz Integral Equation. sound pressure level. reflection. London. integration with branch cuts. E. 1982. intensity level. E.R. sound waves in ducts. pulsating sphere. enclosures. Instrumentation for noise measurement and analysis.. barriers and muffling devices. Fourier Acoustics ME 250 (AUG) 3:0 Structural Acoustics Vibration and acoustic response of an infinite plate in contact with an acoustic half space to a line force (Crighton’s solution). Continuum Scheme of Instruction Page 196 . sound power and sound pressure level estimation procedures. sound power. Coppens. E. and Hanson. ME 251 (JAN) 3:0 Biomechanics Bone and cartilage. Prentice Hall. partitions. Transform and Rayleigh integral methods. 2003. Robotics: Fundamental Concepts and Analysis. 2006. Academic Press. NY. A...A Ghosal Ghosal. M.. Munjal. vibrating free disc. ME 248 (AUG) 3:0 Industrial Noise Control Acoustic waves. wave guides (phase speed and group speed). optimization formulations Scheme of Instruction Page 197 . M S Bobji Halling. A.. Allyn and Bacon.mechanics. Nonlinear Solid Mechanics. Y. Namrata Gundiah Humphrey. Haug.. (ed. application of Euler. hydrodynamic lubrication. quaternion. ME 256 (JAN) 3:0 Variational Methods and Structural Optimization Calculus of variations: functionals. natural frequencies and modes. W iley. G. necessary conditions for an extremum. 1990. Mechanics of rolling motion. viscosity. Rigid body guidance problem. Material interpolation methods in design parameterization for topology optimization. McGraw Hill. moving loads). Friction and Lubrication in Mechanical Design. equations of motion for general shell structures using Hamilton’s principle. cylindrical shells and spherical shells. E. Dibakar Sen Hirschhorn. Complex number. Curvature theory in plane kinematics.A. normed vector spaces.S.D. kinematic analysis by graphical and algebraic methods. Seireg. Gateaux variation. coupling of elastic and thermal equations with Reynolds equation. V R Sonti Pre-requisite: a full course in lumped system vibrations Werner Soedel . theories of friction and wear. Macmillan. second variations and sufficient conditions.C. Marcel Dekker. rubber elasticity. rings.. Springer-Verlag. Holzapfel. lubricants. infinitesimal distances in curved shells. tensor-based kinematics. Euler-Lagrange multiplier theorem. Reynolds equation. tribometry. Longman. Weak form of differential equations. specialization to commonly occurring geometries.Vibrations of plates and shells S. Biomechanics.. modeling constraints and simulation.Lagrange equations for the analytical solution of size optimization problems of bars and beams. Clarendon Press. 1975. Rayleigh-Ritz and Galerkin methods. Kinematic Geometry of Mechanisms. Hunt. Cardiovascular Solid Mechanics. Fung. ME 253 (JAN) 3:0 Vibrations of Plates and Shells Shell coordinates.). arterial mechanics. transient and harmonic loads. combination of structures using receptance.. 2000. Introduction to cell mechanics. J. constitutive equations. topology optimization of trusses and beams applied to stiff structures and compliant mechanisms. hydrostatic lubrication. J. Rao Vibrations of continuous systems ME 255 (AUG) 3:0 Principles of Tribology Surfaces. Cameron. Principles of Tribology. Principles of Lubrication. friction and wear considerations in design.. vector.. Kinematics and Dynamics of Plane Mechanisms. A.. K. 1998. selection of tribological solutions. Elastohydrodynamic lubrication. moments.J. 2002. detailed study of flat plates. Computer aided kinematics. Springer-Verlag. 1966. nonlinear elasticity. A. J. Elements of line geometry and screw theory for rigid body motion in space. ME 252 (AUG) 3:0 Mechanisms Simple and complex mechanisms. response to various types of loads (point forces. Computer Aided Kinematics and Dynamics of Mechanical systems.H. Frechet differential. 1962. D. and Taylor. Finite Element Procedures. W. Wiley-Interscience.. Haftka. 2000. and Gurdal. objectivity principle..for structures and compliant mechanisms involving multiple energy domains and performance criteria. I and II. and Moran. M. G K Ananthasuresh Smith.P.. weighted residual methods. Malkus.. Finite element methods for mufflers. 2003. isoparametric mapping and numerical integration. The Finite Element Methods. shape and topology optimization problems. aero-acoustic characterization of engine sources. Belytshko. Continuum plasticity theory. and Sigmund. introduction of constraint equations by Lagrange multipliers and penalty method. New Delhi 1997. and Plesha. 1989. Prentice Hall of India. O. 1987. Variational Methods in Optimization. Stress updated procedures.D.J. M.. R. Third Edn. Methods and Applications. design of exhaust mufflers.J. Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis.E. NY. Lagrangian and spatial formulations.. Fundamentals of finite deformation mechanics-kinematics. Springer. 1982. Essential background for Karush-Kuhn.C. Nonlinear Finite Elements for Continua and Structures. Analysis of exhaust mufflers. Prentice Hall of India. the exhaust process of reciprocating I. 1976..F. stress measures. Finite element programming. numerical optimization algorithms and computer programs for practical implementation of size. finite element programming..T. R. Return mapping algorithm. Finite element procedure for nonlinear elasticity.K. Finite element modeling of contact problems – slide-line methods and penalty approach. B. Dover Publication. Acoustics of Ducts and Mufflers. convergence.R. Finite element modeling of contact problems. Vols. Aeroacoustics. M.. O.. McGraw Hill. McGraw Hill. R. K. solution of linear algebraic equations. John Wiley. ME 259 (AUG) 3:0 Nonlinear Finite Element Methods Introduction to structural nonlinearities... M. Finite element programming.S. ME 257 (JAN) 3:0 Finite Element Methods Linear finite elements procedures in solid mechanics.. Elements of Structural Optimization. Liu. D. T. Finite Element Procedures. Topology Optimization: Theory.L. ME 260 (AUG) 3:0 Topology Optimization Scheme of Instruction Page 198 . engines. Finite element formulation for plasticity and nonlinear elasticity. calculus of variations. 1991. Zienkiewicz. Goldst ein. M L Munjal Munjal.. Kluwer Academic Publishers.. finite wave analysis of exhaust systems. balance laws. 1998. Treatment of incompressible deformation.. Bendsoe. Bathe. duct acoustics. K. Newton-Raphson procedure to solve nonlinear equilibrium equations. ME 258 (JAN) 3:0 Acoustics of Ducts and Mufflers Acoustics of moving media. Newton-Raphson procedure. Z. finite element procedures for I-D plasticity and visco-plasticity.C.L. Application of finite element method to Poisson equation. R Narasimhan Pre requisite: ME 257 or equivalent Bathe. Wiley.. R Narasimhan Cook.Tucker conditions for multi-variable optimization. analysis and synthesis of one dimensional acoustic filters. Stress update algorithms for plasticity. 1992. thermo-electric. Contemporary literature. Shukla Kryyzig E. G K Ananthasuresh Pre-requisite: ME 256.J. similarity transformations. methods of solution. Manufacturing constraints. Michelle continua and truss/frame topology optimization. Scheme of Instruction Page 199 . Bendsoe. design of fins. Greenberg. calculation of entropy and entropy diagrams. M. Gaurav Tomar and Ratnesh K. Advanced Mathematical Methods for Scientists and Engineers” ME 271 (AUG) 3:0 Thermodynamics Concepts of thermodynamics. properties of pure substances and mixtures. QR and LU decomposition of matrices. system of linear equations (Krylov solvers. tensor algebra. 1-4. Complex analysis: Analytic functions. level-set methods. review of heat transfer mechanisms with reference to electronic systems: foot prints. Fourier series. Cauchy-Riemann conditions and conformal mapping. and Applications. compliant mechanisms and material microstructure design. curvilinear coordinate transformations. Numerical methods for topology optimization: optimality criteria methods.. Pradip Dutta. vector spaces. numerical issues in the implementation of topology optimization algorithms. groups. second law. spreading resistance. 2003. peak function methods. linear transformations. and size. Hildebrand. Special series and transforms: Laplace and Fourier transforms.. S. Energy analysis of process and cycle. shape. Basu Van Wylen. Pramod Kumar. O. wavelet transforms. rings and fields.. Advanced Engineering Mathematics F. and Sigmund. Methods of Applied Mathematics Bender and Orszag.E. convection and radiation from electronic modules. basis. thermo-physical properties. general solutions of linear ODEs. jet impingement cooling. R. Advanced Engineering Mathematics C.P. K. R V Ravikrishna. Bessel’s and Legendre’s equations. W ylie. multi-phase multicomponent systems. Ordinary and partial differential equations: Characterization of ODEs and PDEs. P Dutta Thermal Management of Electronic Systems. active cooling systems – adsorption. Methods.D. membrane equilibrium. G. phase-field methods. homogenization-based method.R. Design parameterization and material interpolation: ground structure method. McGraw Hill. critical points and their stability. singular value decomposition. and Sonntag. availability analysis.. energy storage.Hierarchy in structural optimization: topology. 1995.. Advanced Engineering Mathematics M. spectral decomposition. inner products. dual algorithms. ME 261(AUG) 3:0 Engineering Mathematics Vector and tensor algebra: Sets. Vol. Topology Optimization: Theory. FFT algorithms. Gauss-Seidel). zeroth law. convex linearization and method of moving asymptotes. phase equilibrium. Wark. Advanced Thermodynamics for Engineers. B. Springer. Background in finite element analysis is preferred. special ODEs. ME 272 (JAN) 3:0 Thermal Management of Electronics Structures of heat in electronic systems. first law. first order phase transitions. vector and tensor calculus. applications to multi-physics problems. Euler-Cauchy. ASME Press. Wiley. other advanced topics. SturmLiouville theory. chemical equilibrium. Fundamentals of Classical Thermodynamics. density distribution. phase change: current state of the art and future projections of thermal needs in electronics. Ratnesh Shukla. microscopic heat pipes and other applications. Springer Verlag.B. and Beskok. micro-PIV and other characterizing techniques. turbulent forced convection.. McGraw Hill 1967. W. Taylor and Francis.. laminar external convection. interaction between conduction. V Srinivasan and P Dutta Siegel.. MEMS. A. ME 271 Patankar. Rayleigh-Benard convection. Thermal Management of Electronics. gas radiation in enclosures and furnaces. Radiative Heat Transfer. Overney. et al. radiative transfer in enclosures. R.N. 2003. double layer forces. J..D. configuration factor. ME 273 (JAN) 3:0 Solid and Fluid Phenomena at Small Scales Intermolecular forces. using finite difference methods: Taylor series and control volume formulations. Hemisphere Publishing Corporation.. classification of partial differential equations. J. friction and nano tribology. McGraw Hill 1993. atomic force microscopy. Size. micro . effect of physico-chemical forces on fluid flow at micronscales. Convective Heat and Mass Transfer. ME 282 (JAN) 3:0 Computational Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow Mathematical description energy and chemical Discretization techniques Irregular geometries and of fluid flow and heat transfer. Modest. Dransfeld. conservation equations for mass. Meyer. M. Thermal Radiation Heat Transfer. Nanoscience Firction and Rheology on the nanometer scale. John W iley. surfaces. G.. S Basu.mechanics of interfaces and thin films. Micro Flows. K. species. S.M. Solvation forces. Slip boundary condition. Kirchoff's Law. equation of transfer.. body-fitted coordinate system.. and Cohen.. Bejan. A... ASME Trans. G Tomar Pre-requisite: ME 201. P Dutta. convection and radiation.. R V Ravikrishna.dependent strength. Nanoindentation. momentum. and Crawford.. and Sarofim.E. A.E.M. Karniadakis. Tata-McGraw Hill.V. 1998.F. Radiative Transfer. free convection from vertical surface. Intermolecular and Surface Forces. similarity solution.. defects. radiative transfer in gases. Elsevier Publishing Company.C. R. Planck and Rosseland mean coefficient. ME 274 (JAN) 3:0 Convective Heat Transfer Energy equation.F. micro fluidics. on Components and Packaging Technologies. P Dutta. integral method. 1980. E. A. concept of full development heat transfer in developing flow.. laminar internal convection. Applications to practical problems.. Hemisphere.. Convective Heat Transfer. A. 2002.. Scheme of Instruction Page 200 . radiative properties of non-black surfaces. ME 275 (AUG) 3:0 Radiative Heat Transfer Black body radiation.Krauss. Journal of Electronic Packaging IEEE Trans. Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow. radiative exchange between different surfaces. 2001. and Howell. Hott el. coordinate systems. Pramod Kumar Pre-requisite: ME 201 and ME 271 Kays. M. M S Bobji and R N Govardhan Israelachvili. H. K. Plug-flow reactor. 2011. 1984. and Acosta. 1984. R V Ravikrishna An Introduction to Combustion.A. Computational Fluid Mechanics and Heat Transfer. D. H. Equations of motion in axisymmetric flow. Conservation Equations. MIT Press. Hemisphere Publishing Corporation.. McGraw Hill. radial and mixed flow machines. review of vorticity. McGraw Hill. Stephen R. and Pletcher. “Cavitation”. particulate fluidization. Combustion in Gasoline and Diesel Engines..Anderson. Versteeg. vaned and vaneless diffusers. annular. Pre-requisite: A course in fluid Mechanics. and spectral methods Scheme of Instruction Page 201 . Gas Turbine Combustors – design requirements.. Longman. ME 283 (AUG) 3:0 Two Phase Flows and Boiling Heat Transfer Characterization of two phase flow patterns (bubbly. Bryden. Rayleigh-Plesset Equation. ME 285 (AUG) 3:0 Turbomachine Theory Introduction to turbo-machines. Constant pressure and constant volume fixed-mass reactors. Euler turbine equation. finite difference. homogeneous and heterogeneous flow models. Bubble dynamics. J W Daily. slug. A. ME 284 (JAN) 3:0 Applied Combustion Thermodynamics and Thermochemistry. R. contact line dynamics. velocity triangles. The Design of High Efficiency Turbomachinery and Gas Turbine. total enthalpy. Tannehill J. Droplet Combustion. profile changes in contracting and expanding ducts. McGraw Hill. 1970 R Clift. rotating co-ordinate system. Specific speed and Cordier diagram. Hydrodynamic stability of stratified fluids.. reaction work and flow coefficients.. stratified. Dover. Elemental axial turbine stage. cascade aerodynamics. R. adiabatic flame temperature. Kenneth W. J H Arakeri / R N Govardhan Sabersky. rothalpy. stability and emissions. mixing losses. Chemical equilibrium.. Elemental compressor stage. 1995. Chemical kinetics. the centrifugal compressor. simple and extended radial equilibrium. “Capillarity and wetting phenomena”. An Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics. Corp. Boiling and Condensation Heat Transfer. Gaurav Tomar Graham B Wallis. 1988.B. well-stirred reactor.H. ME 286 (AUG) 3:0 Numerical Methods for Partial Differential Equations Fundamentals of numerical approximation. Combustion Engineering.C... etc). Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals. finite volume. drops and particles”. “Liquid-Vapor Phase-Change Phenomena”. 2011. Homogeneous and heterogeneous nucleation. finite element. mist.. 2004 V P Carey. and Malalasekara. dewetting pathways. Pollutant Formation. W.G.H. Taylor & Francis. Laminar Premixed and Diffusion Flames. Hemisphere Pub. Springer. Exhaust aftertreatment. Combustion Chamber Design. J. Turns. McGraw Hill Intl Edn. J R Grace and M E Weber. Heywood. Fluid Flow: A First Course in Fluid Mechanics Wilson. Brief review of diffusers. work done by Coriolis forces and by aerofoil action. D. 1978 P de Gennes. molecular theory of surface tension. F G Hammit. 1992. Introduction to Turbulent Combustion. Ragland and Kenneth M. “One dimensional two phase flow”. “Bubbles. F Brochard-Wyart and D Quéré. suspension of particles in fluids.. 1969 R T Knapp. Advanced Engine Concepts. Prentice Hall.. Hesthaven. 1978.. Butterworth Heinemann. Second Edn.L. and Hittle.P. John W iley and Sons. solar thermal energy storage. Duffie. Control Syst ems for Heating. 1970. Sixth Edn. Springer Science plus Business Media. vapour absorption refrigeration thermodynamics. Refrigeration and Air conditioning. Gottlieb.. air conditioning processes.. F. error analysis. ME 288 (JAN) 3:0 Air Conditioning Engineering Properties of air-water mixtures. D.. Oxford. J. evaporators. M. J. S. single stage. design of air delivery systems. Fourier approaches. New Jersey. ASHRAE Handbooks (SI Editions): Fundam entals (2009).B. ME 287 (JAN) 3:0 Refrigeration Engineering Methods of refrigeration. Air Conditioning Engineering. projection method. noise and vibration control in air-conditioned rooms. LeVeque. Finite volume methods for hyperbolic problems. Meinel.. 1981. solar radiation – fundamentals..conventional refrigeration systems. Cambridge University Press. Oxford. D. fluid mechanics and heat transfer. Haines. Fifth Edn. J. cooling load calculations. design of generators and absorbers. Inc.J. expansion devices. 2005.. high-order spatio-temporal discretizations. and Kreider. non... J. cooling and dehumidifying coils. air conditioning system. psychometric chart. W. vapour compression refrigeration-standard and actual vapour compression cycles. B. W. Inc.. and Roberts. 1999.. condensers.F. convergence. air conditioning controls. A.. vapour jet refrigeration. F. Cambridge University Press. multipressure systems. Tata McGraw Hill. methods of collection and thermal conversion. Englewood Cliffs... compressors. cooling towers. Pergamon Press. Ventilating. ME 289 (AUG) 3:0 Principles of Solar Thermal Engineering Introduction. Croom e. comfort air conditioning. Principles of Solar Thermal Engineering. 2007. and Air Conditioning. Therm al Environm ent al Engineering.F. stability. Scheme of Instruction Page 202 .. G S V L Narasimham Stoecker. clean rooms and laminar flow equipment. and Beckm an. W. immersed-boundary methods. and Jones. D. solar thermal elective conversion. R. Applied Solar Energy.M. solar refrigeration. 2001. component matching and system integration. heat transfer in buildings. K. and Gottlieb.W. 1991. Numerical solution of partial differential equations. J. Solar Engineering of Thermal Processes. NY.. J. D. dual stage and dual effect systems. fractional steps.for parabolic and elliptic problems. and Mayers. J. F. Lax equivalence theorem. 2003. 2002.C. Spectral methods for time dependent problems”. ASHRAE Handbooks (SI Editions): HVAC Applications (2007). 1982. refrigerants and refrigeration controls. Selection of working fluids.A. consistency. operator splitting. Stokes solvers. R. level set and volume of fluid methods for interface problems.W. enthalpy potential.. Other applications. Refrigeration (2010). H. McGraw Hill.. R K Shukla Pre requisite: Consent of Instructor Mort on. and Peric.P. solar heating systems. boundary-integral formulations. Second Edn. Therlkeld. Ferziger. Fundamentals (2009). W.. high resolution methods for conservation laws. G S V L Narasimham Kreith. Systems and Equipment (2008). Computational Methods for Fluid Dynamics. Cambridge text s in applied mathematics. and Meinel.A. Springer. G S V L Narasimham Jones. Cambridge University Press. Airconditioning and Ventilation of Buildings. L. T. K R Y Fracture Mechanics for Modern Engineering Design Universities Press. refraction and absorption of stress waves. Euler operators. Fracture Mechanics for Modern Engineering Design. and Goodier. P.. and Kunii. Vibration and W aves. J controlled crack growth and stability and engineering approach to plastic fracture.. elastic – plastic crack tips fields. ME 295 (JAN) 3:0 Geometric Modelling for Computer Aided Design Representation of curves and surfaces-parametric form. Spline and NURBS. K R Y Simha and R Narasimhan Broek D.T. North-Holland. Faculty Coordinator ME 298 (JAN) 3:0 Fluid Turbulence Stability of fluid flows. Reflection. 1995. CRC Press. Characteristics of Rayleigh Surface Wave. How Surfaces Intersect in Space – An Introduction to Topology. A ‘pass’ in the course is obtained by attendance of at least 80%. M. ME 294 (AUG) 2:0 Applied Impact Mechanics of Solids Appreciation of Impact Problems in Engineering.K. elements of elasticity and plasticity. 2001 Graff.N. Characteristics of Bulk P-and-S Waves in infinite media. impact phenomena and fragmentation.Y.ME 293 (AUG) 3:0 Fracture Mechanics Evolution of fracture mechanics. Springer . transition to turbulence-introduction to turbulence. Wave Motion in Elastic Solids. characterization.Verlag.R. Advanced Fracture Mechanics Oxford. Topological Modeling for Visualization.S.. Energetics of fracture. intersection of curves and surfaces.. Universities Press 2001. B Gurumoorthy and Dibakar Sen Piegl. nonlinear fracture mechanics J integral. Springer-Verlag.(acousto-elasticity). searching for solitons. Dispersion. Carter. Anderson. S. Dynamic fracture. and Tiller. computation of global properties of solids. Theory of Elasticity. mixed mode fracture mechanics. Impact Plasticity.. boundary evaluation. 1994. McGraw Hill. Computer Science Press.. J. Reynolds averaged Scheme of Instruction Page 203 . K. W. energy release rate and stress intensity factor. and Popelar. M. Kanninen. 1993. K R Y Simha Pre-requisite: ME 242 Solid Mechanics or Equivalent Timoshenko. B. An Introduction to Solid Modeling. topology of surfaces. representation of solids: graph based models and point set models. World Scientific... 1985. Simha. Fracture. Elements of Elasto-dynamics. C.. T.A. Fom enko. classification. Bezier. nonlinearity. 1997. Dover 1975 ME 297 (AUG/JAN) 1:0 Departmental Seminar The student is expected to attend and actively take part in ME departmental seminars for one semester during his/her stay. J.L. interpolation. The NURBS Book. 1988. A.. Comminution and Concussion. Fundamentals and application. K F. Elementary Engineering Fracture Mechanics.. 1970 Simha.H. Fracture Mechanics. elements of graph theory. J integral testing. Mantyla.. MIT 1972 Pope S. The project report is expected to show clarity of thought and expression critical appreciation of the existing literature and analytical and/or experimental or design skill. a completely experimental one. similarity methods. or a combination of both. modeling and numerical methods. the project may also involve sophisticated design work. Turbulent Flows. statistical description of turbulence. E. 2000 ME 299 0:24 Dissertation Project The M.equations.. Cambridge. vorticity dynamics. turbulent shear flows. Rayleigh Benard convention. A First Course in Turbulence. In a few cases. Project is aimed at training students to analyse independently any problem posed to them.B. The project may be a purely analytical piece of work. Faculty Scheme of Instruction Page 204 . JH Arakeri Pre-requisite: Consent of Instructor Tennekes H and Lumley J L. S-Kent. solution models. Easterling: Phase Transformations in Metal and Alloys. P. Chaturvedi: Phase Transformations in Materials. and K. Prentice-Hall. disorder-to-order.K. D. phase diagrams.E. thermodynamics. disorder-to-order transformations and ordered Scheme of Instruction Page 205 . Jena. 1992. critical phenomena. E.G. nucleation and growth theories. massive. phase diagrams and diffusion. MT 201 (JAN) 3:0 Phase Transformations Overview of phase transformations. precipitation. Reed-Hill and R. PROGRAMME MATERIALS ENGINEERING (Duration : 2 Years) 64 credits Hard core (8 credits) MT 202 MT 241 MT 243 3:0 3:0 0:2 Thermodynamics and Kinetics Structure and Characterisation of Materials Laboratory Experiments in Metallurgy Soft core (9 credits): Any three out of the following eight courses MT 203 MT 209 MT 220 MT 231 MT 245 MT 252 MT 253 MT 260 3:0 3:0 3:0 3:0 3:0 3:0 3:0 3:0 Materials Design and Selection Defects in Materials Microstructural Design and Development of Engineering Materials Interfacial Phenomena in Materials Processing Transport Processes in Process Metallurgy Science of Materials Processing Mechanical Behaviour of Materials Polymer Science and Engineering – I Project (32 credits) MT 299 0:32 Dissertation Project Electives (15 credits): At least 9 credits must be taken from the courses offered by the Department. coarsening. Abbaschian: Physical Metallurgy Principles. 1981. stability criteria. crystal interfaces and microstructure. A. MT 202 (AUG) 3:0 Thermodynamics and Kinetics Classical and statistical thermodynamics. Van Nostrand.A.MATERIALS ENGINEERING M. spinodal decomposition. R. A. eutectoid.W. John Wiley.E. Khachaturyan: Theory of Structural Transformation in Solids. 1983. elastic stress effects. 1993. C Srivastava Prerequisites: Basic courses on crystallography. topics in the theory of phase transformations: linear stability analysis. and M. sharp interface and diffuse interface models of microstructural evolution. Porter. martensitic transformations. Interstitial and substitutional solid solutions. W. A PAUL P. T A Abinandanan C. M. 2nd Edition. Shewmon: Diffusion in Solids. Role of anisotropy.continuum and atomistic. Easterling: Phase Transformation in Metals and Alloys. Lupis: Chemical Thermodynamics of Materials. surfaces and interfaces.M. P.P. and the course will involve case studies. The students will explore materials selection charts. 3rd edition (2005).L. Interdiffusion. Balluffi.H. Bacon: Introduction to dislocations. Physico-chemical approach. 1st ed.alloys. 2001. P.F. Ashby and D. 2nd ed.. Hirth and J.E. J. Adamson and A. Porter and K. Balluffi: Interfaces in Crystalline Materials. 4th ed. Chapman and Hall. 1982.K. MT 218 (AUG) 2:1 Modeling and Simulation in Materials Engineering Scheme of Instruction Page 206 . A. 2005. Interface thermodynamics and structure. John Wiley. processing and properties in engineering materials. dislocation-interface interactions.D. segregation. 2nd ed. Matano-Boltzmann analysis. Thermodynamics of point defects. D. Dislocation kinetics. Gast: Physical Chemistry of Surfaces (Sixth Edition). Press. Ashby: Materials Selection in Mechanical Design. Wiley-Interscience. projects as well as software packages for materials design and selection over a wide range of conditions. 1976 D.W.R. Intrinsic diffusion and Integrated diffusion coeffiecient. interphase boundaries..P. fluid flow and heat transfer. the students will focus on procedures for materials selection and design. stacking faults and special boundaries.F. Darken analysis. Overview of methods for studying defects including computational techniques S Karthikeyan W. J. H. Relation with tracer diffusion coefficient. Oxford Univ. MT 208 (JAN) 3:0 Diffusion in Solids Fick's first and second law. MT 203 (AUG) 3:0 Materials Design and Selection After an overview of microstructures. unstable and multiple Kirkendall planes. Bowen and D. Carter: Kinetics of Materials. 1992. S. ternary alloys and phase diagrams. Elsevier Science. Shewmon: Diffusion in Solids MT 209 (AUG) 3:0 Defects in Materials Review of defect classification and concept of defect equilibrium. Butterworth-Heinemann.P.W. Review of point defects in metallic. ionic and covalent crystals. Dislocations in different lattices. Interface kinetics: migration and sliding. Uhlmann: Introduction to Ceramics. Allen. Growth Kinetics. John Wiley and Sons. etc. 1982. Lothe: Theory of Dislocations.. 1989. Sutton and R. History and development of the Kirkendall effect. Stable. Johnson: Materials and Design (2002). A. Overview of grain boundaries.A. R. 2nd ed. 1st ed. W. Defect interactions: point defect-dislocation interaction. 1997.C. Kingery.. Role of the Kirkendall effect on morphogenesis. 1995. A H Chokshi M. Diffusion. Dislocation theory .. Hull and D. Wiley. Concept of velocity diagram construction. Krieger. G. Introduction to multi scale modeling schemes. Springer. Numerical solution of ODEs and PDEs. The modeling processs. Defects and Microstructures – Modeling Across Scales. I.H. Laskowski and J. contact angle. Butterworth-Heinemann. Matrijivic (Ed. Shiflet: Introduction to Computational Science: Modeling and Simulation for the Sciences. 4th ed. composites. Mesoscale modeling – microstructure modeling methods. Plenum. H. Bhadeshia and R. wetting. Springer. A. Kozeschnik. Applications in Materials Processing. Springer. 1995. Rapaport: The Art of Molecular Dynamics Simulation. Hull and T. D. 1992. Raabe. Shiflet and G. Miodownik. electrokinetics. flocculation. Labs on Molecular dynamics. shape memory alloys and amorphous alloys. Adsorption from solution. Elsevier Academic press. adsorption isotherms. New York. Lutjering and J.F Janssens. Dislocation dynamics and Phase field techniques A N Choudhury. S Karthikeyan and T A Abinandanan A. Clyne: An Introduction to Composite Materials. Young's equation. 2001. computational crystal plasticity. Hummel: Electronic Properties of Materials. P. A. Emulsions. steels. limitations and applications.W.C.W. Monolayer and interfacial reactions. phase field technique. D.S. Analytical and numerical approaches.W. Reed: The Superalloys: Fundamentals and Applications. Phillips: Crystal. Princeton University Press.Importance of modeling and simulation in Materials Engineering. processing. U Ramamurty G.): Surface and Colloid Science. B. K. Elsevier. Subodh Kumar. Press. Atomistic modeling – ab-initio techniques and molecular dynamics. New York. 1995. E. dislocation dynamics. Monte Carlo method.B. Williams: Titanium. R. Adamson: Physical Chemistry of Surfaces. S Subramanian E. solid state physics. Cambridge University Press. titanium and nickel base alloys. 1982. Monte Carlo methods – Kinetic MC and simulated annealing. 2007.. Nestler: Computational Materials Engineering: An Introduction to Microstructure Evolution.): Colloid Chemistry in Mineral Processing. Electrical phenomena at interfaces. J. Polmear: Light Alloys: From Traditional Alloys to Nanocrystals. transformations. Heermann: Monte Carlo Simulation in Statistical Physics.J.surface excess and surface free energy. and mechanical behavior to describe how engineering materials can be tailored to achieve desired properties through the control of composition. Thermo-structural materials will include aluminium and magnesium alloys. UK. 1996. Thermodynamics of adsorption . 1997. R. MT 220 (JAN) 3:0 Microstructural Design and Development of Engineering Materials This course will build on the fundamentals of phase stability. Review and overview of materials modeling methods – capabilities. Scheme of Instruction Page 207 . Oxford Univ. D. New York. 2006.C. electrochemistry of the double layer. families of semiconductors.K. Sutton and R. Rolston (Ed. Gibbs equation.C.A. Balluffi: Interfaces in Crystalline Materials. coagulation and dispersion. Cambridge Univ. processing and microstructure. UK. New York. optical materials and electronic ceramics. D Banerjee. Cambridge Univ. D. Honeycombe: Steels: Microstructure and Properties. MT 231 (JAN) 3:0 Interfacial Phenomena in Materials Processing Materials and surfaces. Butterworth-Heinemann. Functional materials will include hard and soft magnetic materials. Wiley Interscience. Polymers at interfaces. K. Press. M. W. UK. New York R. Two broad classes of materials will be covered. 1st ed. Common applications for these materials and current technological challenges and trends will be also be highlighted.E. W. Binder. Press.D. Cambridge University Press. McGraw Hill. E. Lightfoot: Transport Phenomena. W. N.N.G. heat treatment. Szekely and N. Cambridge MT 243 (JAN) 0:2 Laboratory Experiments in Metallurgy Experiments in Metallographic techniques. Themelis: Rate Phenomena in Process Metallurgy. Faculty MT 245 (AUG) 3:0 Transport Processes in Process Metallurgy Basic and advanced idea of fluid flow. R. Addison-Wesley. New York. Kelly and G. Fontana: Corrosion Engineering. Charged defects. K A Natarajan M. Cullity: Elements of x-ray Diffraction.Y.B. A. Unit processes in process metallurgy. Henry: Structures of Materials. 1980. Corrosion under sub-soil and sea water conditions. Basics of diffraction theory. Groves: Crystallography and Crystal Defects. D. Types and mechanisms of corrosion. D. Integral mass. Methods of abatement. Schottky and Frenkel defects. McGraw-Hill.. Advances in corrosion engineering and control. MT 241 (AUG) 3:0 Structure and Characterization of Materials Bonding and crystal structures.R. G S Gupta J. Defects in crystals. R Ranjan A. diffraction mineral beneficiation. Graef and M. 1994 Research articles Scheme of Instruction Page 208 .M. Stewart and E. The equations of continuity and motion and its solutions. R. Bird. Point and space groups. Vacancies and interstitials in non stoichiometric crystals. D. Non-wetting flow. 1978. Concepts of laminar and turbulent flows. and mechanical metallurgy. mechanisms and microbiological aspects. heat and mass transfer. Gaskell: Introduction to Transport Phenomena in Materials Processing. Stereographic projection.Anodic and Cathodic control-Biocorrosion. Application of the above principles in process metallurgy. Longman M. White: Fluid Mechanics. 1971 G. 1991.J. Natural and forced convection. Borenstein: Microbiologically Influenced Corrosion Handbook. Electron diffraction and Electron microscopy. chemical and process metallurgy. Wiley. momentum and energy balances. X-ray powder diffraction and its applications. Geiger and D R Poirier: Transport Phenomena in Metallurgy. W. John Wiley International Edition. 1960 F. West: Solid State Chemistry and its Applications.MT 235 (AUG) 3:0 Corrosion Technology Basic electrochemical principles governing corrosion.E.Marine biofouling and biocorrosion with respect to industrial conditions. Concept of packed and fluidized bed. John Wiley B.H. 3rd Edition. Themelis: Rate Phenomena in Process Metallurgy. Assignments will be based on developing computer code to solve the given problem. yielding. B. Thermodynamics. anisotropy. R.strain hardening. Fundamentals and applications of plasticity. induction furnace. Backofen: Deformation processing: Addision Wesley. ladle steelmaking.MT 248 (JAN) 3:0 Modelling and Computational Methods in Metallurgy Basic principles of physical and mathematical modelling. unary systems. Callister: Materials Science & Engineering. Powder processing. Finite Difference method. Temperature and strain rate effects in plastic flow . Solidification.D. Mechanical behaviour: elasticity. ceramics. Begeman: Manufacturing Processes.A. Wiley VCH. dynamic recovery and recrystallization. plasticity. Luther and J. Wiley (India) 2007 MT 252 / PD 214 (JAN) 3:0 Science of Materials Processing Fundamentals of Materials Processing: Deformation processing. Amstead. Applications of deformation processing. thermochemistry. Prerequisite: Knowledge of transport phenomena. Electrochemistry and corrosion. John Wiley. John Wiley. New York. Methods of structural characterisation. Research articles MT 250 (AUG) 3:0 Introduction to Materials Science and Engineering Compulsory for ME. Cahn and P.W. flow instability. carburizing and drying. and M. Haasan (Editors): Processing of Metals and Alloys: Materials Science and Technology series. Modeling of materials processing-processing maps. grain size Scheme of Instruction Page 209 . Theory of Plasticity Review of elementary dislocation theory. Deformation of single and polycrystals. Oswald. 1971 B. Detailed study of the modelling of various metallurgical processes such as blast furnace. Wiley. semiconductors. NY. programming language G S Gupta J. Similarity criteria and dimensional analysis.F. types of materials. composites V Jayaram W. Wilkes: Applied Numerical Methods.A. Thermally activated deformation.J. Casting and Joining. P. diffusion. Convergence and stability criteria. fracture. rolling. defects.O. Solid-solid phase Transformations. Band structure. electrical. basics of crystal structures and crystallography.. students who do not have BE Metallurgy Compulsory for research students without materials background Bonding. H.H. Temperature and strain rate dependence. Carnahan. Solution of differential equations using various numerical techniques. Thermodynamics of solid solutions. Satyam Suwas and Satish Vasu Kailas W. 1987. drawability. Szekely and N. MT 253 (AUG) 3:0 Mechanical Behaviour of Materials Theory of Elasticity. Classes of practical material systems: metallic alloys. phase diagrams. magnetic and optical materials. 1969. SIMS) analysis GPC. dispersion strengthening. McGraw Hill. Courtney: Mechanical Behaviour of Materials. Instrumental methods for the elucidation of polymer structure and properties. Linear elastic fracture mechanics. Structure. T. fatigue and fracture. TOA). Lawn: Fracture of Brittle Solids. Polymer Processing Injection Molding.R. McGraw-Hill. Mechanisms of polymerization reactions. Flemings: Solidification Processing . ESCA. applied to polymeric materials. Current theories for describing molecular weight. G.C. the classification of different weld zones. Synthesis of monomers and polymers. Cyclic Fatigue. Historical development of fracture mechanics. Sijthoff and Nordhoff . Polymer nomenclature and classification. 1993 M. Stability of cracks. Nicholson (Editors): Strengthening methods in crystals. Cambridge University Press (1993). Kelly and R. Introduction to polymer processing (thermoplastic and thermoset). . 1974. order hardening. and branching. Origin of shrinkage.Haneman. London (1988). The Netherlands (1978). Indentation failure. their origin and the influence on properties and weld design. Crack resistance curves and toughening of brittle materials. A N Choudhury J. MT 256 (JAN) 3:0 Fracture Review of elastic and plastic deformation. John Wiley (1996). cross-linking. Irwin and Dugdale extensions. NMR. Scheme of Instruction Page 210 . stir casting and thixo casting.B. Compression Molding. electrical. MT 260 (AUG) 3:0 Polymer Science and Engineering I Fundamentals of polymer science. Environmental aspects of failure. Strengthening by martensitic transformation. Blow Molding. Methods to measure toughness. Ductile failure. Calendaring. basic principles and unique problems encountered when techniques such as thermal (DSC. Physical and computer modeling of solidification processes and development of expert systems. Raman. Thermodynamics of fracture including Griffith theory. Modern techniques of welding. David Broek: Engineering Fracture Mechanics. and spectroscopic (IR. Extrusion. Stereochemistry of polymers. McGraw Hill (1990). Casting and Spin Coat. linear contraction and casting defects in the design and manufacturing of casting.H. London. Richard Hertzberg: Deformation & Fracture of Engineering Materials. creep. property relationships of polymers: crystalline and amorphous states. solidification dynamics and the influence of mould in the process of casting. TMA. continuous casting. TGA. solid solution strengthening. Fracture in thin films and interfaces. Toughening in hierarchical structures V Jayaram B. molecular weight distributions. J-integral. Praveen Kumar A. MT 255 (JAN) 3:0 Solidification Processing Advantage of solidification route to manufacturing.E. Welding as a special form of manufacturing process involving solidification. GC-MS. Campbell: Casting. New developments and their possible impact on the manufacturing technology in the future with particular reference to the processes adaptable to the flexible manufacturing system. the degree of crystallinity.strengthening. Semisolid processing including pressure casting. the basics of solidification including fluid dynamics. Dieter: Mechanical Metallurgy. precipitation hardening. Butterworth . DMA. Odian: Principles of Polymerization. electrospinning. materials characterization. Skotheim and J. Stability of organic devices. Unique properties of blends. PA. Evaporation. Heterojunctions. P C Ramamurthy T. Ajayan. Blends of amorphous & semi-crystalline polymers. MT 271 (AUG) 3:0 Introduction to Biomaterials Science and Engineering This course will introduce basic concepts of biomaterials research and development including discussion on different types of materials used for biomedical applications and their relevant properties.W. S-S. 1995. Polymeric sensors. Reynolds. Academic Press. 1981. R. Blood compatibility of materials. Weinheim. Chung: Introduction to Composites. Skotheim and John R. 1998.. Sariciftci (Editors): Organic Photovoltaics . Fundamentals of polymers. Hanser. McGraw Hill. CRC Press. Charge carriers. Reynolds (Editors): Handbook of Conducting Polymers (Third Edition) Conjugated Polymers: Theory.V. P. Laser ablation. mechanical.L. T. Paul and S. L. Properties and Characterization. Dotson. composites/nanocomposites in rheological. Sun and N. Galvan.A.J. 1988 T. K Chatterjee Scheme of Instruction Page 211 . N. Protein adsorption to materials surfaces. and applications. Short: Fiber Reinforced Polymers. 2000 C. 1984. Surface treatment of the reinforcing materials and interface/interphase structures of composites / nanocomposites. R. McGraw Hill. Importance of interface on the property development. Laurence and M. Immune response to materials. Organic light emitting device. Beall (Editors): Polymer-Clay Nanocomposites. Synthesis. R. F. MT 261 (JAN) 3:0 Polymer Science and Engineering II: Organic Electronics Polymer electronics materials.Mechanisms. D. Summerscales and D. carbon nanotubes. Energy band diagram. 2nd Edition. Technomic. Braun: Nanocomposite Science &Technology. Tirrell: Polymerization Process Modeling. and device and materials physics. Lancaster.A. Diode characteristics. processing. Device physics: Crystal structure. Chemistry of device fabrication. immiscible systems and phase separation. Various processing techniques like solution mixing. Skotheim and J. 2000 L. J. S. and polymer nanocomposites. Materials. Neamen: Semiconductor Physics and Devices Basic Principles. 2003. fiber reinforced composites. Newman: Polymer Blends.A. Device fabrication techniques: Solution. CRC Press. Concepts in drug delivery. Corrosion and wear of implanted medical devices. and Devices. Vol 1&2 . R. Scaffolds for tissue engineering and regenerative medicine. Utracki: Polymer Alloys and Blends.A. and physical properties and applications S Bose D. Billmeyer: Textbook of Polymer Science. factors governing miscibility. Regulatory issues and ethics. compatibilizers and compatibilization.M. Wiley. Wiley-VCH. A. graphene etc. particulate. Schadler and P. Pinnavia and G. New York 2000. MT 262 (JAN) 3:0 Concepts in Polymer Blends and Nanocomposites Introduction to polymer blends and composites. Electroactive polymers. Nanostructured materials like nano clay. Polymerpolymer miscibility. Devices: Organic photovoltaic device. Technomic.S. Contents: Surface engineering for biocompatibility. Wiley. nanostructured materials and nanocomposites. Wiley. rubber toughened polymers. melt processing. Reynolds (Editors): Handbook of Conducting Polymers (Third Edition) Conjugated Polymers: Processing and Applications Edited by Terje A.P C Ramamurthy and M Giridhar G.W.R. CRC Press. a completely experimental one or a combination of both.E. Project is aimed at training the students to analyse independently any problem posed to them. In a few cases. the project can also involve a sophisticated design work.Ratner et al: Biomaterials science: An introduction to materials in medicine. critical appreciation of the existing literature and analytical and/or experimental or design skill. The project may be a purely analytical piece of work. Elsevier Academic Press Current Research Literature MT 299 0:32 Dissertation Project The M. FACULTY Scheme of Instruction Page 212 . 2nd edition. The project report is expected to show clarity of thought and expression. . USA. W. USA.Product Design and Manufacturing M Des Programme Product Design and Engineering Duration: 2 years Core Courses: 36 credits from the following pool PD 201 2:1 PD-202 2:1 PD 203 2:1 PD 205 2:1 PD 207 1:2 PD 209 3:0 PD 211 2:1 PD 212 2:1 PD 216 2:1 PD 218 2:1 PD 219 0:3 PD 229 0:3 PD 231 2:1 PD 235 2:1 PD 239 0:3 Elements of Design Elements of Solid and Fluid Mechanics Creative Engineering Design Materials.. visual perception. Lidwell.. J E Diwakar and Guest Faculty Young. spatial analysis and organization. Universal principles of design..M. Prentice-Hall.. Visual expressions in nature. P. K. Theory of colour. visual deception. M. Universal Principles of Design. Rockport. graphic compositions. Scheme of Instruction Page 213 . J. with the approval of the DCC/ Faculty Advisor. and Thomas. Exploring the Elements of Design. Thomson.. visual elements. and Butler. studies in form. grid structure. Visual Studies. Manufacturing & Design Product Visualization. Holden. Communication and Presentation Product Planning and Marketing Product Design Computer Aided Design Design of Automotive Systems Design Management Mini Design Project Computer Aided Product Design Applied Ergonomics Mechanism Design Design and Society Project: 16 Credits PD 299 0:16 Dissertation Project Electives: The balance of credits to make up a minimum of 64 credits required to complete the programme may be chosen as electives from within or outside the department. F. Evans. USA. PD 201 (AUG) 2:1 Elements of Design Visual language. sectional views. Rendering techniques. G. uses. selection criteria. Fundamentals of photography. J E Diwakar Geometry of design: Studies in proportion and composition. Communication and Presentation Object drawing fundamentals. elements of fluid mechanics drag and losses. Engineering Design Graphics. W. Theory. J.E. processing methods. Mechanical Engineering Design. Plastics and composites. synthesis. Materials. idea representation and communication methods and pitfalls. definition. Elements and Heat and Mass Transfer..C. ISBN 020111318x.PD 202 (AUG) 2:1 Elements of Solid and Fluid Mechanics Analysis of stress and strain. Lenton Publishing Co. Engineering Design Methods. John Wiley.. W.. Pergamon press. Materials selection in Mechanical Design. Brezet and van Hammel.. analysis. 1992. J. Design Methods. Patton. communication and presentation. Design and society. White. and Beitz. Control of engineering systems. ECODESIGN – A promising approach to sustainable production and consumption. air brush illustration. G. Plastics Technology. Methodology for problem solving in engineering design: recognition. Fluid Mechanics. comparative studies.. Amaresh Chakrabarti Jones. selection of plastics for specific applications. Design Council. Manufacturing and Design Engineering materials. Addison Wesley. dynamics and vibrations. John Wiley. processing techniques and limitation. 1981. Pahl. failure criteria. Idea documentation. classification. Engineering Design..F. Satish Vasu Kailas Dieter. Ashby. Dark room techniques. Mock-up modeling and simulation in various materials. design data and applications. Tata McGraw Hill.. Hands-on projects. F. finishing and surface coating for different materials. PD 203 (AUG) 2:1 Creative Engineering Design Design: definitions. J H Arakeri and B Gurumoorthy Shigley.E. 1984. Studio assignments in all the above topics. exploded views.E. metals and their properties. J. McGraw Hill. M. manufacturing and processing limitations. ink. problems in structural and thermal design. video-graphy and digital media. McGraw Hill. Fundamentals of lighting.. Cross. history and modern practice. ISBN : 1568982496 Foundation of Art & Design 1856693759 Earle. colour etc. Design and Manufacture.. UNEP Manual.. N. design and the product life cycle. PD 207 (AUG) 1:2 Product Visualization. PD 205 (AUG) 2:1 Materials. theory of perspectives. tools and techniques of representation in various media like pencil.M. thermal analysis. properties. 1994. Scheme of Instruction Page 214 . 1991. Sage Publishers.J. types. V. Gupta.. Engineering Design – A Materials and processing approach. photo rendering and scanning. Interfacing for production and tool design. themes. Casting and Joining. design and development. David J.H. strategic product positioning. McGraw Hill PD 214 / MT 252 (JAN) 3:0 Science of Materials Processing Design for manufacture. process and tooling on the design of components manufactured by metal casting. forming and joining. parametric/ variational modeling. and Eppinger. Fundamentals and application of plasticity. Thermally activated deformation. Yielding. Study of product evolution. M. drawability. concept generation. K.. services and processes. form design of components. feelings. Processing of Metals and Alloys: Materials Science and Technology series. John Wiley 1987. Introduction to CAID. dynamic recovery and recrystallization. PD 212 (JAN) 2:1 Computer Aided Design CAD – modeling of curves. B. strategies. 3D animation and morphing. influence of materials. Marketing Management Merle Crawford. R. design process.. S. design brief. Powder processing..W. Haasan. Scheme of Instruction Page 215 . Ronald S. features based modeling. Ulrich. Wiley VCH. problem identification. surfaces. syntactics. C. and Begeman. Marketing Research Schiffman and Kanuk. V. product data exchange standards.. Fundamentals of Materials Processing: Deformation processing.. prototyping. Consumer Behaviour PD 211 (JAN) 2:1 Product Design Semiotic studies – product semantics.. Study of expressions. India.F. I. metaphors. eds. Estimation of sales potential.. brand equity. Backofen.PD 209 (JAN) 3:0 Product Planning and Marketing Corporate strategy for product planning. New Product management Luck. Temperature and strain rate dependence. P. Applications of deformation processing. Design for the Real World. product launching and product life cycle. Deformation processing: Addision Wesley. and pragmatics.. new strategies. Tata McGraw Hill. design evaluation. N V Chalapathi Rao Philip Kotler.D. advertising basics.T. Consumer response measurement. Amstead. Fundamentals of consumer behaviour. Thames & Hudson. London. concept selection. N V Chalapathy Rao and B Gurumoorthy Zeid. Introduction to marketing. market identification.. Manufacturing Processes. anisotropy. design methods. perceptual mapping. Cahn and P. Oswald. J E Diwakar and Guest Faculty Papanek. Flow instability. studio exercise in virtual products and systems.. surfaces and solids manipulation of CAD models. segmentation and entry. Modeling of materials processing-processing maps. product detailing. Product Design and Development. and Rubin. CAD/CAM.A. Satyam Suwas and Satish Vasu Kailas W. Prentice Hall. 1995. lumped mass. (Ed). Anindya Deb Bathe. Overview of automotive technology (body. Third Edn. P. interfacing of marketing. Motor Automotive Technology. perception.. Interfacing of mechanical and electronic systems.. errors in perception. K.Motors and Control systems.C.T. Finite Element Procedures. McGraw Hill.. Robert Cook.D. durability. collaboration and conflict management. B. etc.E.J. role of Computer-Aided Engineering (CAE) in product design. Kuo. design and manufacturing. M. Anindya Deb Ulrich. D. vehicle design process milestones with a systems engineering approach. Design assignments and practical case studies. SAE Inc. Study of electromechanical actuators and transducers. Mary Mathew Oakley. S. Irwin McGraw Hill.. T. PD 217 (AUG) 2:1 CAE in Product Design Product development driven by concurrent engineering. Scheme of Instruction Page 216 . Step Motors and Control Systems. trade-off studies. and statistical modeling procedures. manufacturing cost and economic feasibility analysis. crash safety. vehicle dynamics. converting customer’s needs into technical targets. CAD/CAE.. Product Design and Development. 1979. Fundamentals of Vehicle Dynamics.. suspension systems. Study of electronic controllers and drives for mechanical products. SRL Publishing Co. power train. Taguchi methods. Schwaller.D.. Review of vehicle attributes (NVH. and Eppinger. finite element. 1979.. packaging and aerodynamics. Second Edn. designers’ sources of product features: projective techniques to acquire product feature databases. Design tools such as reverse engineering. 1995. PD 218 (AUG) 2:1 Design Management Designers’ perspective of the market.C. Delman Publishers. B. PD 216 (JAN) 2:1 Design of Automotive Systems Classification of automotive systems. Gillespie. etc. designers and psychological issues. A. Banerjee. Designer in a team: human resources issues a designer must know.. rapid prototyping. Boundary Element Methods in Engineering Science.C. Design Management – A Handbook of Issues and Methods.. Use of commercial finite element-based packages for design analysis and optimization.PD 215 (JAN) 2:1 Mechatronics Introduction to mechatronics – overview of mechatronic products and their functioning.K. selection and assembly for precision-engineering applications. Styling concepts and features.). K. J E Diwakar and N S Dinesh Kuo. Mathematical abstractions of products for functionality verification.. and FMEA. designer in an organization. designer as an entrepreneur. Load analysis and actuator selection for typical cases such as computer peripherals. ergonomics. Survey of mechatronical components. boundary element. designers’ knowledge on intellectual property.). SRL Publishing Co. Blackwell Publication. designer and competition. Finite Element Modeling for Stress Analysis. worm gearing. Elements of anthropometry. Kinematic analysis of simple mechanisms by graphical and analytic methods. PD 229 (AUG/JAN) 0:3 Computer Aided Product Design Project in re-engineering a product using computer tools for reverse engineering geometry and intent. cognitive ergonomics. Workspace. seating.. A Ghosal and B Gurumoorthy PD 231 (AUG) 2:1 Applied Ergonomics Introduction to ergonomics. hand tool design. Environmental factors. Analysis of gear trains. associated exercises and tests. Eberts. Product detailing using CAD/CAID tools. Amaresh Chakrabarti Blessing. helical. Chakrabarti. 1995. considering functional. product liability. Springer Verlag. human error. Cams. evaluating design support and its research methods. developing design support and its research methods. cycloidal and involute. compatibility. Gears. PD 235 (JAN) 2:1 Mechanism Design Machines and mechanisms. materials and manufacturing. and Wallace. Prague. 1998. degrees of freedom. understanding factors influencing design and its research methods. inversions. displacement curves and profile generation. principles of graphic user interface design. ergonomic.PD 219 (AUG/JAN) 0:3 Mini Design Project A project involving either the redesign of an existing product or conceptualization of a new product. contact ratio. Dimensional synthesis of four bar mechanism. selecting criteria and its research methods. Current Literature including papers from Proceedings of the International Conference in Engineering Design. 1994. a methodology for design research and its components. kinematic chain. bevel. human information processing. static force analysis. Frankengerger and Badke-Schaub (Eds). mechanisms for specific functions. Spur.. physiology. biomechanics and CTDs. Dibakar Sen and J E Diwakar Scheme of Instruction Page 217 . profiles. L. links. anatomy.T. Seventh Edn. types of design research.. pairs. displays and controls. Presentation to mockup level with complete documentation for purposes of fabrication. R. Human Factors in Engineering and Design. Rina Maiti and Dibakar Sen Sanders and McCormick.E. A. Man-machine system interface. two and three position rigid body guidance. product safety.M. application of coupler curves for dwell mechanisms. Prentice Hall. User Interface Design. aesthetic and marketing aspects. K. 1992. Faculty PD 221 (JAN) 2:1 Methodology for Design Research Introduction to design research. An Overview of Design Studies in Relation to a Design Research Methodology.M. modification and prototyping. design evaluation.. McGraw Hill. Designers: The Key to Successful Product Development. manual material handling. Hirschhorn. Current Literature PD 239 (AUG/JAN) 0:3 Design and Society Independent study/research on a chosen topic by students under the supervision of faculty members..W.E. Volumes I & II. Mechanisms and Dynamics of Machinery. Kinematics and Dynamics of Plane Mechanisms. Prentice Hall of India Limited. John Wiley and sons.. F. New Delhi.N. The focus is on real life situations from practicing professionals. and Erdman. 1962 Mabie. New York. commencing immediately after the second semester.. Faculty PD 299 (JAN) 0:16 Dissertation Project Spread over 15 months.Sandor. H. G.. Advanced Mechanism Design. It involves complete design and prototype fabrication with full documentation. McGraw-Hill.G. and Ocvirk. Presentation of seminar on work done. A. J. The course also includes invited seminars on various aspects of product design and marketing issues. Faculty Scheme of Instruction Page 218 .. Routledge. M. Papanek. 2002.. principles and indicators. morphology. Renewable Energy Sources and Climate Change Mitigation . and Ramage. Current literature ST 203 (AUG) 3:0 Technology and Sustainability Development. integrated life-cycle perspective. emissions. progress and sustainability: definitions. climate change and sustainability. New York. E. IPCC. J. Modeling and Simulations. Chelsea Green Publishing Company.S. Wiley India Relevant papers from current literature.. renewable energy technologies. S. S Dasappa and P Balachandra M. An Introduction to Sustainable Development.. McGraw-Hill International Editions. climate change mitigation options and low carbon future. London.Sustainable Technologies ST 201 (JAN) 3:0 Thermochemical and biological energy recovery from biomass Biomass and its properties relevant for conversion processes. Everett.A.. and Ragland.L. Elliott. Meadows.H. G. policies and programmes. Oxford... Sage Publications. Sustainability and Human Settlements: Fundamental Issues. processes and reactors. and Morse. New York. it’s scientific. 2000. ST 202 (AUG) 3:0 Energy Systems and Sustainability Basics of energy resources and systems. 2008. S Dasappa and H N Chanakya Borman. environmental and economic implications delineating sustainability (& indicators) attributed to design/technology. VT. J. 2003. Mechanical engineering series. 2005. London. 2009. Cambridge University Press.iitm.de/report/IPCC_SRREN_Full_Report. New Delhi.in Scheme of Instruction Page 219 . dimensions. K. economics. Power Plant Technology. combustors and gasifiers for heat.pdf. Sustainability Indicators: Measuring the Immeasurable? Earthscan Publications. Aldo Vieira Da Rosa. 2008. Oxford University Press. Introduction to Energy Resources.ipcc-wg3. and Grossman.W..techmotivator. Appreciating design effectiveness. Thousand Oaks. Cassidy. http://srren. Academy Chicago Publishers. and Varghese. Combustion Engineering. Efficiency. McGraw Hill. power and co-generation applications.. UK. D. Boyle. Fundamentals of Renewable Energy Processes .. K. Mani. energy technologies. 2012. G. Cambridge University Press. White River Junction. Biological conversion techniques.ac. Developing an integrated sustainability evaluation and forecasting model. El-Wakil. Energy Systems and Sustainability: Power for a Sustainable Future. L. Understanding clean energy and fuels from biomass. Case studies on renewable energy projects. interpretations. Technology and Design: fundamentals. Monto Mani Bell. engineering and technological context. Design for the Real World.. 1998.1984.. concepts. Thinking in Systems: A Primer. V. performance of end use devices and resource recovery options. S. HS Mukunda. Elsevier. Thermochemical energy conversion processes and devices – stoves. Ganesh. M. Current issues and debates (case studies and assignment). Illinois... and identification of appropriate interventions (mini-project & presentation). Technology Management Newsletter: www. P. B. A systems view into social.Special Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC). Case studies on threats to the biodiversity of aquatic ecosystems.. Community ecology of freshwater ecosystems. D. Environmental Toxicology. C. Properties of various liquid and gaseous fuels.P. C.K. AQA Press.ST 204 (AUG) 1:1 Sustainable Energy and Environment lab Energy conversion technologies. efficiency and emissions. Meadows. 2006. M. D. Lo. and Yeung. principles of ecology.. Meadows. Preparation and review of environmental impact assessment report. Geol Publishing House. New York. Assessment of coastal and estuary ecosystems and principals of coastal management and aquaculture. B. Ecology of estuary and marine biota. Environmental Management. D S Durgappa Kungolos.. Current literature. J. A. 2007.. and Randers. Monto Mani. Earth Scan Publications Limited. T. Holling... WIT Press. Combustion characteristics and performance of these fuels in engines – power output. S Dasappa Heywood. Prentice Hall of India Private Limited. EMS Manual..H..L. Kanholm. ST 206 (Jan) 2:1 Environmental and Natural Resources Management Principles of environmental management.IMechE – journal of power and energy. UK. policies and legal aspect of environmental management. 1992. Beyond the Limits – Global Collapse or Sustainable Future. Automobile Engineering. Socio-economic problems of aquatic pollution. Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals. ST 207 (JAN) 3:0 Alternate Fuels for Reciprocating Engines Internal combustion engine classification.. operating cycles. New Delhi. Biodiversity monitoring and bioindicators. M.S.. Biotic and abiotic factors that influence the structure of aquatic communities. New Delhi. building comfort studies. Sharma. Estuary and marine pollution management systems. WIT Press. London. ST 205 (AUG) 2:0 Conservation and Management of Biodiversity of Aquatic Ecosystems Assessment. T V Ramachandra Kulkarni. Environmental management systems standards: ISO 14000 (EMS).V. Conservation and management of fresh water and marine biodiversity. Water Pollution. Related issues in environmental management. 2000. environmental audit. 2002. A. H N Chanakya. building technologies S Dasappa. performance of spark ignition and compression ignition engines. 21 Procedures and Forms. Capital Publishers. J. 2001.W. and Zamorano. USA. Scheme of Instruction Page 220 .G. Policies and legal aspects coastal ecosystem management. UK. Adaptive Environmental Assessment and Management.. environmental design and environmental economics.. McGraw Hill Publication Journal papers – SAE. John Willey & Sons. Conti. Biological Monitoring. Concepts and Techniques of GIS. Environmental toxicology. H I Somashekar and B V Venkatarama Reddy Current literature. Meerut. Principles of marine ecology. V.A. and Ramachandra. management and remediation of aquatic ecosystems.E.K.. water quality. J. 1987. C. 2007. environment and environmental management. overview of environmental impact assessment (EIA). Brebbia.. life cycle assessment as EM Tool. Sharma. Inc.W. Introductory Digital Image Processing: A Remote Sensing Perspective. engaging in conversations and dialogue that help embed technology. Prentice Hall. overcoming conflicts in embedding technology in society.B. Waste Containment and Emerging Waste Management Technologies. Introduction to Remote Sensing. communicating technology.Engineering Principles and Management Issues. planning sustainability into communicating technology.. The Craft of Scientific Presentations. Richard W. National Academy of Engineering. K. covers. T V Ramachandra Lillesand. physio-chemical properties of soil. Kerry. ground water flow and contaminant transport. societal perspectives of technology. peer group testing.R. Diamond. Spon Press. 2003. merging it with the technical perspectives of sustainability. Committee on Public Understanding of Engineering Messages.D... Washington. London.W. remediation technologies. W. Ecology and Sustainable Development – Working with knowledge systems. and Kiefer. ST 210 (AUG/SUM) 3:1 Principles and Applications of GIS and Remote Sensing Key concepts and principles of remote sensing. 2004 Rowe. Inc. Springer-Verlag.nap. writing short texts and messages. H N Chanakya and Anjula Gurtoo Alley. J.S. and Booker. Changing the Conversation: Messages for Improving Public Understanding of Engineering.R. understanding existing perspectives of sustainability. Cultura cientifica e participaçao pública (Lisboa: Bertrand).1993....E.. www.. Guns. Theisen and Vigil. P. 2008.ST 209 (JAN) 2:0 Society and Technology Understanding of technology for engineers..M. Oxford University Press. New Jersey.. 1999. and Reddy. Hoboken..C. Cambell. 1997 Felt. J. design of various landfill components such as liners. contaminated site characterization. The National Academies Press. landfill site location. evolving communication that works for sustainable technologies.. 2001. Tools to address environmental problems. Norton. GIS and digital image processing. Taylor & Francis Group. McGraw Hill. leachate collection and removal. Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation... in M. John Wiley & Sons. R. Scheme of Instruction Page 221 . India.. New York. T. Tchobanoglous. Geo environmental Engineering: Site Remediation.. U.. I. The social and cultural tailoring of scientific knowledge in the public space. New Jersey. GONCALVES (ed). Ramakrishnan. R. H. gas generation and management. risk assessment approaches. ST 211(AUG) 3:0 Engineered Waste Management Environmental laws and regulations.D. 2nd ed. New York. Roles of professionals in managing environment in their respective areas. Principles of Geographical Information System for Land Resource Assessment. Quigley. Taylor and Francis. Germs and Steel.. Inc. Burrough. 2004. Integrated Solid Waste Management . ground water monitoring.edu . John R. M.A. National Book trust. P. J. G L Sivakumar Babu Robert M. Brachman.. estimation of landfill quantities. bridging the gap in understanding. John Wiley & Sons. Barrier Systems for Waste Disposal Facilities . end uses of landfill sites. Jensen. exposure. Ultrasound basics. contrast resolution. localization of MR signal. resolution. MRI major components. screenfilm radiography. An Introduction to Multigrid Methods. Krylov subspace methods: Generalized minimal residual (GMRES). Sashikumaar Ganesan Prerequisites: Good knowledge of Linear Algebra and/or consent from the instructor. A Multigrid Tutorial. encoding of MR signal. William L. convergence of classical iterative methods. X-ray mammography.T. Pieter Wesseling. convergence of multigrid cycles. Conjugate Gradient (CG). Van Emden Henson and Steve F. Richardson iteration method. Algebraic Multigrid Method: Hierarchy of levels. F-cycle. Prolongation and restriction operators. SE 260 (JAN) 3:0 Medical Imaging X-ray Physics. single and multi-slice CT. 2nd edition. X-ray Computed Tomography (CT). SIAM. Basic principles of CT. remarks on computational complexity. X-ray production. dose. Convergence of coarse grid approximation. Interpolation. Nuclear Magnetic Resonance: basics. interaction of radiation with matter. MR artifacts. two-level method. nuclear Scheme of Instruction Page 222 . interaction of ultrasound with matter. image quality. Bi-CG method. Coarsening. McCormick. X-ray tubes. SE 250 (AUG) 3:1 Multigrid Methods Classical iterative methods. remarks on parallel implementation. Briggs. Multigrid Cycles: Vcycle. 2004. Wcycle. Inc. k-space filling. Tomographic image reconstruction. CT artifacts. filtering. Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI): brief history. digital radiography. gradient selection.Supercomputer Education and Research Centre M Tech Programme Duration: 2 years 64 credits 28 Credits SE 284 2:1 Numerical Linear Algebra SE 286 2:1 Data Structures and Programming SE 288 3:1 Numerical Methods SE 289 3:1 Numerical Solutions of Differential Equations SE 290 3:0 Modelling and Simulation SE 292 3:0 High Performance Computing SE 294 3:1 Data Analysis and Visualization SE 295 3:1 Parallel Programming 24 Credits SE 299 0:24 Dissertation Project The balance of credits to make up the minimum of 64 required for completing the programme (all at 200 level or higher). Algebraic smoother.. Edwards. T1 and T2 relaxation. Geometric Multigrid Method: Grid transfer. Doppler ultrasound. generation and detection of ultrasound. R. Smoothing analysis. 2000. Compressed Domain Video Analytics. PET/CT. Springer 2010 Forsyth. J. Physics of Radiology. Anomaly Detection. oncological imaging.B. P K Yalavarthy Prerequisites: Basic knowledge of system theory and Consent from the instructor. iterative methods. linear biological systems. SE 263 (AUG) 3:1 Video Analytics Introduction to Digital Image and Video Processing.medicine (PET/SPECT). Multi Camera Surveillance. Current Literature SE 261 (AUG) 2:1 Numerical Methods in Biomedical Engineering Modeling biosystems. non-linear biological systems. E. P K Yalavarthy Prerequisites: Basic knowledge of numerical analysis along with basic MATLAB programming background and/or consent from the instructor. Academic Press. P. R. image fusion. Camera Coordination. Mining and Retrieval. basics of numerical solutions of ordinary differential equations (ODE).A. Eigenvalue methods. The Essential Physics of Medical Imaging. Venkatesh Babu Prerequisites: Basic knowledge of Image Processing. A.M... Dunn. and Boone. Shadow Removal. Bushberg.V. Philiadelphia. Numerical Methods in Biomedical Engineering. Circuits.. Distributed Multi-Sensor Surveillance. Academic Press. Computer Vision: A Modern Approach. J. J. Jr. Medical Physics Publishing. Automated Multi-Camera Surveillance: Algorithms and Practice.M. Activities and Events. Object Detection and Recognition. Newton’s method for simultaneous non-linear equations. Mubarak Shah. analysis of mass-spectra data. and Ponce. role of computers in biomedical engineering. Second Edn. Current Literature Scheme of Instruction Page 223 . simultaneous linear algebraic equations. J.. Image and Motion Features. Background Modeling. Recognition of Human Biometrics. Constantinides. segmentation. multi-modal imaging. Invariant Image Representation. examples: force balance in biomechanics and biomedical image processing.T. Trajectory Analysis.. 2003. examples: pharmacokinetics: the drug absorption problem and laser ablation. Madison. Leidholdt. Current Literature. and separating EEG frequency components. 2005.. Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications. Seibert. Gaussian-elimination.. 2006.A. Richard Szeliski. Omar Javed.. examples: friction factor in catheter and receptor-ligand dynamics. Second Edn. Applications: modeling of glucose regulation. numerical stability. Springer. contouring. S. and registration. dynamical biosystems. D. medical image processing and analysis..M.. 2002. SPECT/CT.. Semmlow. J. Pearson Education. diabetes and insulin regulation. Multi Object Tracking. 2005. 2008. finite difference schemes for solving partial differential equations. Lippincott Williams and Wilkins Publishers. signals and systems for bioengineering. initial and boundary conditions. A. motion of rigid body. Wolbarst. WI. Video Indexing. and Moghe. Addison Wesley.K. trees including AVL. B+.L. Stack..L. G. RedBlack Trees. Interpolation. Sathish Vadhiyar Cormen. Scheme of Instruction Page 224 .V..F. Van Loan C. polynomial fits.. Solution of equations: Gaussian Elimination. (Indian Edition Available) Stroustrup. and Rivest. C. Conjugate Gradient method. bracketing. simple search. Saad. roots of a nonlinear equation. trapezoidal and Simpson's rules. A. SE 288 (AUG) 3:1 Numerical Methods Root finding: Functions and polynomials. positive definite systems. Introductory graph algorithms. gradient-based methods. pp. conformal mapping. Aho. Numerical Integration and Differentiation: Evaluation of integrals. III. Trefethen and David Bau. Fast Fourier Transform (FFT). secant. banded systems..L. Preconditioned Conjugate Gradients. The MIT Press and McGraw-Hill Book Company. Usage/Application of String Algorithms. Tries and Suffix trees: usage and application. Romberg integration.E. invariant subspace computations.. symbolic factorization. Powell's method. Golub. Hashing Techniques. and Newton-Raphson methods. functions of a complex variable. Iterative methods for linear systems: Jacobi and Gauss-Seidel iterations. Murugesan Venkatapathi. iterative methods. Heaps. Matrix Computation. merging. Iterative Methods for Sparse Linear Systems. 1997.. 1996. Queues.16-2. G. C.SE 284 (AUG) 2:1 Numerical Linear Algebra Matrix Analysis: Vector and matrix norms. An Introduction to numerical linear algebra. numerical differentiation and estimation of errors. Hessenberg and real Schur Forms. Nelder-Mead simplex method. zeros of a function. QR factorizations. Sparse matrix methods: ordering. C++ Programming Language. McGraw-Hill Intl Edn. searching. triangular solvers.. projections. LU and Cholesky factorizations. 1996. analytic functions. tridiagonal methods. Leiserson. ACM Computing Surveys. Vol. Cullen.. B. (Indian Edition Available) Sahni Sartaj K. introduction to Spatial Data Structures. 1986. Vectors and Sparse Matrices and related algorithms. R. Data Structures. R. Toeplitz systems. summation of series. John Hopkins. Singular Value Decomposition. Optimization: Extremization of functions. Jacobi methods. SVD. Priority Queues. block systems. R Venkatesh Babu.. Y. LDM' and LDL' factorizations. and Applications in C++. QZ method. McGraw Hill.Yalavarthy Lloyd N. pivoting. SOR methods. Hopcroft and Ulman. simulated annealing. Introduction to Algorithms. Samet Hanan. Chebyshev approximation. symmetric QR algorithm. numerical factorization. SIAM. Discrete Fourier Transform.Numerical linear algebra. Symmetric Eigenvalue Problem: power iterations. Vandermonde systems and the FFT. Calculus of residues. Prentice Hall of India 1997. Euler-Maclaurin summation formula. Orthogonalization and Least Squares: Householder and Givens Matrices.. and Tondo. Unsymmetric Eigenvalue problem: power methods. Introduction to Greedy Algorithms. Algorithms and Object oriented Programming. Cauchy's theorem. multifrontal method. Second Edition. Full Rank Least Squares(LS) Problem.L. T.H. 2003 SE 286 (AUG) 2:1 Data Structures and Programming Time and space complexity.. Rank Deficient LS Problem. SIAM. multidimensional integrals. Charles PWS Publishing. J. splines.D. The Quadtree and Related Hierarchical Data Structures. Fourier and Laplace Transforms. P. multidimensional FFT. Data Structures. Data Structurs and Algorithms.. Heilerman. Usage and concepts of frequently used sorting. C.187-229. Complex analysis: Complex numbers. Algorithms. CS Decomposition. Gaussian quadrature and orthogonal polynomials. Data Structures and Program Design. bisection. z transform. Kruse. orthogonality. 1994. G. Elementary data structures: Arrays. elementary analytical methods. Lanczos and Arnoldi methods. Teukolsky. Numerical Algorithms. S. Springer.P. power series method. Sturm-Liouville problem: eigenvalue problems. Euler and Runge-Kutta methods. Academic Press. Green's functions for inhomogeneous problems. inner-product spaces. Cambridge University Press. Fast Solvers.B.K. Mathematical Methods for Physicists. 1994. System Calls. 3rd ed. SE 291 (JAN) 2:1 Finite Elements: Theory and Algorithms Generalized (weak) derivatives. H. 2001. Affiliated East-West Press. New Delhi. Pipelining. Cost. Virtual Memory. Current literature SE 292 (AUG) 3:0 High Performance Computing Introduction to Computer Systems: Processors. Sashikumaar Ganesan Prerequisites: Good knowledge of numerical analysis along with basic programming background and/or consent from the instructor. The Mathematical Theory of Finite Element Methods. special functions. CrankNicholson method for parabolic PDEs. 2008. W. Partial differential equations: classification. and Sen. Numerical Methods with MATLAB: A Resource for Scientists and Engineers.A. New Delhi. Neumann and mixed boundary value problems. SE 289 (JAN) 3:1 Numerical Solutions of Differential Equations Ordinary differential equations: Lipschitz condition. Press. and caching. method of weighted residuals. Sixth Edition. Vetterling. mapped finite elements. ordinary and weighted/general least squares. Temporal and spatial Scheme of Instruction Page 225 . India Edition. S.. integral equations.R. 2005. W. solutions in closed form. Cengage Brooks-Cole Publishers. two. S. stability and convergence. Numerical solution of PDEs: relaxation methods for elliptic PDEs.V.T. New York. Calculus of variations and variational techniques for PDEs. Press.and three-dimensional finite elements. and scale (size) models. Teukolsky.. 3rd ed. Performance issues and Techniques. Finite Elements: Theory.T. Prentice Hall of India. B.P..H.. 1998... Cost and Frequency Models for I/O. separation of variables. Lax-Wendroff method for hyperbolic PDEs.J.. Bessel and Hermite functions. Fitting models to data. 2007. A Mohanty Arfken.. Second Edn.. Boston. Dynamic Memory Allocation.. W.. W. Numerical Analysis: Theory and Applications. predictorcorrector methods..K. E. Lynch. weak and Galerkin forms. Numerical Recipes in C/FORTRAN – The art of Scientific Computing. Cambridge University Press. Numerical Recipes in C/FORTRAN. and Flannery. Numerical methods: error analysis.. 2005. Dietrich Braess. finite element algorithms and implementation for two-dimensional stationary incompressible Navier-Stokes equations. typical RISC instruction set and execution. Burden and J. G.H. Program Execution: Process. Krishnamurthy. and Flannery. Vetterling. Douglas Faires. and Applications in Solid Mechanics. Machine-Level View of a Program. timing. Springer-Verlag. B. G. Gear's open and closed methods. Legendre.. Ridgway Scott. Hilbert spaces. 1997. Brenner.A. D. paging. Borse. I/O Devices.P. Adams-Bashforth and Adams-Moulton methods. Dirichlet. Numerical Partial Differential Equations for Environmental Scientists and Engineers – A First Practical Course.J. parameter estimation using PDEs. and Weber. construction of finite element spaces. Susanne C. multistep methods. parabolic and hyperbolic PDEs.Yalavarthy Richard L. Finite element method and finite difference time domain method. PWS Publishing Co.. variational formulation of second order elliptic boundary value problems. Memory. Sobolev norms and associated spaces. 2010.. elliptic.. . performance metrics. dataflow architectures. Gropp..A. A. Introduction to Parallel Computing. A. H... G. memory disambiguation. cost-performance issues. Shared memory parallel programming.R. Lusk. J. Kennedy. ISBN: 0-201-64865-2 Dongarra. parallel architecture models.C. Sorensen. Simple highlevel language optimizations – locality enhancement.D. Second Edn. Parallel dense linear algebra: Gaussian elimination. iterative methods. challenges. Vijay Natarajan. Shared memory programming: OpenMP... SE 397 (JAN) 3:1 Topics in Embedded Computing Introduction to embedded processing.P.. 1999. design space exploration and synthesis of applications Scheme of Instruction Page 226 . 2004.. molecular dynamics. K. Visualization Handbook. dataflow process networks. Gropp. Scheduling on parallel systems and other advanced topics. 1998. Parallel sparse linear algebra: Cholesky factorization. A.. ISBN –0-89871-428-1. Morgan Kaufmann. and Singh. G.. (Eds). data representation... Other topics: Parallel FFT. Program parallelization: task partitioning and mapping. architecture of embedded SoC platforms. S Vadhiyar Pre-requisite(s): High Performance Computing and preferably Numerical Linear Algebra and Numerical Methods. volume rendering. Gupta. SE 294 (JAN) 3:1 Data Analysis and Visualization Data pre-processing. Kumar. D. Typical Compiler Optimizations. sparse iterative methods. Grama. synchronization and deadlocks. information visualization. MIT Press. parallel programming paradigms. K. Collective communications. communication latencies. 1997. Van der Vorst. D. visualization toolkit. Fox. Choosing Appropriate Computing Platforms: benchmarking. R Govindarajan. C. Parallel Computing: Introduction to parallel Architectures and Interconnection Networks. data reconstruction. C. Message passing. Principles of parallel algorithm design: decomposition techniques. V. and Johnson. 2002. Yogesh Simmhan Dowd.. graph coloring and others.. vector field visualization. J. Karypis.. 2004. OpenGL. mapping techniques for load balancing. I. Current literature SE 295 (JAN) 3:1 Parallel Programming Introduction: Scope of parallel computing. Distributed memory programming using MPI/PVM. Morgan Kaufmann Pub. High performance Computing. Torczon. Parallel Computer Architecture: A Hardware/Software Approach. L. J. W. Numerical Linear algebra for High Performance Computers. Parallel I/O. algorithm models. E. Parallel applications: Laplace equation. tracing.. MPI-2. Parallelism in Bioinformatics and other Applications. data distribution methods. Identifying program bottlenecks – profiling. I. C. Morgan Kaufmann. Multithreading.locality. linear models. Academic Press.. ISBN: 1-558-60871-0. etc. compiling techniques/optimizations for stream processing. White. and Skjellum. applications to biological and medical data . visualization pipeline.. The Message Passing Interface (MPI): MPI-1. clustering. architecture of runtime reconfigurable SoC platforms. principal components. W. Dongarra. Venkatesh Babu Hansen. Ware. Programming using the message passing paradigm: Principles of message-passing programming... Culler. Addison Wesley.. graph partitioning. isosurfaces. Information Visualization: Perception for Design.. The Sourcebook of Parallel Computing. 1993. 2003. O’Reilly Series. Foster. data distribution. multidimensional scaling. Duff. simulation. R. Using MPI: Portable Parallel Programming with the Message-passing Interface.. Nucleic acids sequence assembly. Representing intermolecular forces: ab initio potentials. data mining tools and techniques. and Ouellette. structural database (PDB). synthesis and deconvolution).on runtime reconfigurable SoC platforms. Mount. Cambridge structure database. Bioinformatics: A practical guide to the analysis of the genes and proteins. RNA secondary structure prediction. Primary. herbicides. molecular mechanics. Cold. scoring systems. design of hardware/software construction of an apparatus/instruments and testing and evaluation of its performance. pigments. multiple sequence alignments. (Eds).. Monte Carlo methods.F. S K Nandy Pre-requisites: Basic knowledge of digital electronics. A. combinatorial chemistry (library design. Analysis and use of chemical reaction information. computer organization and design. biodegradable materials. coding region identification. detection of motifs. dynamic programming methods. (Eds).D. diagnostic markers. M. accessing global bioinformatics resources using internet links. spectroscopic information. Current literature. hydrophobicity patterns. proximity searching. ACM Transactions on embedded computing systems. analytical chemistry information. statistical potentials. and consent of instructor. IEEE transactions on Multimedia Systems. Technical reports and design notes from micro-electronics industries and other academic institutions. SE 303 (AUG) 2:0 Chemoinformatics Exploring current chemoinformatics resources for synthetic polymers. Baxevanis. genome analysis. restriction mapping. searching and retrieval of information. pesticides. data structures and algorithms. Introduction to Unix operating system and network communication. SE 299 (AUG) 0:24 Dissertation Project This includes the analysis. biomimetics. Bioinformatics: Sequence and Genome Analysis. J. simulated Scheme of Instruction Page 227 . compiler back-ends for CGRAs.. 2D and 3D structure and substructure searching. Protein physical properties. Similarity and Homology. Faculty SE 301 (AUG) 2:0 Bioinformatics Biological Databases: Organisation. spectroscopic methods and analytical techniques. structural properties – secondary structure prediction. dotmatrix methods. Sequence Analysis Primer.W. 2001. Stockton Press. and Devereux. readings and case study of REDEFINE architecture. B. Spring Harbor Laboratory Press. computer architecture. finding simple sites and transcriptional signals. Database search methods: chemical indexing. IEEE transactions on VLSI systems. Introduction to quantum methods. 1998. secondary and tertiary sources of chemical information. chemical property information. evolutionary relationships. Structural Bioinformatics. S Ramakumar and K Sekar Gribkov. WileyInterscience. forcefields. chemical safety information. D. The project work is usually based on a scientific/engineering problem of current interest.F. Hands on experience will be provided.. Every student has to complete the work in the specified period and should submit the Project Report for final evaluation. 1991. Genome databases. Topics from the current literature will be discussed. additional topics including but not limited to computation models for coarse grain reconfigurable architectures (CGRA). ISBN: 3-527-30681-1 SE 305 (AUG) 3:1 Topics in Web-scale Knowledge Harvesting Entity extraction.iisc. data formats. bootstrapped learning. and Analysis. A Textbook. Educators.E. knowledge acquisition from multiple modalities. P P Talukdar Pre-requisites: Basic knowledge of machine learning and/or natural languageprocessing will be helpful although not mandatory.. John Wiley and Sons. curriculum learning. and students.. General Purpose Graphics Processing Units (GP-GPU) computing for Medical Image processing.in/~dpal/lec tures. and Engel. Medical Image Enhancement: Deblurring techniques. recent KB construction systems. J. entity categorization. web design and delivery. Molecular Imaging. relation extraction. Current Literature Scheme of Instruction Page 228 . Volume based image analysis. T. combining screening and structure – ‘SAR by NMR'. Computer storage of chemical information. Chemoinformatics.References: Current Literature. Debnath Pal Current Scientific Literature and Web lectures: http://serc. Analysis. representation learning for knowledge harvesting. Computer Aided Detection (CAD) systems – Algorithms. Gasteiger. reconstruction. 2003. OLE. and Medical Image Informatics. learning from limited supervision in KBs.ernet.html. R. Maizell. 1998. temporal inference. Predicting reactivity of biologically important molecules. knowledge base (KB) inference.. multilingual knowledge acquisition. Medical Image Registration: rigid and non-rigid registration. High throughput synthesis of molecules and automated analysis of NMR spectra. entity normalization. Medical Image reconstruction using high performance computing. open information extraction (OpenIE). distant supervision. Four-dimensional Medical Imaging. ISBN 0-471-12579-2. XML. Diffuse Optical Tomography. SE 360 (JAN) 3:0 Topics in Medical Imaging Three-dimensional Medical Image Processing. Wiley-VCH. molecular dynamics. How to find Chemical Information: A guide for Practicing Chemists.ontology evolution. scalable learning and inference over large datasets for KB construction. P K Yalavarthy Pre-requisites: SE 260 or E9 241 or consent from the Instructor.annealing. Inc. Van Ness and M. BE 202 (JAN) 3:0 Thermodynamics and Transport in Biological Systems Thermodynamics: Foundations of Classical Thermodynamics. Inc. D. Advanced Structural Ceramics. Springer.. F. CoCr-Mo alloys). Processing and Applications. Katti and Ashok Kumar. 2004. 1999. Christiansen. Structure of Materials at various length scales. 2011 Basu. Callister. Plastic and Viscoelastic deformation. Hoffman. Biological Thermodynamics. New York and Basel. tissues. Stokes-Einstein Relationship. Edited by Ratnes. PMMA etc. proteins. USA and American Ceramic Society. Yuan and D. Rethwisch: Fundamentals of Materials Science: An Integrated approach: 4th Edition. Advanced Biomaterials: Fundamentals. 2010 BE 203 (AUG) Bioengineering Practicum 1 Bioengineering laboratory experience to enable the student do practical work in a particular field by working in the laboratories of the advisers. Thermodynamics of Adsorption and Binding. Biomaterials Science: An introduction to Materials in Medicine. Pearson Prentice Hall. Fracture of natural bone (cortical/cancellous). dielectric properties) of natural bone. Concept of Stress and Strain. T. Haynie. first edition.. Functional properties (piezoelectric. Bikramjit Basu William. Truskey. Navier-Stokes Equation. Elements of fracture of materials and concept of fracture toughness. ceramics (Hydroxyapatite. Transport: Importance of Transport Processes in Biology. Chemical Reactions. Inc. Schoet and Lemons. B. Phase Rule and Phase Equilibria. J. Heat and Work. Abbott. New Jersey. Diffusion and Fick’s Law. Marcel Dekker. John Wiley & Sons. bioglass). Fredrick H. First and Second Laws. Fundamentals of Elastic. 2006 Transport Processes in Biological Systems. polymers (HDPE. Applications in Biology. 2008. C. Manufacturing and properties of biocompatible metals (Ti-alloy. Shell Momentum Balances. 1999. Convective Transport. Silver and David L. Stewart. E. John Wiley & Sons. 2011. Jr. M. F.) and composites. W. 2005. The student is expected to learn the experimental techniques Scheme of Instruction Page 229 . Katz. Transport across Membranes. E. Biological Performance of Materials: Fundamentals of Biocompatibility. Mc Graw-Hill. Wiley India.. 2009. Bonding in materials. Cambridge University Press. Janathan Black. Structure and mechanical behavior of cells. Fluid Statics and Kinematics. Bird. Importance of material properties in the context of Biocompatibility. D. A. Smith. D. John Wiley & Sons. Biomaterials Science and Biocompatibility. and David G. R. N. Transport Phenomena. Lightfoot. Piscataway.BE 201 (AUG) 3:0 Fundamental of Biomaterials and Living Matter Basic concepts in Biomaterials Science. Structure-Property correlation. Second Edition: Elsevier Academic Press. M. H. G. Bikramjit Basu and Kantesh Balani. Energy Balances K Ganapathy Ayappa and Narendra M Dixit Introduction to Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics. Reaction-Diffusion Systems. USA. Scheme of Instruction Page 230 . Histology: A text and Atlas. 2007. statics and dynamics of rigid bodies. W. Johnson. J. Kuriyan.. Topics covered include: force-balance. Delange. 2007. Euler’s equations for rigid-body dynamics with applications to human body. K. Humphrey and S. and biological molecules. 2011.). classification of tissues. Berlin. Ross and W. USA. and D. A. W. Mechanics of Motor Proteins and the Cytoskeleton. histology and physiology of organ systems. Molecular Biology of the Cell. Howard. Ananthasuresh and Sandhya Visweswariah BE 204 (JAN) 0:1 Bioengineering Practicum 2 Bioengineering laboratory experience to enable the student do practical work in a particular field by working in the laboratories of the advisers. Lewis (Ed. MA. anatomy. R. basic concepts of elasticity and viscoelasticity. tissues. stiffness. An Introduction to Biomechanics: solids and Fluids. protein structure and function. Ananthasuresh and Namrata Gundiah S. Introduction to Bioengineering. D. The evaluation will be based on oral presentation to the faculty. 2001. The Molecules of Life: Physical and Chemical Principles. G. and E.. Analysis and Design. Oxford. J. Oxford University Press. statistical mechanics and rubber elasticity. New York. Mechanics of the Cell. and P. J. DNA.and practical methods pertaining to the research topic undertaken. Langevin equations. Raff. K. Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. A. 2001. Roberts. cell biology. L. Inc. J. 1996. G. BE 206 (AUG) 3:0 Biology and Physiology for Engineers Basic concepts in biology: biomolecules. and replication. Biological Physics. Saunders Elsevier. Hall. Freeman & Company. B. M. J. Cambridge. H. elastic mechanics. the course comprises five modules. energy methods. Sandhya Visweswariah and Aditya Murthy B. and introduction to mechanotransduction. state of stress and strain. viz. G. and damping pertaining to bones. The evaluation will be based on oral presentation to the faculty. inertia. New York. Ananthasuresh and Sandhya Visweswariah BE 205 (JAN) 3:0 Introduction to Biomechanics of Solids Intended to be a broad introduction to multiple aspects of biomechanics of solids. 2004. Guyton and Hall Textbook of Medical Physiology. Lewis. muscles. Boal. K. Konforti. Garland Science. Berger. Philadelphia. K. M. D. E. Sinauer Associates. Wemmer. Goldsmith. and cell mechanobiology. The student is expected to learn the experimental techniques and practical methods pertaining to the research topic undertaken. Walter. 2012. Springer. Alberts. cells. Cambridge University Press. New York. Sunderland. Lagrange’s equations of motion. Garland Science. Nelson. mechanics of biological materials. H. P. RNA. Pawlina. applications of statistical mechanics to cells and motor proteins. Chapter 1: Biomechanics of Solids. 2011. The do’s and don'ts of the English language will be dealt with as a part of the course. Various steps and issues involved in productization and business development will be clarified. Ethics and Societal Impact This course is intended to give an exposure to issues involved in translating the technologies from lab to the field. Navakanta Bhat/ Other faculty Lecture notes Scheme of Instruction Page 231 . Assignments will include writing on topics to a student’s research interests. Electives from within/outside the department can be taken with the approval of the DCC/Faculty advisor. and dissertations in a competent manner. A. The intricate relationship between technology. S. so that the course may benefit each students directly. Shivashankar Lecture notes NE 101 (Aug) 1:0 Entrepreneurship. society and ethics will also be addressed with illustrations from people involved in working with the grass root levels of the society. technical reports. drawing from experiences of successful entrepreneurs in high technology areas. Ethics and Societal Impact 0:27 0:03 0:09 0:15 Project Work May-July August–December January June Electives: The balance of 9 credits to make up the minimum of 64 credits required to complete the M Tech Programme at CeNSE.Nanoscience and Nanoengineering M Tech Degree Programme Centre for Nano science and Engineering Duration: 2 years Departmental Core 28 credits Course Credits NE 215 3:0 NE 241 3:0 NE 205 3:0 NE 213/E7 213 3:0 NE 211 3:0 NE 202 1:1 NE 201 2:1 NE 221 2:1 NE 222 3:0 NE 100 1:0 NE 101 1:0 Project NE 299 Title Applied Solid State Physics Materials Synthesis: Quantum Dots to Bulk Crystals Semiconductor Devices and IC Technology Introduction to Photonics Micro/Nano Mechanics Micro and Nano Fabrication Micro and Nano Characterization Advanced MEMS Packaging Micromachining for MEMS Technology Technical Writing and Presentation Entrepreneurship. NE 100 (Aug) 1:0 Technical Writing and Presentation This course is designed to help students learn to write their manuscripts. Deal. heat conduction. MOS capacitor. elasticity. and Micro UTM. Palesko and David H. Atomic layer deposition. XRD. Photovoltaics. Chapman and Hall/CRC Scheme of Instruction Page 232 . Aug) 1:1 Micro AND Nano Fabrication This course is designed to give training in device processing at the cleanroom facility.NE 201 (Jan. Charge Coupled Device Integrated circuit processing. Device and Process simulation and modeling. ellipsometry. MOSFET. Bernstein. ii) MOS capacitor iii) MEMS Cantilever iv) Microfluidic channel. Moore’s law. Intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductor. Aug) 2:1 Micro and Nano Characterization Methods This course provides training in the use of various device and material characterization techniques. plates. coupled thermal-elastic and electrostatic-elastic systems. Modeling MEMS and NEMS. Photodiode. Bipolar Junction Transistor. Chemical vapour deposition. Practice and Modeling. and Focused ion beam machining. 4probe and van der Pauw technique. Electrical characterization: Noise in electrical measurements. Basics of continuum theory. Four specific modules will be covered to realize four different devices i) p-n junction diode. Navakanta Bhat / K N Bhat / Cleanroom staff Handouts on detailed process flows and device characterization schedule NE 205 (Aug) 3:0 Semiconductor Devices and Integrated Circuit Technology This is a foundation level course in the area of electronic device technology. Prentice-Hall NE 211 / (Aug) 3:0 ME 237 Micro/Nano Mechanics This is a foundation level course in mechanics which will prepare students to pursue advanced studies related to mechanical phenomena at the micro and nano scales.beams. thin film measurement. Introduction to Technology CAD. thermoelasticity. Chemical mechanical polishing. Mechanical characterization: Laser Doppler vibrometry. and Griffin. Band structure and carrier statistics. scaling of mechanical properties and continuum limits. and Raman spectroscopy. Current-Voltage characteristics. Scanning acoustic microscopy. Physical vapour deposition. fluid mechanics. mechanics beyond continuum theory. electromagnetism. Heterojunction. Material characterization: Scanning electron microscopy. Prentice-Hall Plummer. Navakanta Bhat Streetman and Banerjee . Oxidation. Optical characterization: optical microscopy. Electroplating. numerical methods for mechanical modelling. Light Emitting Diode. Ion implantation. Capacitance-Voltage characteristics. Atomic force microscopy. Resistivity with 2. Akshay Naik / Manoj Varma and other faculty in the Centre Lecture notes and hands-on training manuals NE 202 (Jan. Annealing.Solid State Electronic Devices. p-n junction. Silicon VLSI Technology : Fundamentals. Metal-semiconductor junction. and membranes. Short channel effects. Carrier transport. CMOS process integration. DC I-V and High frequency C-V characterization. Hall mobility. JEFET. Photolithography.probe. CMOS technology scaling. Electron beam lithography. Wet etching and dry plasma etching. Diffusion. MEMS and NEMS structures -. continuum hypothesis. Rudra Pratap / Akshay Naik John A. Optical profilometry. 2010 NE 222 (Jan) 3:0 Micromachining for MEMS Technology Scheme of Instruction Page 233 . plasmonics. Bio-medical. semiconductors and insulators. electrons in metals. McGraw-Hill. Automotive. optical modulation. thermal properties. crystal potentials leading to crystal structure. Physics and Chemistry of Solids John Wiley. structure-property correlation. interference. The Institution of Electrical Engineers. commercial. Transduction and Special packaging requirements for Absolute. New Delhi. M Lindsay. Gauge and differential Pressure measurements. lattice dynamics. Advanced and Special Packaging techniques – Monolithic. 2001 NE 215 (Aug) 3:0 Applied Solid State Physics This course is intended to build a basic understanding of solid state science. Prosenjit Sen / M M Nayak Tai-Ran Hsu. RF and micro fluidics etc. Bonding and Sealing. Quantum mechanics and statistical mechanics. Miniaturisation. Top down System Approach. on which much of modern device technology is built. Tai-Ran Hsu. C.UK. diffraction. imaging. MEMS – An Overview. Manoj Varma / Ambarish Ghosh Bahaa Saleh and Malvin Teich. Premchandran. MEMS & MICRO SYSTEMS Design and Manufacture. 1998 S. Packaging for Aerospace applications. reciprocal lattice. Optical Packaging. Media Compatibility Case Studies. Crystal structures and defects. Oxford (2010) NE 221 (Jan) 2:1 Advanced MEMS Packaging This course intends to prepare students to pursue advanced topics in more specialized areas of MEMS and Electronic packaging for various real time applications such as Aero space. Design aspects and Process Flow. Introduction to Nanoscience. X-ray diffraction. anisotropic materials. MEMS PACKAGING. Bio Chips / Lab-on-a chip and micro fluidics. Fundamentals of Photonics. holography. Environmental Protection and safety aspects in MEMS Packaging. Classical and quantum descriptions of light. Accelerometer and Gyro packaging techniques. nanophotonics. Critical Issues viz. Cheng Kuo Lee. magnetic properties.2002 John H Lau. Electron Beam welding and Laser welding. Different types of Sealing Technologies like brazing. Yu Aibin. Interface.S. Hybrid etc. Fourier optics. Materials for Packaging. polarization. Optics. non-linear optics etc.. Various RF Packaging.2004. 3D Packaging examples. Wiley & Sons (1991) Hecht E. confinement effects Akshay Naik and S A Shivashankar Stephen Elliott. dielectric properties.Temperature measurements. Review of Quantum Mechanics and solid state physics. waveguides and fiber optics. London.. and therefore includes elementary quantum mechanics. Addison Wesley. Vacuum Packaging with Moisture Control. Packaging Technologies like Wafer dicing. coherence and lasers. MEMS and Microelectronics -3 levels of Packaging. Advanced MEMS Packaging.NE 213/E7 213 (Aug) 3:0 Introduction to Photonics This is a foundation level optics course which intends to prepare students to pursue advanced topics in more specialized areas of optics such as biophotonics. Solution of Schrodinger equation for band structure. Challenges/Opportunities/Research frontier. Testing & evaluation. Tata McGraw Hill. INSPEC. Reliability Analysis and FMECA. surfactants. Inc (2012) Marc J. Micro. Shankar Kumar Selvaraja / K. Bhat G.Freund. Kirby. Springer R. Microfluidic Devices. "Fundamentals of Microfabrication and Nanotechnology . stokes flow Electrostatics and electrodynamics. Academic Press NE 327/E3 327 (Jan) 3:0 Nanoelectronics Device Technology Scheme of Instruction Page 234 . species and charge transport. properties and device performance. K. Crystallography .Technology and Modelling” John Wiley & Sons. F. “Micro and Smart Systems. Crystal Growth and Epitaxy.38152 PO36) Milton Ohring. Micromachining . Thermodynamics. Wiley Inter-Science NE 241(Jan) 3:0 Material Synthesis: Quantum Dots To Bulk Crystals All device fabrication is preceded by material synthesis which in turn determines material microstructure. rheology. Crystal growth for Beginners.Volume II" CRC Press (2012) Chang Liu. passive scalar transport.electrical double layer (EDL). Srinivasan Raghavan Ivan V. 2003.Bhat and V. Cambridge University Press. DNA transport and analysis. Microphone. Prosenjit Sen Brian J. and D.(548. Specific fabrication techniques / case studies for Pressure Sensors.N.AC electrokinetics Surface tension. hysteresis and elasticity of triple line.-G. wetting and long range forces. Comb drives for electrostatic actuation and sensing. de Gennes. Cambridge University Press P. Quere. F. Fundamentals of Nucleation. Defect Formation and Surface Evolution.concepts. electroosmosis. The aim of this course is to introduce the student to the principles that help control growth. “Foundations of MEMS” Pearson Education International (2006) NE 231 (Aug) 3:0 Microfluidics This is a foundation course discussing various phenomena related to fluids and fluid-interfaces at micronano scale. equations of change. Capillarity and Wetting Phenomena. zeta potential. potential fluid flow. Material Science of Thin Films.J.K. Surface micromachining and related technologies. hydrodynamics of interfaces. particle electrophoresis. and Mechanisms of Nucleation and Growth of Crystals . Integration of micro machined mechanical devices with microelectronics circuits-merits and complexities. Probstein. Bulk Micromachining. K. RF MEMS.Transport in fluids.nanofluidics. This is a pre-requisite for advanced courses and research work related to micro-nano fluidics. Unconventional micromachining. Brochard-Wyart. Gopalakrishnan.This course discusses different aspects of MEMS technology such as fabrication techniques and process integration. melts and vapors (Chemical vapor deposition an Physical vapor deposition methods). Glass and polymer micromachining. special interfaces Suspensions. Madou. hydraulic circuit analysis. Mechanical issues for MEMS. S.B. World Scientific. Wafer bonding technologies.5.N96) L. Stress effects in film growth. flow at micro-scale. benefits and materials.Aatre.Ananthasuresh.and Nanoscale Fluid Mechanics. (621. Kinetics. Applications to growth from solutions. 1998. Physicochemical Hydrodynamics. S. Micromachining for high aspect ratio microstructures (DRIE). Thin Film Materials – Stress. Surfaces and Interfaces. Markov. Lithography.N. Accelerometers.Vinoy.Suresh. thick-EDL systems.K. Brews. Wiley Publishers. Review of basic device physics. Scheme of Instruction Page 235 . Cambridge University Press Streetman and Banerjee. Parameter extraction. Non idealities in MOS structure. Introduction to Nanomaterials (with elements of quantum mechanics). International Technology Roadmap for Semiconductors (ITRS) NE 332 (Jan) 3:0 Physics and Mathematics of Molecular Sensing This course presents a systematic view of the process of sensing molecules with emphasis on biosensing using solid state sensors. metal gate electrodes and work function engineering. MOS capacitor as a building block of FET. knowledge of Matlab.H. Mathematica or an equivalent programming language. Heterostructure MOSFETs.The course is intended to review basic semiconductor device physics and provide a broad survey of modern device technology. Electrical characterization: HFCV and LFCV. elementary probability theory . McGraw Hill E. in addition to an introduction to nanomaterials and their special features. Effect of strain and quantization on transistor performance. Fundamentals of Modern VLSI Devices. proof-reading schemes. Multigate FET. Manoj Varma Lecture notes and selected publications from recent literature Pre-requisites: Familiarity with solution of ODEs and PDEs. Solid State Electronic Devices. modeling adsorption-desorption processes. Overview of Nanoelectronics devices and materials requirement. Navakanta Bhat / K. Molecules that need to be sensed. multi-channel sensing. Prentice Hall Achutan and Bhat. Germanium Nano MOSFETs. noise in molecular recognition. non-classical transistor structure. Nano MOSFET performance metrics. Silicon On Insulator (SOI). current technologies for molecular sensing. ballistic transport. comparison between in-vivo sensing circuits and solid state biosensors. CMOS scaling.R. N. Nicollian and J. I-V and reliability measurements. Bhat/ S A Shivashankar Taur and Ning. metal-semiconductor source/drain junctions. relevant molecular biology. MOS (Metal Oxide Semiconductor) Physics and Technology. Fundamentals of Electronic Devices. High-k dielectrics. Transport in Nano MOSFET. transport of target molecules. Compound semiconductor MESFETs and MOSFETs. Historically. Goswamy. Majid Ghassemi. CRC Press (2007) Robert Foster. Patel. how and why renewable energy technologies can be applied in practice. environmental and ecological issues have also signigicantly affected the nergy usage patterns. Wind and Solar Power Systems. This course gives an introduction to key renewable energy technologies. F. Praveen Ramamurthy Handbook of Energy Effciency and Renewable Enery. and even political impacts. (Ed). social. Renewable Energy and the Environment CRC Press (2010) Mukund R.ENERGY RESEARCH ER : 201 (AUG) 3:0 Renewable Energy Technologies Energy is a cretical component in the daily life of manking. Case studies will be discussed to emphasize the applications of renewable energy technologies. In recent times. energy production technologies have shown a continual diversification depending on technological. S Srinivasa Murthy. Kreith and D. Taylor and Francis (2006) Scheme of Instruction Page 236 . At the end of the course students should be able to identify where. Pradip Dutta. renewable energy cources are occupying increasingly important part of the emerging energy mix. Hence. Alma Cota.Y. economical.